==> picture [540 x 106] intentionally omitted <==

27 March 2014

Manager ASX Market Announcements Australian Securities Exchange Level 4, 20 Bridge Street Sydney NSW 2000

Client and Market Services Team NZX Limited Level 1, NZX Centre, 11 Cable Street PO Box 2959 Wellington, New Zealand

Announcement No: 13/2014 AMP Limited (ASX/NZX: AMP)

(also for release to AMP Group Finance Services Limited (ASX: AQNHA / NZX: AQN010 / SGX)

Part 1: Annual Report 2013

Part 2: Shareholder Review 2013 Part 3: Notice of Annual General Meeting 2014 and Proxy Form

Public Affairs T 02 9257 6127 E [email protected] W AMP.com.au/media AMP_AU

AMP Limited 33 Alfred Street, Sydney NSW 2000 Australia ABN 49 079 354 519

==> picture [245 x 245] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [246 x 245] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [36 x 837] intentionally omitted <==

2013 annual report

==> picture [245 x 245] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [246 x 245] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [489 x 105] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [18 x 28] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [13 x 13] intentionally omitted <==

AMP 2013 annual report. AMP Limited ABN 49 079 354 519. Unless otherwise specifi ed, all amounts are in Australian dollars. The information in this report is current as at 3 March 2014.

1	Chairman’s foreword
2	Five-year f nancial summary
3	2013 results at a glance
4	Directors’ report
14	Remuneration report
31	Analysis of shareholder prof t
32	2013 corporate governance statement
40	Financial report
41	Income statement
42	Statement of comprehensive income
43	Statement of f nancial position
44	Statement of changes in equity
46	Statement of cash f ows
47	Notes to the f nancial statements
134	Directors’ declaration
135	Independent auditor’s report
136	Shareholder information
IBC	Glossary

==> picture [150 x 156] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [151 x 52] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [76 x 156] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [76 x 105] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [76 x 53] intentionally omitted <==

AMP was founded on a simple yet bold idea

– that every individual should have the power and ability to control his or her life. For more than 160 years, we’ve dedicated ourselves to making this possible. And while we’ve grown and changed over the decades, one thing has remained the same – our unwavering sense of purpose to help people own tomorrow.

Chairman’s foreword

Welcome to AMP’s 2013 annual report

AMP generated good growth across most of its businesses in 2013. However profi tability was pulled back by poor results in our life insurance business.

The board believes that the best response both to these challenges and to drive stronger growth across the organisation is to re-orient AMP to be a more customer centric and effi cient business. It will require a deep cultural shift and very signifi cant changes to the way we do business.

We are also continuing to invest in areas with strong potential for profi table growth, including the SMSF business, the adviser network, the North platform, AMP Bank and expanding AMP Capital in selected markets offshore. We will continue to maintain a sharp cost and capital focus.

On 1 January 2014, we welcomed Craig Meller to the board as he took on the position of Chief Executive Offi cer (CEO). Craig Meller has been with AMP since 2001 and is well placed to guide AMP through the next phase of its evolution.

On behalf of the board I would like to thank Craig Dunn for his exceptional leadership during his time as CEO. Craig retired from AMP at the end of 2013, following six years as CEO and 13 years with the company, during which time he led AMP with distinction through the global fi nancial crisis and extensive regulatory change and delivered one of Australia’s largest and most successful fi nancial services integrations.

In accordance with AMP’s board tenure guidelines, and with the

smooth transition to new CEO Craig Meller bedded down, I have decided to retire from the board at the annual general meeting (AGM) in May. I have had the honour of being a director of AMP for more than 10 years, and chairman for more than eight years. It has been a privilege to serve the shareholders of this company over that time.

AXA businesses and his invaluable contribution is greatly appreciated.

Your board has declared a fi nal dividend of 11.5 cents a share, which will be 70 per cent franked and will be paid on 10 April 2014. This is a fi nal payout ratio of 80 per cent of the 2013 underlying profi t, which is at the top of AMP’s target payout range of between 70 per cent and 80 per cent of underlying profi t. Dividend reinvestment plan (DRP) shares will be bought on market, so as not to dilute the value of existing shares and there will be no discount for DRP shares for this dividend.

In line with our succession planning, Simon McKeon will become chairman of the AMP Limited Board when I retire. Simon joined AMP in March 2013 and we continue to work closely together to ensure a smooth handover.

AMP’s capital position remains strong, with $2.1 billion in regulatory capital resources held above minimum requirements.

We have also appointed a new director with outstanding life insurance experience, Trevor Matthews, to the board. Shareholders will have an opportunity to vote on his appointment at the AGM.

The strength of our capital position, along with the success of the merger with AXA, means we have the size and fl exibility to re-orient the organisation to better meet customer needs, in a way that creates value for our customers and shareholders.

Rick Allert has also announced his intention to retire as a director of AMP, effective from the end of the AGM. Rick has played an integral role in the smooth integration of the AMP and

==> picture [375 x 156] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

‘We have the size and flexibility
to re-orient the organisation to
better meet customer needs.’
Peter Mason AM Chairman
----- End of picture text -----

AMP 2013 annual report

Five-year financial summary

Restated
Restated
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
Year ended 31 December
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
Consolidated Income statement
Net premium, fee and other revenue
5,136
5,166
4,217
2,824
2,665
Investment gains (losses)
14,963
12,258
1,548
4,840
8,250
Prof t (loss) before income tax from continuing operations
1,498
1,387
743
881
1,228
Income tax (expense) credit
(782)
(688)
4
(126)
(505)
Non-controlling interests
(44)
(10)
12
20
16
~~Prof t after tax attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited~~
~~672~~
~~689~~
~~759~~
~~775~~
~~739~~
Consolidated Statement of f nancial position
Cash and cash equivalents
2,938
4,388
4,816
3,325
2,409
Investment assets
121,781
107,721
98,221
85,120
84,171
Intangibles
4,136
4,502
4,677
919
946
Assets of disposal groups
42
187
–
–
–
Other assets
4,327
4,566
4,999
2,241
2,304
Total assets
133,224
121,364
112,713
91,605
89,830
Borrowings and subordinated debt
16,243
13,473
13,322
11,136
12,350
Life insurance contract liabilities
24,934
25,055
24,399
17,762
18,380
Investment contract liabilities
66,049
58,385
52,940
48,579
47,239
Liabilities of disposal groups
8
74
–
–
–
Other liabilities
17,790
16,734
15,066
11,130
9,227
Total liabilities
125,024
113,721
105,727
88,607
87,196
~~Net assets~~
~~8,200~~
~~7,643~~
~~6,986~~
~~2,998~~
~~2,634~~
Contributed equity
9,602
9,333
9,074
5,051
4,814
Reserves
(1,973)
(2,157)
(2,540)
(2,565)
(2,563)
Retained earnings
461
332
364
452
320
Total equity attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited
8,090
7,508
6,898
2,938
2,571
Non-controlling interests
110
135
88
60
63
~~Total equity~~
~~8,200~~
~~7,643~~
~~6,986~~
~~2,998~~
~~2,634~~
Restated
Restated
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
Other f nancial data
Basic earnings per ordinary share
($ps)
$0.23
$0.24
$0.29
$0.38
$0.37
Diluted earnings per ordinary share
($ps)
$0.23
$0.24
$0.29
$0.38
$0.37
Dividends per ordinary share
($ps)
$0.23
$0.25
$0.29
$0.30
$0.30
Number of ordinary shares
(m)
2,958
2,930
2,855
2,094
2,049
Assets under management
($b)
197
173
159
115
112

2013 results at a glance

Dividend

The fi nal dividend of 11.5 cents per share will be paid on 10 April 2014.

The fi nal dividend will be 70 per cent franked and brings the total dividend for 2013 to 23 cents per share.

The payout ratio for the full 2013 dividend is 80 per cent of the 2013 underlying profi t, which is at the top of AMP’s target payout range of 70–80 per cent of underlying profi t.

Dividends

cents per share

Profit

Profi t attributable to shareholders was $672 million for 2013, compared with $689 million in 2012, down 2.5 per cent.

Underlying profi t was $849 million for 2013, compared with $950 million in 2012, down 11 per cent.

Underlying profi t is AMP’s preferred measure of profi tability as it best refl ects the underlying performance of AMP. It is the earnings base on which the board determines the dividend payment.

The main difference between the two numbers comes from AXA merger and business effi ciency program costs.

A reconciliation of profi t attributable to shareholders and underlying profi t can be found on pages 9 and 62.

Profi t attributable to shareholders $ million

Underlying profi t

$ million

Final dividend Interim dividend

==> picture [115 x 139] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

30
20
10
0
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013
30 30
29
16 15 25
14
23
12.5
11.5
15 15
14
12.5
11.5
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [294 x 137] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

1,000 1,000
750 750
500 500
250 250
0 0
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013
950
909
849
739 775 772 760
688 689 672
----- End of picture text -----

2012 profi ts have been restated in accordance with changes in accounting standards.

AMP 2013 annual report

Directors’ report

for the year ended 31 December 2013

Your directors present their report on the consolidated entity consisting of AMP Limited and the entities it controlled at the end of or during the year ended 31 December 2013.

Directors’ details

The directors of AMP Limited during the year ended 31 December 2013 and up to the date of this report are shown below. Directors were in offi ce for this entire period (except where stated otherwise): Peter Mason (Chairman), Craig Meller (Chief Executive Offi cer and Managing Director) (appointed 1 January 2014), Patricia Akopiantz, Richard Allert, Catherine Brenner, Brian Clark, Craig Dunn (retired 31 December 2013), Paul Fegan, Simon McKeon (appointed 27 March 2013), John Palmer, Nora Scheinkestel (retired 9 May 2013), Peter Shergold. Details of each director’s qualifi cations, experience and special responsibilities are set out below.

==> picture [160 x 123] intentionally omitted <==

Peter Mason AM

Peter Mason AM

Chairman BCom (Hons), MBA, Hon. DBus (UNSW), FAICD. Age 67 Peter was appointed to the AMP Limited Board in October 2003 and assumed the role of Chairman in September 2005. He was appointed as a member of the People and Remuneration Committee in December 2003 and joined the Nomination Committee in July 2005.

Experience

Peter has 40 years experience in investment banking and is currently a Senior Adviser to UBS Investment Bank. He was Chairman of JP Morgan Chase Bank in Australia from 2000–2005. Prior to this he was Chairman and Chief Executive of Schroders Australia Limited and Group Managing Director of Schroders’ investment banking businesses in the Asia-Pacifi c region. He was a member of the Council of the University of New South Wales for 13 years. He was a Director of the Children’s Hospital in Sydney for 12 years and Chairman of the Children’s Hospital Fund for eight years. In 1995, Peter was appointed a member of the Order of Australia for his contribution to the Children’s Hospital.

Listed directorships

Chairman of David Jones Limited (appointed as a Director from November 2007 and Chairman from January 2013)
Director of Singapore Telecommunications Limited (appointed September 2010)

Other directorships/appointments

Director of the University of New South Wales Foundation
Chairman of the UBS Australia Foundation Pty Limited
Director of Taylors Wines Pty Limited
Chairman of the Centre for International Finance and Regulation
Trustee of the Sydney Opera House Trust

==> picture [160 x 123] intentionally omitted <==

Craig Meller

Craig Meller

Chief Executive Offi cer and Managing Director BSc (Hons), ARCS. Age 51 Craig was appointed Chief Executive Offi cer (CEO) and Managing Director (MD) in January 2014. He has been a Director of AMP Life Limited since October 2007, a Director of The National Mutual Life Association of Australasia Limited since March 2011 and was appointed a Director of AMP Capital Holdings Limited in January 2014.

Experience

Prior to becoming CEO, Craig was MD of AMP Financial Services from 2007–2013. Craig started with AMP group’s United Kingdom business in 2001 before coming to Australia in 2002 to take up the role of MD, AMP Banking. He moved to the role of Director of Product Manufacturing in 2003.

Craig started his career at Lloyds TSB in the UK, where he spent more than 14 years working across the business in a number of management roles. From 1998 he worked at Virgin Direct where he was MD from 1999–2001.

Other directorships/appointments

Deputy Chairman of the Financial Services Council
Chairman of the Financial Services Council Advice Committee

==> picture [159 x 122] intentionally omitted <==

Patty Akopiantz

Patricia (Patty) Akopiantz

Director BA, MBA. Age 50

Patty was appointed to the AMP Limited Board and the People and Remuneration Committee in March 2011. She was appointed a Director of AMP Bank Limited in November 2011, a member of its Audit Committee in June 2012 and as Chairman of that Audit Committee in February 2013.

Experience

Patty has over 25 years senior management and consultancy experience, primarily in the retail and consumer industries both in Australia and overseas. Over the last 13 years, she has served on numerous boards including AMP AAPH Limited (formerly known as AXA Asia Pacifi c Holdings Limited) and Coles Group Limited. In 2003, she was awarded a Centenary Medal for services to Australian society in business leadership. She has an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Listed directorships

Within the three years immediately before the end of the last fi nancial year, Patty served as a Director of AMP AAPH Limited (formerly known as AXA Asia Pacifi c Holdings Limited) (April 2006–March 2011) and Wattyl Limited (September 2005–September 2010).

Other directorships/appointments

Director of NSW State Library Foundation
– Member of Chief Executive Women

==> picture [159 x 122] intentionally omitted <==

Rick Allert AO

Richard (Rick) Allert AO

Director FCA. Age 71

Rick was appointed to the AMP Limited Board and the Audit Committee in March 2011. He was appointed a Director of AMP Bank Limited and a member of its Audit Committee in August 2013.

Experience

Rick has over 40 years of senior business appointments including Chairman of AMP AAPH Limited (formerly known as AXA Asia Pacifi c Holdings Limited), Chairman of Tourism Australia, Chairman of Coles Group Limited, Chairman of Southcorp Limited, Chairman of Voyages Hotels and Resorts and President of the National Heart Foundation. In 1997, Rick was appointed a member of the Order of Australia for his service to business and the community, particularly through his work with the National Heart Foundation. In 2003, Rick was awarded a Centenary Medal for service to Australian society through rail transport, business and taxation. In 2007, he was appointed an Offi cer of the Order of Australia for service to the business sector through leadership and promotion of corporate social responsibility, and to the community through involvement with and support for a range of artistic, charitable and educational organisations.

Listed directorships

Chairman of Western Desert Resources Limited (appointed January 2011)
– Director of Genesee & Wyoming Inc. (appointed July 2011)

Within the three years immediately before the end of the last fi nancial year, Rick served as a Director of AMP AAPH Limited (formerly known as AXA Asia Pacifi c Holdings Limited) (September 1995–March 2011, Chairman from April 2000) and as Deputy Chairman of Gerard Lighting Group Limited (March 2010–October 2012).

Other directorships/appointments

Deputy Chairman of Cavill Power Products Pty Limited
Director of Genesee & Wyoming Australia Pty Limited
Director of RG & RT Trott Pty Limited
Chairman of Ikara Wilpena Enterprises Pty Ltd and Wilpena Pound Aerodrome Services Pty Ltd

AMP 2013 annual report 5

Directors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

==> picture [160 x 122] intentionally omitted <==

Catherine Brenner

Catherine Brenner

Director BEc, LLB, MBA. Age 43

Catherine was appointed to the AMP Limited Board in June 2010 and became Chairman of its Nomination Committee in May 2013. Catherine has also been Chairman of the AMP Life Limited Board since May 2011, having been a member since May 2009 and a member of its Audit Committee since May 2009. Catherine has been Chairman of The National Mutual Life Association of Australasia Limited Board and a member of its Audit Committee since March 2011.

Experience

Catherine is a former Managing Director, Investment Banking at ABN AMRO where she held various senior roles. She is experienced in both corporate advisory and equity capital markets. Prior to this she was a corporate lawyer.

Listed directorships

Director of Boral Limited (appointed September 2010)
Director of Coca-Cola Amatil Limited (appointed April 2008)

Within the three years immediately before the end of the last fi nancial year, Catherine served as a Director of Centennial Coal Company Limited (2005–September 2010).

Other directorships/appointments

Trustee of the Sydney Opera House Trust
Council Member of Chief Executive Women

==> picture [160 x 123] intentionally omitted <==

Brian Clark

Brian Clark

Director BSc, MSc, DSc, AMP. Age 65

Brian was appointed to the AMP Limited Board in January 2008 and he became a member of the Nomination Committee in July 2008 and a member of the People and Remuneration Committee in May 2009. Brian was also appointed as a member of the AMP Capital Holdings Limited Board in February 2008 and he became Chairman and was appointed a member of its Audit Committee in March 2009.

Experience

Brian spent 10 years in a variety of senior executive roles at Vodafone internationally, most recently in the United Kingdom as Group Human Resources Director. He was Chief Executive Offi cer (CEO) of Vodafone’s Australian business as well as CEO of the Asia Pacifi c region, based in Tokyo. Before joining Vodafone, Brian spent three years as CEO of Telkom SA Ltd, in South Africa.

Brian has degrees in physics and mathematics from the University of Pretoria, and has completed the Advanced Management Program at the Harvard Business School.

Listed directorships

Director of Boral Limited (appointed May 2007)

Within the three years immediately before the end of the last fi nancial year, Brian served as Chairman of AMP Capital Investors Limited (responsible entity of the AMP Capital China Growth Fund, a managed investment scheme listed on the ASX) (March 2009–December 2011).

==> picture [160 x 123] intentionally omitted <==

Paul Fegan

Paul Fegan

Director MBA. Age 52

Paul was appointed to the AMP Limited Board in August 2009. He was appointed to the Audit Committee in November 2009 and became Chairman of that committee in December 2010. Paul was Chairman of AMP Bank Limited from May 2012–February 2013 and served as a Director on that board from April 2010–February 2013.

Experience

Paul has over 30 years experience in the fi nancial services industry. He was Chief Financial Offi cer of Genworth Australia from January 2013–February 2014 and Group Managing Director, Strategy and Corporate Services with Telstra from February 2011–January 2012. Paul was the Chief Executive Offi cer (CEO) of St.George Bank from November 2007 and CEO and Managing Director from February 2008 until its merger with Westpac Banking Corporation in December 2008. He was also a Director of St.George’s funds administration subsidiary, Asgard Wealth Solutions. Prior to joining St.George, Paul was based in the UK as Chief Operating Offi cer of Yorkshire Bank. He held director positions in both Yorkshire Bank and Clydesdale Bank and a series of senior appointments with National Australia Bank in Australia, the US, Hong Kong, the UK and Ireland.

==> picture [159 x 122] intentionally omitted <==

Simon McKeon AO

Simon McKeon AO

Director BCom, LLB, FAICD. Age 58

Simon was appointed to the AMP Limited Board in March 2013 and was appointed to the Audit Committee in May 2013. Simon was appointed a Director of AMP Capital Holdings Limited and a member of its Audit Committee in May 2013.

Experience

Simon retired in January 2014 as a senior executive of Macquarie Group. He was Chairman of MYOB Limited from 2006–2009 and has held a wide range of public sector and not-for-profi t directorships. In 2011, Simon was named Australian of the Year and, in 2012, he was appointed an Offi cer of the Order of Australia for distinguished service to business and commerce through leadership and advisory roles, and to the community as a supporter of national and international charitable, educational and sporting organisations.

Other directorships/appointments

Chairman of CSIRO
Director of Global Poverty Project Inc.
Chairman of Global Poverty Project Australia
Director of Red Dust Role Models
Chairman of In2Science
Member of the Big Issue Advisory Board

==> picture [96 x 93] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [64 x 123] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [96 x 32] intentionally omitted <==

John Palmer ONZM

John Palmer ONZM

Director BAgrSc, Hon. DCom, FNZID. Age 66

John was appointed to the AMP Limited Board in July 2007 and was appointed Chairman of the People and Remuneration Committee in February 2008. John has been a Director of the AMP Life Limited Board since May 2004. He was appointed to The National Mutual Life Association of Australasia Limited Board in March 2011.

Experience

John has extensive experience as a director and chairman of companies in the agricultural and fi nance sectors. He has a track record of successfully leading change and reconstruction of diverse corporates in marketing, agribusiness and aviation.

In 1998, John received the Bledisloe Cup for outstanding contribution to the New Zealand fruit industry. In 1999, he was awarded with an Offi cer of the New Zealand Order of Merit (ONZM) for service to the New Zealand kiwifruit industry.

Listed directorships

Director of Air New Zealand Limited (appointed November 2001)

Other directorships/appointments

Chairman of Rabobank New Zealand Limited
Director of Rabobank Australia Limited

==> picture [159 x 123] intentionally omitted <==

Professor Peter Shergold AC

Professor Peter Shergold AC

Director BA (Hons), MA, PhD, FAICD. Age 67

Peter was appointed to the AMP Limited Board in May 2008 and became a member of its Audit Committee in July 2008. He was appointed as a Director of the AMP Life Limited Board in August 2008 and became a member of its Audit Committee in March 2011. He was also appointed to The National Mutual Life Association of Australasia Limited Board in March 2011 and appointed a member of its Audit Committee in March 2011.

Experience

Peter is Chancellor and Chair of the board of trustees of the University of Western Sydney. He serves on a wide range of private sector, government and not-for-profi t boards. Previously, Peter served as Secretary of the Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet for fi ve years. Peter had previously been Chief Executive Offi cer of the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Commission, Public Service Commissioner, Secretary of the Department of Employment, Workplace Relations and Small Business, and Secretary of the Department of Education, Science and Training. He was appointed a Member of the Order of Australia in 1996, awarded a Centenary Medal in 2003, and made a Companion of the Order of Australia in 2007 for public service.

Listed directorships

Director of Veda Group Limited (appointed October 2013)

Other directorships/appointments

Director of Corrs Chambers Westgarth
Chairman of QuintessenceLabs Pty Limited
Chairman of the National Centre for Vocational Education Research
Member of the Prime Minister’s Indigenous Advisory Council
Chairman of NSW Public Service Commission Advisory Board
Deputy Chairman of the Sydney Writers’ Festival
Member of the Queensland Public Sector Renewal Board

AMP 2013 annual report

Directors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

Attendance at board and committee meetings

The table below shows details of attendance by directors of AMP Limited at meetings of boards and the committees of which they were members during the year ended 31 December 2013. The directors also attended other meetings, including management meetings and meetings of subsidiary boards or committees of which they were not a member during the year.

											Subsidiary	Subsidiary
	AMP Limited						People	and			board	and
		Board		Audit	Nomination		Remuneration			Ad hoc	committee
Board/Committee	meetings		Committee		Committee		Committee		committees1		meetings2
Held/attended	A	B	A	B	A	B	A	B	A	B	A	B
Peter Mason3	11	11	–	–	6	6	6	6	3	3	–	–
Craig Dunn	11	11	–	–	–	–	–	–	3	3	17	15
Patty Akopiantz	11	11	–	–	–	–	6	6	–	–	10	10
Rick Allert	11	10	7	6	–	–	–	–	–	–	3	3
Catherine Brenner	11	11	–	–	4	4	–	–	1	1	18	18
Brian Clark	11	11	–	–	6	6	6	6	1	1	10	10
Paul Fegan	11	11	7	7	–	–	–	–	11	11	–	–
Simon McKeon	9	8	4	4	–	–	–	–	10	8	8	7
John Palmer	11	11	–	–	–	–	6	6	1	1	11	10
Nora Scheinkestel	4	4	–	–	2	2	–	–	–	–	2	2
Peter Shergold	11	11	7	7	–	–	–	–	–	–	15	14

Column A – indicates the number of meetings held while the director was a member of the board/committee. Column B – indicates the number of those meetings attended.

1 Ad hoc committees of the board were constituted during the year in relation to fi nancial results and AMP group capital initiatives.

2 Subsidiary board and committee meetings include AMP Life/The National Mutual Life Association of Australasia (NMLA), AMP Bank and AMP Capital Holdings. Where meetings of AMP Life/NMLA were held concurrently, only one meeting has been recorded in the above table.

3 The chairman attended a number of Audit Committee and subsidiary board and committee meetings held during 2013 in an ex offi cio capacity.

Company secretaries’ details

Details of each company secretary of AMP Limited, including their qualifi cations and experience, are set out below.

Brian Salter

General Counsel BA, LLB (Hons), LLM (Hons), MAICD, F. ASF Brian joined AMP in July 2008. Before joining AMP, Brian was a partner with a major Australian law fi rm for 19 years. He has more than 30 years experience advising many of Australia’s leading fi nancial and wealth management companies. Brian is a member of the Australian Government’s Corporations and Markets Advisory Committee, the Law Committee of the Australian Institute of Company Directors, the Corporations Committee of the Business Law Section of the Law Council of Australia and a Director of AMP Superannuation Limited, N.M. Superannuation Proprietary Limited and SCECGS Redlands Limited.

David Cullen

Head of Secretariat and Company Secretary

BCom, LLB, LLM, PGCert Mgmt, F. Fin

David joined AMP in September 2004 and has held various legal and governance roles across AMP Capital and the AMP group, with a particular focus on mergers and acquisitions. He was appointed Head of Secretariat and Executive Legal Counsel, Mergers and Acquisitions in July 2013 and is Company Secretary for AMP Limited. Prior to joining AMP, David spent eight years in private practice focussing on mergers and acquisitions and equity capital markets in Perth and Sydney and two years with ASX. David is a director of various AMP subsidiaries and a member of the Corporate Lawyers Committee of the Law Society of NSW.

Vicki Vordis

Company Secretary BEc, LLB (Hons), GradDipACG, ACIS Vicki is a Company Secretary of AMP Life Limited and The National Mutual Life Association of Australasia Limited. She joined AMP in December 2000 and held various legal roles before moving into a secretariat role in 2006. Prior to 2000, Vicki worked as a lawyer in several city law practices. She holds a graduate diploma in Applied Corporate Governance and is an Associate of Chartered Secretaries Australia.

Operating and fi nancial review Principal activities

AMP is Australia and New Zealand’s leading independent wealth management company, with an expanding international investment management business and a growing retail banking business in Australia. It provides fi nancial advice, products and services and investment opportunities to help people and organisations build fi nancial security.

The company serves customers in Australia and New Zealand, as well as Asia, Europe, Middle East and North America. It has more than 5,700 employees, 850,000 shareholders and $197 billion of assets under management.

AMP provides customers in Australia and New Zealand with fi nancial advice, superannuation, retirement income and other investment products for individuals. It also provides superannuation services for businesses, income protection, disability and life insurance and selected banking products. AMP fi nancial advisers are AMP’s primary means of connecting with customers and AMP now has 4,286 aligned and employed fi nancial advisers in Australia and New Zealand, as well as extensive relationships with independent fi nancial advisers.

AMP’s business consists of AMP Financial Services which includes Australian wealth management, AMP Bank, Australian wealth protection, Australian mature and New Zealand and AMP Capital.

Australian wealth management (Wealth Management) provides customers with superannuation, retirement income, investment, self-managed superannuation fund (SMSF) administration and fi nancial planning services (through aligned and owned advice businesses).

AMP Bank is an Australian retail bank offering residential mortgages, deposits, transaction banking and SMSF products with around 100,000 customers. It also has a portfolio of fi nancial planning practice fi nance loans. The Bank distributes through brokers, AMP planners, and direct to retail customers via phone and internet banking.

Australian wealth protection (Wealth Protection) comprises individual and group term, disability and income protection

insurance products. These products can be bundled with a superannuation product or held independently.

The Australian mature (Mature) business is the largest closed life insurance business in Australia. Mature assets under management (AUM) support capital guaranteed products (73 per cent) and market linked products (27 per cent). Mature products include whole of life, endowment, investment linked, investment account, retirement savings account (RSA), eligible rollover fund (ERF), annuities, insurance bonds, personal superannuation and guaranteed savings accounts.

New Zealand (NZ) provides tailored fi nancial products and solutions through a network of quality fi nancial advisers. NZ’s risk business is the second largest by market share and is complemented by the largest wealth management business and the largest network of advisers in the country.

AMP Capital is a diversifi ed investment manager, managing investments across major asset classes including shares, fi xed interest, infrastructure, property, diversifi ed funds, multi-manager and multi-asset funds. Since 1 March 2012, Mitsubishi UFJ Trust and Banking Corporation (MUTB) has held a 15 per cent ownership interest in AMP Capital.

Review of operations and results

AMP operates in one of the largest and fastest growing wealth management markets in the world. It holds marketleading positions in fi nancial advice and key product categories with high quality, award-winning products, platforms and investment capabilities and a broad distribution footprint. It has a strong market presence with scale, effi ciency, a large and diverse customer base and a trusted brand.

AMP’s profi t attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited for the year ended 31 December 2013 was $672 million. The profi t attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited for the year ended 31 December 2012 was $689 million[1] .

Basic earnings per share for the year ended 31 December 2013 on a statutory basis was 23.2 cents per share (2012: 24.2 cents per share[1] ).

Underlying profi t is the basis on which the board determines the dividend payment and refl ects the business segment performance of AMP. It is AMP’s preferred measure of profi tability as it removes merger related costs and some of the impact of investment market volatility. AMP’s underlying profi t for the year ended 31 December 2013 was $849 million (2012: $950 million[1] ). On an underlying basis, earnings were 28.8 cents per share (2012: 32.9 cents per share[1] ).

AMP’s key performance measures were as follows:

underlying profi t of $849 million was down 11 per cent on 2012, refl ecting lower Australian wealth protection profi ts and lower underlying investment income, partially offsetting growth from AUM driven business and banking
– the cost to income ratio of 49.4 per cent was up 2.1 per cent on 2012; reductions in controllable costs of 2.6 per cent on 2012 were more than offset by lower income
growth measures:
AMP Financial Services had net cashfl ows of $1,319 million, up from net cashfl ows of $308 million in 2012
AMP Capital external net cash outfl ows were $1,039 million, which represents an improvement from a net cash outfl ow of $1,784 million in 2012
AMP Financial Services value of risk new business declined 43 per cent on 2012 to $116 million
underlying return on equity decreased 2 percentage points to 10.7 per cent in 2013 from 2012, refl ecting lower Australian wealth protection profi ts, lower underlying investment income and higher capital held.

AMP’s total assets under management (AUM) were $197 billion at 31 December 2013, up 15 per cent from 2012.

Differences between underlying profi t and statutory profi t The 31 December 2013 underlying profi t of $849 million excludes the impact (net of any tax effect) of:

investment income and annuity market value adjustments gains of $29 million
risk product market adjustment losses of $5 million
AXA integration costs of $57 million
business effi ciency program costs of $39 million
net costs from other one-off and non-recurring items of $2 million
amortisation of AXA acquired intangible assets of $91 million, and
accounting mismatch losses of $12 million.

A reconciliation between underlying profi t and statutory profi t is provided in note 3 of the fi nancial report.

Under Australian Accounting Standards, some assets held on behalf of policyholders (and related tax balances) are recognised in the fi nancial report at different values to the values used in the calculation of the liability to policyholders in respect of the same assets. Therefore, movements in these policyholder assets result in accounting mismatches which impact profi t attributable to shareholders.

The impact of accounting mismatches on profi t after tax is as follows:

	2013 2012 Accounting mismatch profit (loss) $m $m Investments in controlled entities (5) 1 Treasury shares (mainly held by statutory funds) 3 (37) Superannuation products invested with AMP Bank (8) 9 Owner occupied property (2) (3) ~~Total accounting mismatch prof t (loss)~~ ~~(12)~~ ~~(30)~~

The operating results of each of the business segments for 2013 were as follows:

Wealth Management – Operating earnings increased by $45 million (16 per cent) to $330 million in 2013 from $285 million in 2012. The increase in operating earnings was due to stronger net cashfl ows and improved investment markets leading to a 14 per cent growth in average AUM, higher member fees from increased customer numbers, less small account rebates as customer balances have risen, and continued cost reduction, including the realisation of merger related cost synergies.
AMP Bank – Operating earnings increased by $21 million (34 per cent) to $83 million in 2013 from $62 million in 2012, driven mainly by higher net interest margins and mortgage book growth.
Wealth Protection – Operating earnings decreased by $126 million (66 per cent) to $64 million in 2013 from $190 million in 2012 due to worsening insurance claims and lapse experience.
Mature – Operating earnings increased by $11 million (7 per cent) to $178 million in 2013 from $167 million in 2012. Operating earnings benefi ted from higher investment markets ($16 million) and lower controllable costs ($10 million). These were partially offset by an expected run-off in the portfolio ($11 million) and lower experience profi ts ($4 million).
NZ – Operating earnings increased by $24 million (33 per cent) to $97 million in 2013 from $73 million in 2012, as a result of strong growth in profi t margins, a signifi cant improvement in experience and favourable exchange rates.

1 31 December 2012 balances were restated due to the adoption of AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements and AASB 119 Employee Benefi ts .

AMP 2013 annual report

Directors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

AMP Capital – Operating earnings including minority interests increased by $3 million (3 per cent) to $117 million in 2013 from $114 million in 2012. AMP Capital’s operating earnings increased as a result of growth in revenues driven by strong market performance and a continued focus on cost effi ciency.

Strategies and prospects[1,2]

AMP’s increased size and scale as a result of its merger with AXA mean the company is well placed to capitalise on market developments and changes in consumer behaviour through investment in growth areas and continuing focus on cost effi ciency.

During the year, AMP announced a strategic intent to better deliver on its promise to help people own tomorrow. The company will pursue four strategic priorities to achieve this, being:

1. Prioritise investments in the $2.2 trillion[3] Australian wealth management market.

AMP is committed to leveraging its current leading positions in a market that is projected to double by 2022[4] . AMP’s leading positions include:

No. 1 in retail superannuation and pensions with 19.2 per cent market share[5] .
No. 1 in individual risk insurance with 18.4 per cent market share[5] .
No. 1 in fi nancial advice with 19.7 per cent market share[6] .

2. Transform the core Australian business to be more relevant

to customers.

AMP has embarked on a program to increase the scale and pace of change in its Australian business to better respond to changing customer demands. Both customers and shareholders will be benefi ciaries of this reshaping of the Australian business.

The company is investing signifi cantly in its ability to better understand and anticipate customer needs, with the aim of ensuring that the products and services it takes to market are highly targeted and lead to an increased share-of-wallet and enduring customer loyalty.

AMP’s approach to transforming the Australian business is to segment customers by life stage and, using new analytical capabilities, digital channels and advice propositions, determine the best products and services for each segment, and bring them to market quickly via a leaner, more agile operating model.

In 2013, the company began to invest in the following transformation initiatives:

a simplifi ed management, organisation and governance structure
the fi rst phase of a mobile platform, including mobile apps for iOS and Android, the Evolve app to simplify the advice process, development of a tablet app for 2014 and improved online transactional capabilities
advice prototypes to broaden the way advice is delivered to customers, including a new Hillross branded advice model
– multi-asset fund consolidation, and
re-engineering its wealth protection solutions.

In addition to investing in transforming the Australian business, AMP continues to invest in other areas with strong potential

for profi table growth, including its SMSF business, the adviser network, the North platform and AMP Bank.

3. Reduce costs by investing in initiatives that matter most to customers and will deliver profi table growth.

In 2013, AMP put in place a three-year business effi ciency program to redirect investment to areas most important to its customers, and to reduce the cost base. The company expects the program to deliver $20 million in pre-tax recurring run cost savings by the end of 2016 for a one-off investment of $320 million pre-tax over three years. The recurring cost savings are estimated to be 80 per cent controllable and 20 per cent variable.

To deliver the targeted savings, initiatives underway included:
a supply chain review, including a review of the asset management supply chain
redesign of some of the non-customer facing function to drive effi ciency
automation and outsourcing offi ce processes, and
– activities to improve, modernise and reduce the cost of core IT infrastructure.

The 2014 underlying controllable costs are expected to remain close to 2013 actuals. This is due to a signifi cant reduction in costs from the business effi ciency program offsetting underlying costs growth. Total controllable costs for 2014 are expected to increase by around 1.5 per cent from 2013 due to a change in government policy restricting research and development credits and anticipated adverse NZ foreign exchange rate movements. Any outperformance in cost savings from the business effi ciency program are likely to be directed to further investment in customer and growth initiatives.

4. Invest selectively in Asia and internationally through AMP Capital.

A core part of AMP’s strategy is to invest selectively in Asia and more broadly through AMP Capital. The company is doing this through strong distribution partnerships in China and Japan, broadening the global pension fund client base and strengthening its capabilities in property and infrastructure.

At 31 December 2013, AMP Capital’s business alliance with MUTB has three retail funds and two institutional funds in the market with AUM of $576 million. In addition, the Infrastructure Debt Fund No. II attracted commitments from 29 Japanese institutional clients through exclusive distribution under the alliance in Japan.

In 2013, AMP Capital established a joint venture funds management company in China with China Life Asset Management Company, called China Life AMP Asset Management Company Ltd. In January 2014, the China Life AMP Money Market Fund raised $2.2 billion during its initial public offer period.

AMP Capital’s strength in infrastructure and property is also growing. AMP Capital has a $5 billion long-term property development pipeline across shopping centre, offi ce and industrial sectors, this includes the redevelopment of Macquarie and Pacifi c Fair shopping centres.

1 Forward looking statements in the Strategies and prospects section of the directors’ report are based on management’s current views and assumptions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond AMP’s control and could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those expressed. These forward looking statements are not guarantees or representations of future performance, and should not be relied upon.
2 AMP does not produce a profi t forecast as this is driven by market movements which cannot be predicted. However, AMP does provide forward looking guidance on certain business outcomes.
3 ABS – Managed Funds Industry in Australia – September 2013.
4 DEXXAR projections – May 2013.
5 Plan for Life – September 2013.
6 Money Management – July 2013.

Strategies and prospects by business segment[1]

Wealth Management

Wealth Management’s key priorities are to:

build a stronger, more customer centric business whilst remaining vigilant on cost control
improve the quality of the advice experience and develop complementary advice channels
implement a comprehensive customer and product strategy which accounts for the new regulatory environment
improve adviser productivity, and
develop a strong SMSF capability.

Since 2011, AMP has guided to average annual margin compression on investment related revenue to AUM of 3.5 to 4.5 per cent per annum over the MySuper implementation period to 2017. Average compression since guidance was initiated has been 3.5 per cent. As MySuper plan transitions have now commenced, average annual compression is expected to be around the higher end of the range through to 2017.

AMP Bank

AMP Bank’s key priorities are to:

deliver compelling customer centric propositions which meet a broader range of customer needs
combine technology and excellence in customer service to make it easier for customers to do their banking with AMP
drive growth through the Bank’s access to AMP’s distribution networks and platforms by enabling and encouraging advisers to offer banking solutions to clients to meet their core banking needs, and to
continue to optimise the Bank’s funding sources and invest in operating capacity to enable growth.

Wealth Protection

In 2013, AMP began to undertake wide-reaching actions driven by a new executive team to improve lapses and claims experience over the short and medium terms. Actions include:

increasing the size of the claims team, repricing the income protection business to improve value and focusing on the claims fi nalisation pipeline to improve the timeliness of fi nalising claims, and
increasing the size of retention teams to reach customers likely to lapse, rolling out tactical customer campaigns focused on pricing and value, and a review of business terms for adviser practices with high lapse rates.

Over the medium term, actions planned include developing new claims analytical tools, building a new claims technology platform and offering broader support – including rehabilitation – to customers on claim. AMP will also continue to improve on its monitoring and management of lapse experience, develop a new retention management framework and review adviser remuneration structures at both industry and AMP levels.

The strengthening of assumptions across both the retail income protection and lump sum products is expected to reduce profi t margins by around $35 million in 2014. While signifi cant action to remediate the group risk business has been undertaken during 2013, one scheme which contributed to over 70 per cent of losses will be repriced in June 2014. Some negative claims experience in group risk business is expected to continue until these repricing actions fl ow through.

Mature

Key priorities for management are to:

maintain high persistency
prudently manage asset and liability risk
achieve greater cost effi ciency, and
– maintain capital effi ciency.

The Mature business remains in slow decline but is expected to remain profi table for many years. It is expected to run off

between 4 to 6 per cent per annum. In volatile investment markets, this run-off rate can vary substantially.

The run-off of AUM mirrors policy liabilities, although there is potential for profi t margins to be impacted differently. The runoff of Mature AUM is anticipated to have an average duration of approximately 14 years, but will be impacted by investment markets.

The expected run-off of Mature is not anticipated to be materially different from current guidance as a result of the StrongerSuper regulatory changes.

New Zealand

NZ’s key priorities to grow shareholder value are:

enhancing product features and offerings
rationalising duplicate product sets
improving the customer experience
evolving distribution capability, and
maximising cost effi ciency.

Changes to the taxation of life insurance business in New Zealand will impact NZ from 1 July 2015, resulting in a material increase in the amount of corporate tax paid by NZ. These tax changes apply to all life insurance companies in New Zealand and are not specifi c to NZ. To offset the impact of this change on operating earnings, NZ is progressively growing its revenue base, reducing its overall costs and reducing the capital impacts of distributing life insurance.

AMP Capital

Working as a unifi ed investment house, AMP Capital’s key priorities are to generate revenue growth through:

delivering outstanding investment outcomes to clients
building a differentiated client experience driving strong client engagement
partnering effectively across the AMP group to deliver investment solutions for retail, SMSF and corporate super customers
expanding the global pension fund client base, and
– building preferential distribution partnerships in select Asian markets, particularly Japan and China.

AMP Capital’s target cost to income ratio is 60 to 65 per cent by the fi rst half of 2014.

Key risks

Key risks which may impact AMP’s business strategies and prospects for future fi nancial years include:

A volatile economic environment could have a negative impact on the profi tability of AMP. When markets are volatile and investment returns are low, customers are more likely to change their investment preferences and products. This could result in customers choosing to put less of their discretionary savings into AMP superannuation and investment products which would reduce AMP’s cash infl ows and create lower profi t margins. AMP continues to monitor market conditions and review its product offerings to ensure they continue to meet changing customer needs. Low and volatile investment markets can also impact the risks associated with capital guaranteed products, and AMP actively manages capital, liquidity and funding requirements in this context.
In recent times AMP, in common with much of the industry, has been experiencing elevated claims and lapse rates, with a consequent adverse impact on profi t. There is a risk that this poor experience continues or further deteriorates. There are many factors impacting claims and lapse experience including slower economic activity, the impact of the Future of Financial Advice reforms, changes in society’s attitudes to claiming benefi ts, changes in state-based injury compensation schemes as well as changes in AMP’s
1 Forward looking statements in the Strategies and prospects by business segment section of the directors’ report are based on management’s current views and assumptions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond AMP’s control and could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those expressed. These forward looking statements are not guarantees or representations of future performance, and should not be relied upon.

AMP 2013 annual report 11

Directors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

business mix over time. Many of these issues are affecting the Australian insurance industry as a whole whilst others are more specifi c to AMP. One of AMP’s highest priorities is improving the profi tability of its insurance products, some of which are in loss recognition and can have a large impact on earnings when claims and lapse experience assumptions change. AMP has a new management team in place in this area of the business who are undertaking wide-reaching actions to change the way insurance claims are managed so customers can return to work faster. They are also implementing new initiatives to help customers better understand the value and benefi ts of their policies, with the aim of reducing the number of policies which lapse.

The Australian fi nance industry is in a period of signifi cant regulatory change in relation to superannuation, the provision of fi nancial advice, banking, capital requirements, US tax and privacy legislation. While most of the reforms are nearing completion, the interpretation, and the practical implementation of regulation, coupled with the failure to fund, manage and implement the required changes, could adversely impact AMP’s business model, or result in a failure to achieve business and or strategic objectives. AMP actively engages with the government, regulators and industry bodies and has dedicated resources and change programs to meet the new requirements.
In addition, AMP has embarked on a program to increase the scale and pace of change in its Australian business to better respond to changing customer demands and ongoing pricing pressures. Both customers and shareholders will benefi t from this reshaping of the Australian business. The introduction of this program may cause some disruption within the business over the next 12 months. To manage these changes, AMP has dedicated resources and well established change programs and processes in place.
Failure to comply with regulatory and legislative requirements could result in breaches, fi nes, regulatory action or reputational impacts. AMP has established frameworks and dedicated risk and compliance teams that work closely with the business to ensure compliance with regulatory and legal obligations. The provision of fi nancial advice to customers is one of the current focus areas and AMP is working closely with regulators and external advisers to review processes and controls to ensure all fi nancial advice provided by AMP advisers is compliant with the relevant regulations and in the best interest of the customer.
AMP has a number of material outsourcing arrangements with external service providers. If these are not appropriately managed it could affect AMP’s service to customers, fi nancial performance, ability to meet regulatory requirements and reputation. AMP would also need to fund the cost of correcting any issues. AMP has policies and processes in place to ensure appropriate governance and management of external service providers. Dedicated teams ensure contracts and service level agreements are monitored regularly and performance targets are reviewed to ensure required deliverables and standards are met.

The directors expect these risks will continue to have the potential to impact AMP and management will continue to monitor and manage these risks closely.

Capital management

Equity and reserves of the AMP group attributable to shareholders increased to $8.1 billion at 31 December 2013 from $7.5 billion at 31 December 2012. This increase was due to profi ts over the period, favourable markets, actuarial gains and losses on defi ned benefi t funds and additional share capital issued under the dividend reinvestment plan (DRP).

AMP has $2.1 billion in shareholder regulatory capital resources above minimum regulatory requirements (MRR) at 31 December 2013 ($1.4 billion at 31 December 2012 restated allowing for the impact of LAGIC).

AMP continues to actively manage its capital position in the light of continuing market volatility and regulatory changes.

AMP has declared a dividend of 11.5 cents per share, franked to 70 per cent. The dividend payout ratio is 80 per cent of underlying profi t for the full year ended 31 December 2013. AMP’s dividend policy is to pay out 70–80 per cent of underlying profi t, franked to the maximum extent possible.

AMP will continue to offer a DRP for shareholders. For the fi nal 2013 dividend, no discount will apply to the DRP allocation price. AMP intends to acquire shares on market to satisfy any entitlements under the DRP.

Political donations

AMP’s policy is that it does not make donations to political parties. AMP did not make any political donations during 2013. AMP did contribute $20,000 to the Menzies Research Centre and $20,000 to the Chifl ey Research Centre to assist with public policy development. These contributions are permitted under AMP’s policy.

Signifi cant changes to the state of affairs

Details of the change in CEO and changes in AMP’s strategic priorities are set out earlier in this report.

Events occurring after the reporting date

As at the date of this report, the directors are not aware of any matter or circumstance that has arisen since the reporting date that has signifi cantly affected or may signifi cantly affect the entity’s operations in future years; the results of those operations in future years; or the entity’s state of affairs in future years which is not already refl ected in this report, other than the following:

On 20 February 2014, AMP announced a fi nal dividend on ordinary shares of 11.5 cents per share. Details of the announced dividend and dividends paid and declared during the year are disclosed in note 18 of the fi nancial report.

The environment

In the normal course of its business operations, AMP is subject to a range of environmental regulations, of which there have been no material breaches during the year. Further information on AMP’s environment policy and activities is included in the 2013 corporate governance statement.

Under AMP’s constitution, the company indemnifi es, to the extent permitted by law, all directors and offi cers of the company against any liability (including the costs and expenses of defending actions for an actual or alleged liability) incurred in their capacity as an offi cer of the company.

This indemnity is not extended to current or former employees of the AMP group against liability incurred in their capacity as an employee, unless approved by the AMP Limited Board. No such indemnities have been provided during or since the end of the fi nancial year.

During the fi nancial year, the company agreed to insure all of the offi cers (including all directors) of the AMP group against certain liabilities as permitted by the Corporations Act 2001 . The insurance policy prohibits disclosure of the nature of the cover, the amount of the premium, the limit of liability and other terms.

In addition, the company and each of the directors are parties to deeds of indemnity and access, as approved by the board. Those deeds of indemnity and access provide that:

the directors will have access to the books of the company for their period of offi ce and for seven years after they cease to hold offi ce (subject to certain conditions)
the company indemnifi es the directors to the extent permitted by law
the indemnity covers liabilities incurred by the directors in their capacity as offi cers of the company and of other AMP group companies, and
the company will maintain directors’ and offi cers’ insurance cover for the directors to the extent permitted by law for the period of their offi ce and for seven years after they cease to

Rounding

In accordance with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission Class Order 98/0100, amounts in this directors’ report and the accompanying fi nancial report have been rounded off to the nearest million Australian dollars, unless stated otherwise.

Auditor’s independence declaration to the directors of AMP Limited

The directors have obtained an independence declaration from the company’s auditor, Ernst & Young, for the year ended 31 December 2013.

Ernst & Young 680 George Street Sydney NSW 2000 Australia GPO Box 2646 Sydney NSW 2001

Tel: +61 2 9248 5555 Fax: +61 2 9248 5959 ey.com/au

Auditor’s Independence Declaration to the Directors of AMP Limited

In relation to our audit of the fi nancial report of AMP Limited for the fi nancial year ended 31 December 2013, to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 or any applicable code of professional conduct.

==> picture [100 x 42] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [111 x 34] intentionally omitted <==

Ernst & Young Tony Johnson Partner 20 February 2014

A member fi rm of Ernst & Young Global Limited Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation

Non-audit services

The Audit Committee has reviewed details of the amounts paid or payable for non-audit services provided to the AMP group of companies during the year ended 31 December 2013, by the company’s auditor, Ernst & Young.

The directors are satisfi ed that the provision of those non-audit services by the auditor is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act and did not compromise the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act for the following reasons:

all non-audit assignments were approved in accordance with the process set out in the AMP charter of audit independence
no non-audit assignments were carried out which were specifi cally excluded by the AMP charter of audit independence, and
the level of fees for non-audit services amounted to $3,872,000 or 22 per cent of total audit fees (refer to note 35 of the fi nancial report for further details).

Remuneration disclosures

The remuneration arrangements for AMP directors and senior executives are outlined in the remuneration report which forms part of the directors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2013.

Directors’ and senior executives’ interests in AMP Limited shares, performance rights and options are also set out in the remuneration report on the following pages.

AMP 2013 annual report 13

Remuneration report (audited)

AMP is committed to ensuring remuneration practices are aligned with the creation of value for shareholders so remuneration for 2013 refl ects AMP’s reduced profi t for the year.

Salary costs have been closely managed across the organisation. In 2013, executive salaries remained frozen, having last been adjusted in April 2011. The previous adjustment had been in April 2008. Salaries have only been adjusted if an executive has been promoted or in the exception where an individual’s remuneration has been found to have fallen signifi cantly below market competitive levels.
Chief Executive Offi cer (CEO) Craig Meller has been set a salary and reward opportunity 8.6 per cent lower than that of previous CEO Craig Dunn.
No termination payment has been paid to former CEO Craig Dunn.
Performance rights are paid to executives when AMP delivers signifi cant value to shareholders. Performance rights awarded in 2010 lapsed in 2013 as the performance hurdle was not met.
The performance hurdle for AMP’s long-term incentive (LTI) awards has been revised to now include a return on equity measure. Return on equity is a strong measure of capital management and business effi ciency and will ensure the payment of LTIs remains closely linked with the delivery of long-term shareholder value.
The 2013 short-term incentive (STI) pool has been reduced to $83 million or 9.8 per cent of underlying profi t compared with $96 million or 10.1 per cent of underlying profi t for 2012. STI payments to former CEO Craig Dunn and Craig Meller, for his former role as Managing Director, AMP Financial Services, have been reduced by 42 per cent and 41 per cent respectively.

1 2013 remuneration overview
2 Remuneration structure in 2013
3 The link between company performance and remuneration
4 Remuneration for the nominated executives in 2013
5 Contractual arrangements for the nominated executives
6 Non-executive director remuneration
1 2013 remuneration overview

1.1 Remuneration strategy

AMP’s remuneration strategy is to align remuneration with the creation of value for shareholders by attracting and retaining employees who will contribute to AMP’s success and motivating them to achieve outstanding performance against AMP’s business objectives.

==> picture [341 x 162] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

AMP’s remuneration strategy
Attract, motivate and retain employees who will contribute to AMP’s success
Drive outstanding performance against business objectives
Support AMP’s desired culture and risk appetite
Create value for shareholders
----- End of picture text -----

AMP has a comprehensive remuneration policy which outlines the responsibilities of the board, People and Remuneration Committee (PRC) and management in maintaining alignment with the remuneration strategy. Of particular note, the policy requires that remuneration arrangements are simple, practical and supported by a governance framework that avoids confl icts of interest, defi nes clear accountabilities and ensures that proper checks and balances are in place. Where an external perspective is needed, the PRC requests market practice, regulatory and governance input from its external board remuneration advisers, PricewaterhouseCoopers.

1.2 Remuneration mix for the nominated executives

The nominated executives are the 2013 CEO and his direct reports. All of the nominated executives have a signifi cant component of their total remuneration linked to performance. This is illustrated below, using the midpoint for the short-term incentive (STI) (the STI midpoint is halfway between the minimum outcome of zero per cent and the maximum outcome, which varies for each executive and is outlined in section 3.2). STI cash, STI deferral and long-term incentives (LTI) are ‘at risk’ remuneration and will only be paid if specifi ed performance hurdles are met.

CEO Other nominated executives	Fixed remuneration 31% Fixed remuneration 36% STI cash 19% STI cash 19% STI deferral 12% STI deferral 13% LTI 38% LTI 32% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

The managing director of AMP Capital (AMP Capital MD), is excluded from the above illustration as he participates in the AMP Capital enterprise profi t share plan.

On 1 January 2014, Craig Meller became CEO and the new Group Leadership Team was appointed. Details of the remuneration for the new Group Leadership Team will appear in the 2014 annual report.

1.3 Remuneration received by the nominated executives for 2013

The table below details the remuneration actually received by the nominated executives in relation to 2013. Long-term incentive (LTI) values in the table below are zero as the performance hurdles were not met. There is an accounting value for LTI, however, which is shown in section 4.1 in accordance with statutory disclosure requirements.

	Name Fixed remuneration $’000 Cash short-term incentive (STI) $’000 Other remuneration $’000 Total cash $’000	Actual share income Short-term incentive (STI) deferral vested during 2013 $’000 Long-term incentive (LTI) and other vested during 2013 $’000 2013 total remuneration $’000 2012 total remuneration $’000 – – 2,569 3,157 – – 1,569 1,917 – – 2,151 2,133 – – 1,620 1,487 – – 1,242 1,262 – – 1,161 1,263 – – 1,132 1,217 – – 931 1,027 – – 823 886 – – 795 840 ~~–~~ ~~–~~ ~~13,993~~ ~~15,189~~
	Craig Dunn 1,750 819 – 2,569 Chief Executive Off cer and Managing Director Craig Meller 1,065 504 – 1,569 Managing Director, AMP Financial Services Stephen Dunne 1,065 1,086 – 2,151 Managing Director, AMP Capital Colin Storrie1 950 432 238 1,620 Chief Financial Off cer Paul Sainsbury2 801 441 – 1,242 Chief Customer Off cer (from 1 April 2013) Lee Barnett 765 396 – 1,161 Chief Information Off cer Brian Salter3 770 354 8 1,132 General Counsel Fiona Wardlaw 640 291 – 931 General Manager, Human Resources Matthew Percival 565 258 – 823 General Manager, Public Affairs Jonathan Deane 525 270 – 795 General Manager, Group Strategy ~~l~~
	~~Tota~~ ~~8,896~~ ~~4,851~~ ~~246~~ ~~13,993~~

1 Colin Storrie had a retention payment payable on 31 December 2013, recorded above as ‘Other remuneration’. Refer to footnote 6 of the table in section 4.1 for further information.

2 Paul Sainsbury was Integration Director and Managing Director, AMP SMSF before being appointed Chief Customer Offi cer on 1 April 2013. The increase in remuneration refl ects his expanded role.

3 Brian Salter received an additional superannuation contribution required to fund his life insurance cover. This is recorded as ‘Superannuation

The total remuneration received by the nominated executives for 2013 is lower than 2012. This refl ects the board’s focus on linking pay with performance:

– fi xed remuneration costs were held fl at for executives: AMP continued to freeze the pay of executives at April 2011 levels (excluding promotions and other exceptional adjustments).

STI outcomes were lower in aggregate: for the nominated executives, aggregate STIs are 25 per cent lower in 2013 compared to 2012 STI outcomes.
performance-based LTI did not vest: the performance period for the 2010 LTI completed in July 2013. The performance rights issued under the 2010 LTI lapsed as the relative total shareholder return (TSR) hurdle was not met.

AMP 2013 annual report 15

Directors’ report

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

1.4 CEO retirement

Craig Dunn retired as CEO and from all AMP boards and management committees, effective from 31 December 2013, and his contract of employment ceases on 31 March 2014. At this time, Craig will not receive any fi nancial benefi t in addition to his contractual entitlements. Part of his STI payment for the year ended 31 December 2013 will continue to be subject to deferral. The share rights Craig received as part of the AMP STI deferral plan will convert to AMP Limited shares over the next two years, subject to the vesting conditions approved and determined by the board. Some of the performance rights granted to Craig in prior years under the LTI plan may vest in the three years after his retirement as CEO. Under the terms of the shareholder approved plan, performance rights granted in 2012 and 2013 are retained by Craig subject to the original performance hurdles and performance periods, while he will forfeit the performance rights granted to him in 2011.

From 1 January to 31 March 2014, Craig will provide advice and support to the new CEO and the AMP Limited Board, assist with the completion of the 2013 remuneration cycle and will hand over key strategic business relationships to the new CEO. During this period, Craig will receive his base salary, superannuation and other leave entitlements. No STI will be payable, nor will any long-term entitlements be granted.

1.5 Key management personnel

For the purpose of this remuneration report and Australian Accounting Standard AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures (refer to note 34 of the fi nancial statements), key management personnel (KMP) are defi ned as including all non-executive directors (NEDs), the CEO and other people having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of AMP. For AMP, this includes the direct reports of the CEO and the NEDs of the AMP Limited Board.

AMP will review the nominated executives for 2014 following the appointment of Craig Meller as CEO and the new Group Leadership Team, effective 1 January 2014.

2 Remuneration structure in 2013

In 2013, AMP’s remuneration structure included the following key components:

Employee group	Fixed remuneration Short-term incentives (STI)1 or profit share2	Fixed remuneration Short-term incentives (STI)1 or profit share2	Long-term incentives (LTI) Other equity arrangements	Long-term incentives (LTI) Other equity arrangements
Non-executive directors	Board fees, committee fees and superannuation	None	None	Minimum of 26% of fees, up to a maximum of 50%, required to be taken as shares bought on market
Nominated executives3	Annual base salary and superannuation	STI cash: dependent on individual, business unit and company performance assessed against f nancial and non-f nancial measures	Performance rights: rights to AMP Limited shares with: – 50% of the award value subject to a total shareholder return (TSR) performance hurdle – 50% of the award value subject to a return on equity (RoE) performance hurdle	Minimum shareholding required STI deferral: deferral of 40% of the STI into rights to AMP Limited shares subject to a two-year service condition
Other senior leaders			Performance rights and/or share rights: selected employees receive performance rights (as above) and/or rights to AMP Limited shares that are subject to a three-year service condition	STI deferral: selected senior leaders defer 40% of their STI into rights to AMP Limited shares subject to a two-year service condition
Other employees			None	STI match: selected employees receive rights to AMP Limited shares valued at an additional 50% of their STI, subject to a two-year service condition

1 A limited number of investment management and sales employees also participated in tailored business unit plans, which are based on individual/team fi nancial measures and delivered in cash.

2 The managing director of AMP Capital (AMP Capital MD) and selected senior leaders of AMP Capital participated in the AMP Capital enterprise profi t share plan (profi t share) as outlined in section 2.2.3.

3 The nominated executives are the CEO of AMP Limited and his direct reports as listed in section 1.3.

2.1 Fixed remuneration

AMP generally positions fi xed remuneration at the median (ie the 50th percentile) of the market. When determining the relevant ‘market’ for each role, AMP considers companies from which AMP sources talent and to whom it could potentially lose talent. For the nominated executives, AMP sources data from Australian listed companies of comparable size to AMP, both within the fi nancial services sector and across the general market. Within that market, AMP looks at roles in the same area of expertise, with similar seniority and responsibility to the relevant individual. Total remuneration above the market median can be realised through the achievement of ‘stretch’ performance targets. Fixed remuneration for the nominated executives at AMP is expressed as an annual salary package. From this amount, AMP deducts the required superannuation contributions and any additional superannuation contributions or salary-sacrifi ced benefi ts at the employee’s election. Any fringe benefi ts tax incurred by AMP in providing benefi ts is on-charged to the employee.

Fixed remuneration for the nominated executives is reviewed by the PRC and approved by the AMP Limited Board annually (but not necessarily increased), taking into account:

market remuneration ranges for the role
the individual’s capability, performance and criticality to AMP
the available budget for remuneration increases.

2.2 Short-term incentives

AMP’s short-term incentive (STI) plans provide employees with rewards for annual performance against measures set at the beginning of the performance period. The nominated executives participate in the following plans:

CEO: CEO STI plan (refer to section 2.2.1)
direct reports to the CEO (other than the AMP Capital MD): AMP group STI plan (refer to section 2.2.2)
AMP Capital MD: AMP Capital enterprise profi t share plan (refer to section 2.2.3).

Other employees participate in the AMP group STI plan and/or tailored business unit plans based on individual/team fi nancial measures.

2.2.1 CEO’s short-term incentive plan

The CEO’s maximum STI opportunity is 200 per cent of fi xed remuneration. To determine the annual STI award, the PRC assesses the performance of the CEO against objectives set and approved by the board at the start of each year. The PRC then recommends an STI payment to the board for approval.

In 2013, the CEO’s award was based on the measures and weightings provided in section 2.2.2, which were selected to reward the CEO for performance that would drive sustainable growth in shareholder value.

2.2.2 AMP group short-term incentive plan

The nominated executives and other employees earn STI awards based on the achievement of AMP’s group-wide measures and personal objectives. The STI opportunity for the nominated executives is provided in section 3.2.

STI pool

The board determines the size of the STI pool, assessing AMP’s performance against group-wide measures set and approved by the board at the start of each year. The CEO then distributes the STI pool among business units and AMP group functions, based on their contribution to AMP’s performance.

Group-wide measures

The following AMP group-wide measures were used in 2013 to determine the size of the STI pool (the STI scorecard). These measures were chosen because they align with the company’s strategy, objectives and goals as approved by the board, and provide an overall view of performance.

Financial measures: weighting 65%	Non-financial measures: weighting 35%
Measures – Underlying prof t after tax less cost of capital – Value of net cash f ows and risk new business – Cost to income ratio	– Investment performance for clients – Customer advocacy – Employee engagement – Other key strategic priorities, including the AXA integration, growth strategies for self-managed superannuation funds and Asia, and staying ahead of regulatory change
Link to strategy – These f nancial measures are key drivers of shareholder value	– These measures are key indicators of how successfully the company is delivering against its goals and strategy

The STI pool is calculated based on performance against the STI scorecard and is then adjusted downwards if AMP management operates outside board-approved risk appetite levels. The risk adjustment can be anywhere from 0–100 per cent. The board also has the discretion to consider the quality of AMP’s fi nancial results, business leadership and the realisation of strategic opportunities in determining the fi nal STI pool.

Individual performance and development plans (PDPs)

Individual PDPs are set at the start of each year and are designed to focus employees on activities that will drive the achievement of AMP’s strategic objectives. Additionally, all employees are measured on the extent to which they exhibit the ‘AMP behaviours’. These are the behaviours AMP has identifi ed as critical to driving business performance and growth.

PDPs for the nominated executives typically include some or all of the AMP group measures (refer to ‘Group-wide measures’ above) and additional business unit/individual measures. People measures apply to all of the nominated executives. Performance objectives for the nominated executives are agreed with the CEO and approved by the board. The board also approves the setting of performance objectives for individuals who it considers have the ability to impact AMP’s fi nancial soundness (specifi ed individuals).

AMP 2013 annual report 17

Directors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

At the end of the fi nancial year, the CEO recommends STI payments for his direct reports and other specifi ed individuals based on their performance against the agreed measures, for board approval.

For employees below this level, an individual’s STI payment will be determined on the basis of AMP’s overall performance, the individual’s business unit performance and their own performance as assessed against the performance and behavioural goals outlined in their PDP. Recommendations are signed off by the CEO and the general manager of Human Resources to ensure group-wide consistency and equity, particularly from a gender pay perspective.

STI deferral plan

The nominated executives, and selected other senior leaders who have the ability to impact AMP’s fi nancial soundness, participate in the AMP STI deferral plan. The plan requires that 40 per cent of a participant’s STI award be delivered in rights to AMP shares (share rights). The share rights have no exercise price and no exercise period, converting to AMP Limited shares (ie vesting) after a two-year deferral period.

Vesting is subject to ongoing employment, compliance with AMP policies and the board’s discretion. The condition of ongoing employment may not apply in specifi c circumstances, including where an employee dies, is totally and permanently disabled, or gives notice of retirement, or their employment ends on the grounds of redundancy. The 2013 STI deferral awards will be granted in April 2014, following the release of AMP’s full-year fi nancial results and calculation of 2013 STI outcomes. The fi rst grant of share rights was made under the STI deferral plan during 2012 based on 2011 STI outcomes. These share rights will convert to AMP Limited shares, subject to the above conditions, in 2014.

STI match plan

Each year, high-potential senior employees are eligible for nomination to participate in the STI match plan, which provides an award of share rights to the value of 50 per cent of the individual’s STI. The STI match award is provided in addition to the STI cash opportunity. Employees at this level are not eligible to participate in AMP’s long-term incentive plan. As the STI match is based on the STI plan, the number of share rights awarded to the participant depends on the individual’s contribution to company performance during the fi nancial year.

As with the STI deferral plan, STI match share rights convert to AMP Limited shares (ie vest) after a two-year deferral period. Vesting is subject to ongoing employment, compliance with AMP policies and the board’s discretion. The condition of ongoing employment may not apply in specifi c circumstances, including where an employee dies, is totally and permanently disabled, or gives notice of retirement, or their employment ends on the grounds of redundancy. The 2013 STI match awards will be granted in April 2014, following the release of AMP’s full-year fi nancial results and calculation of 2013 STI outcomes. The fi rst grant of share rights was made under the STI match plan during 2012 based on 2011 STI outcomes. These share rights will convert to AMP Limited shares, subject to the above conditions, in 2014.

2.2.3 AMP Capital enterprise profi t share plan

Select leaders from AMP Capital, including the AMP Capital MD, participate in the AMP Capital enterprise profi t share plan (profi t share plan). A percentage of AMP Capital’s adjusted pre-tax profi t, allowing for an appropriate cost of capital, is provided to the profi t share plan. The percentage share has not been disclosed because it is commercially sensitive. The size of the profi t share pool is agreed upfront by the board. The board has the discretion to adjust the size of the pool, and what portion of the pool is allocated to the AMP Capital MD, to recognise non-profi t related performance including AMP behaviours, changes in market conditions and broader fi nancial factors such as AMP’s capacity to pay. The board also has the discretion to adjust the profi t share pool downwards if AMP Capital management operates outside board-approved risk appetite levels (as per the AMP group STI plan).

Allocation to individuals is determined on a discretionary basis with consideration given to an individual’s performance against their annual fi nancial and non-fi nancial objectives and AMP behaviours. Allocations are delivered partly in cash at the end of the fi nancial year (60 per cent of the award), with the remainder deferred into share rights, which vest two years subsequently (40 per cent of the award). The deferred portion is delivered through the AMP group STI deferral plan (refer to ‘STI deferral plan’ in section 2.2.2). Allocations to the AMP Capital MD are recommended by the CEO for approval by the board. Allocations to other participants are recommended by the AMP Capital MD for approval by the CEO.

Profi t share is the exclusive variable remuneration arrangement for participants, except for the AMP Capital MD who also participates in the LTI plan, thereby maintaining alignment of his remuneration with those of his peers across the AMP leadership team.

2.3 Long-term incentives

AMP’s long-term incentive (LTI) plan provides the nominated executives and selected senior leaders with rewards delivered in equity if conditions are met over a three-year period. LTI awards are granted annually, which provides ongoing benefi ts to participants for increasing shareholder value. The nominated executives and selected other senior leaders receive their LTI in the form of performance rights. These executives previously received LTI awards in the form of performance rights which were subject to a single relative total shareholder return (TSR) performance hurdle. After an extensive review of market practices, conducted in 2012, the board determined that AMP should introduce a return on equity (RoE) performance measure, in addition to a TSR measure.

The vesting of performance rights granted under the 2013 LTI award will now be based on two performance hurdles (refer to section 2.3.1):

50 per cent of the LTI award value, granted as performance rights, will be subject to AMP’s TSR performance relative to the top industrial companies in the S&P/ASX 100 Index (TSR tranche)
50 per cent of the LTI award value, granted as performance rights, will be subject to an RoE measure (RoE tranche).

Other participants may take a portion or all of their LTI in share rights, which are subject to their ongoing service (refer to section 2.3.2).

2.3.1 Performance rights

A performance right is a right to acquire one fully paid ordinary share in AMP Limited after a three-year vesting period for no consideration (ie effectively a share option with a zero exercise price), provided a specifi c performance hurdle is met. The nominated executives are required to take their full LTI award in performance rights. Performance rights are awarded at no cost to the participant.

Performance hurdles

TSR tranche: Vesting of these performance rights is dependent on AMP’s TSR performance relative to a comparator group of Australian listed companies over a three-year performance period. TSR measures the benefi t delivered to shareholders over the given period, which includes dividend payments, capital returns and movement in the share price. The performance hurdle was chosen because it requires participants to outperform major ASX listed companies before the awards generate any value.

RoE tranche: Vesting of these performance rights is based on AMP’s RoE performance for the year ending 31 December 2015. Prior to the 2013 grant being awarded, the board determined the threshold and maximum RoE performance targets (expressed as percentage outcomes) to be achieved for the year ending 31 December 2015. An RoE hurdle was chosen as it drives a strong capital discipline, which is a key contributor to creating sustainable shareholder value.

2.3.2 Share rights

AMP also awards share rights under the LTI plan. LTI share rights are used to recognise senior leaders who contribute signifi cantly to AMP’s overall business success, but have a reduced ability to infl uence the creation of shareholder value compared to the nominated executives. LTI share rights are rights to acquire one fully paid ordinary share in AMP Limited after a three-year vesting period subject to ongoing service. Share rights are awarded at no cost to the participant and do not carry dividend entitlements. As this program is a means of recognising and retaining employees, no performance hurdles apply during the vesting period, other than continued service.

In the years prior to 2011, AMP awarded restricted shares instead of share rights. A restricted share is an ordinary AMP share that has a holding lock in place until a three-year vesting period ends. During this time, the holder is eligible to receive dividends, but is unable to sell, transfer or hedge their award.

Hedging

AMP policy prohibits employees from entering into any hedging arrangement in relation to any vested or unvested shares, share rights or performance rights in any AMP share plan. Breaches of this policy will lead to forfeiture of the relevant award. In accepting equity awards, participants are required to agree that they will not enter into any hedging arrangements in relation to the award.

Treatment of LTI on cessation of employment and change of control

Typically, unvested LTI awards lapse at the end of the employee’s notice period if the participant resigns from AMP or their employment is terminated for misconduct or inadequate performance. In other cases, such as retirement and redundancy, LTI awards may be retained by the participant, with vesting continuing to be subject to the same vesting conditions as if they had remained in AMP employment. In the event that AMP is subject to a takeover or change of control, unvested performance rights, granted prior to September 2011, typically vest.

Commencing from the performance rights granted in September 2011, the board has the discretion to determine an alternative treatment on cessation of employment and change of control (ie to determine that the LTI awards would lapse, are retained or vest when they would not have otherwise), if deemed appropriate in the light of specifi c circumstances.

Source of shares

The board has the discretion to satisfy vested rights by either acquiring shares on market or by issuing shares. While performance rights can be dilutive, it is AMP’s historical and planned practice to buy AMP shares ‘on market’ to satisfy the LTI awards so there will be no dilutive effect on the value of AMP shares. In the case of the CEO, vested rights must be satisfi ed by acquiring shares on market.

2.3.3 Performance rights and share rights granted in 2013

Determining the value of the award and the number of securities

Participation in the LTI and the value of awards is recommended by the PRC for approval by the board (and by shareholders in the case of the award to the CEO). When recommending the value of awards for each participant, the PRC, on advice from the CEO, considers the recipient’s seniority, infl uence on AMP’s long-term performance and contribution to AMP over the past 12 months or more. To determine the number of performance rights to be granted in the respective tranches, the total value of the LTI award is divided in two. Half of the LTI award value is then divided by the fair value of a performance right subject to a TSR performance hurdle, and the other half of the LTI award value is divided by the fair value of a performance right subject to an RoE performance hurdle. To determine the number of share rights to be granted, the value of the award is divided by the applicable fair value of a share right. The relevant fair value is determined based on a valuation prepared by an independent external consultant, which is based on the 10-day average daily closing share price prior to the offer being made. Fair values are discounted for the value of foregone dividends and, in the case of performance rights, the risk of performance conditions not being met.

AMP 2013 annual report 19

Directors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

Vesting of performance rights granted prior to 2013, including those subject to performance testing during 2013, is dependent on AMP’s TSR performance relative to a comparator group of Australian listed companies over a three-year performance period. The comparator group was the top 50 industrial companies in the S&P/ASX 100 Index (based on market capitalisation rank) as defi ned at the start of the relevant performance period. Vesting of performance rights granted during 2013 is also dependent on AMP’s RoE performance during the applicable performance period (refer to section 2.3.1). The performance testing period is provided in the following table.

	2013 annual	2012 annual	2011 executive	2011 CEO	2010 annual	2009 annual
Plan	award1	award	award	award	award	award
Grant date	06/06/2013	07/06/2012	09/09/2011	09/06/2011	08/09/2010	12/03/20103
Performance	TSR tranche:	01/03/2012–	01/08/2011–	01/05/2011–	01/08/2010–	01/08/2009–
period	07/03/2013–	28/02/2015	31/07/2014	30/04/2014	31/07/2013	31/07/2012
	06/03/2016
	RoE tranche2:
	01/01/2015–
	31/12/2015

1 Performance rights granted under the 2013 LTI award are subject to two performance hurdles. 50% of the LTI award value will be comprised of performance rights subject to AMP’s TSR performance hurdle (TSR tranche) and 50% will be comprised of performance rights subject to an RoE performance hurdle (RoE tranche).

2 Vesting of these performance rights will be based on AMP’s RoE performance for the year ending 31 December 2015.

3 The 2009 annual award was granted later than usual as a result of pending changes to taxation rules. To ensure continuity in long-term performance assessment, the vesting conditions were applied from August 2009.

Vesting schedule

As outlined above, for the 2013 LTI award there are two performance measures that will combine to determine the number of performance rights that will vest at the end of the vesting period. Whilst the TSR and RoE performance rights are subject to different performance periods, they both have the same vesting period, which concludes upon the end of the TSR performance period, during March 2016.

The number of performance rights in the TSR tranche that vest and are converted into AMP shares at the end of the vesting period will be determined in accordance with the following vesting schedule.

TSR performance	Percentage of performance rights in the TSR tranche to vest
AMP’s TSR ranking below the 50th percentile	0%
of the market comparator group
AMP’s TSR ranking at the 50th percentile	50%
of the market comparator group
AMP’s TSR ranking between the 50th and	50% plus 2% for each additional percentile
75th percentile of the market comparator group	(rounded to the nearest whole percentile)
AMP’s TSR ranking in at least the 75th	100%
percentile of the market comparator group

At the end of the performance period, an independent external consultant provides the PRC with AMP’s TSR ranking against the comparator group.

The number of performance rights in the RoE tranche that vest and are converted into AMP shares at the end of the vesting period will be determined in accordance with the following vesting schedule.

RoE performance	Percentage of performance rights in the RoE tranche to vest
RoE below threshold performance target	0%
RoE at threshold performance target	50%
RoE between threshold and maximum performance targets	Proportionate vesting between 50% and 100%
RoE equal to or greater than maximum performance target	100%

For the purposes of the RoE hurdle, RoE will be calculated as follows (and then expressed as a percentage):

Underlying profi t less dividends paid on any preference shares

AMP shareholder equity (book value)

Where:

Underlying profi t = Underlying profi t for the year ending 31 December 2015, as reported in AMP’s 2015 annual report.

AMP shareholder equity (book value) will be calculated by adding AMP shareholder equity as at 31 December 2014 and AMP shareholder equity at the end of each month over 2015, but excluding any equity attributable to any preference shareholders, and dividing the resulting number by 13. For this purpose AMP shareholder equity is the total equity of shareholders of AMP Limited plus adjustments made to statutory shareholder equity (in each case as shown or defi ned in AMP’s audited statement of fi nancial position and notes as at 31 December 2014 and 31 December 2015 or the management accounts for each other month).

Dividends paid on, and equity relating to, any preference shares will be excluded from the measure, to focus on returns to ordinary shareholders.

At the end of the performance period, AMP’s Finance division will provide the PRC with AMP’s RoE performance expressed as a percentage.

The PRC then determines the number of performance rights subject to either a TSR or RoE performance hurdle, if any, which vest with reference to the above vesting schedules. There is no subsequent performance retesting. Consequently, any awards that do not vest at the end of the vesting period are forfeited.

Conversion to shares

2.4 Other equity arrangements – executive minimum shareholding requirement

In 2006, the PRC introduced guidelines outlining the minimum number of AMP shares that nominated executives are expected to hold. The guidelines were introduced to strengthen the alignment between the interests of the nominated executives and shareholders in the long-term performance of AMP. The nominated executives were expected to establish and maintain the following minimum shareholdings by 2011 (or within fi ve years of appointment if appointed after 2006):

CEO: 300,000 shares
direct reports to the CEO: 60,000 shares.

Share rights allocated to nominated executives as a result of STI deferral will be included in balances for the purpose of minimum shareholding requirements. The table below summarises the movements in the holdings of shares in AMP Limited held by the nominated executives and their personally related entities over the reporting period.

	Date by which		Granted as	Received on
	minimum		remuneration	exercise of
	holding	Holding at	during the	performance	Other	Holding at
Name	must be met	1 Jan 2013	period1	rights	changes2	31 Dec 2013
Craig Dunn	Jan 2013	806,010	196,646	–	–	1,002,656
Craig Meller	Oct 2012	243,168	119,078	–	–	362,246
Stephen Dunne	Jul 2011	368,263	149,267	–	–	517,530
Colin Storrie	Jan 2017	108,476	75,053	–	–	183,529
Paul Sainsbury	Dec 2015	78,453	85,535	–	–	163,988
Lee Barnett	Jul 2011	138,713	69,602	–	–	208,315
Brian Salter	Jul 2013	105,632	62,474	–	1,106	169,212
Fiona Wardlaw	Aug 2013	135,504	54,088	–	3,100	192,692
Matthew Percival	Jul 2011	108,535	44,864	–	-15,000	138,399
Jonathan Deane	Jan 2013	154,508	44,026	–	–	198,534

1 Grants include STI deferral plan share rights only, which were allocated on 30 April 2013 with a fair value of $4.87 per share right.

2 Other changes represent individuals’ purchases and sales made during the period or participation in the AMP dividend reinvestment plan.

All nominated executives have acquired the necessary number of shares to meet the executive minimum shareholding requirement.

AMP 2013 annual report 21

Directors’ report

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

3 The link between company performance and remuneration 3.1 Company performance and short-term incentive expenditure

The following table shows how STI outcomes compared to AMP’s fi nancial results over the past fi ve years. STI outcomes and company results are not expected to be perfectly correlated as AMP’s STI performance assessment involves a broader consideration of AMP’s progress in generating future value for shareholders (eg non-fi nancial performance and fi nancial results relative to the targets set by the board and shareholder expectations).

Financial results	2009	2010	2011	2012	2013
Underlying prof t ($m)	772	760	909	950	849
Operating earnings ($m)	701	686	792	810	789
Underlying return on equity	32%	26%	15.1%	12.8%	10.7
STI pool ($m)	72	62	891	962	83
STI pool as % of underlying prof t	9%	8%	9.8%	10.1%	9.8%
Average STI as % of maximum opportunity
for the nominated executives	67%	65%	60%	63%	43%
Total dividend (cents per share)	30	30	29	25	23
Share price at 31 December	$6.77	$5.29	$4.07	$4.81	$4.39

1 The STI pool for 2011 was higher than in 2010 because of the increase in AMP’s headcount following AMP’s merger with the Australian and New Zealand businesses of AXA Asia Pacifi c Holdings and other structural changes in the balance of at-risk remuneration for a number of employees.

2 The 2012 STI pool is inclusive of the CEO STI plan and the AMP group STI plan.

With regard to the non-fi nancial measures as outlined in section 2.2.2, AMP performed strongly overall and particularly against AMP’s measures of investment performance and key strategic priorities. Further commentary is provided below:

Non-financial measures	2013 performance	2013 performance
Investment performance	–	Over two-thirds of assets under management at or above
(% of assets under management		clients’ goals for a three-year period
meets or exceeds clients’ goals)	–	86% of assets under management at or above clients’
		goals for a 12-month period
Customer advocacy	–	Strong second half performance against this measure
(% of customers who are advocates)		ref ecting organisation’s focus on customer experience
Employee engagement	–	Results matched 2012 engagement scores
Other key priorities
Complete integration	–	Integration completed successfully
		– Over $200m of pre-tax cost synergies recognised,
		exceeding targets
		– Key integration projects delivered
Develop transformation strategy	–	Cost savings in excess of $60m identif ed for delivery in 2014
	–	Customer experience strategy developed
	–	Considerable progress on digital strategy
Execute growth strategies for self-managed	–	Strong growth in total self-managed superannuation
superannuation funds and Asia		funds administered
	–	Established retail funds for Mitsubishi UFJ Trust and
		Banking, AMP Capital’s alliance partner, and a joint venture
		Asset Management company with China Life
Manage regulatory change	–	Constructive engagement with Government, Treasury

Constructive engagement with Government, Treasury and regulators on regulatory development
Effective management of internal regulatory projects

3.2 Company performance and 2013 STI outcomes for the nominated executives

The following table shows STI opportunities for each nominated executive (as a percentage of fi xed remuneration) and the proportions of STI opportunity awarded and forfeited during 2013. On average, the nominated executives were awarded 43 per cent of their maximum opportunity. The 2013 STI outcomes for the nominated executives were signifi cantly lower than 2012 STI outcomes (when the average percentage awarded was 63 per cent).

Maximum
Executive
Position
STI opportunity
Awarded2
Not awarded
Craig Dunn
Chief Executive Off cer and Managing Director
200%
39%
61%
Craig Meller
Managing Director, AMP Financial Services
200%
39%
61%
Stephen Dunne
Managing Director, AMP Capital
n/a1
n/a1
n/a1
Colin Storrie
Chief Financial Off cer
175%
43%
57%
Paul Sainsbury
Chief Customer Off cer
200%
43%
57%
Lee Barnett
Chief Information Off cer
175%
49%
51%
Brian Salter
General Counsel
175%
43%
57%
Fiona Wardlaw
General Manager, Human Resources
175%
43%
57%
Matthew Percival
General Manager, Public Affairs
175%
43%
57%
Jonathan Deane
General Manager, Group Strategy
175%
49%
51%
~~Average~~
~~43%~~
~~57%~~

1 The AMP Capital MD has STI opportunity delivered under the AMP Capital enterprise profi t share plan (refer to section 2.2.3) and this opportunity is uncapped. Accordingly STI opportunity, % awarded and % not awarded, is not applicable.
2 The amounts awarded are inclusive of the deferred component (ie include both the cash and deferred share rights).

3.3 Company performance and long-term incentive vesting

Performance rights awarded to nominated executives prior to 2013 are subject to a single total shareholder return (TSR) hurdle whereby AMP’s TSR must be equal to or greater than the median TSR of the top 50 industrial companies in the S&P/ASX 100 Index (refer to section 2.3.1).

The table below illustrates how LTI outcomes for the nominated executives are linked to shareholder returns. For each LTI grant made during the last four years, the table provides the relevant performance period, and for all completed performance periods:

AMP’s TSR for that period (absolute and relative to the specifi ed comparator group for the relevant LTI award)
details of whether the award vested.

			AMP’s
			ranking
			relative
			AMP’s TSR to the LTI	Vesting
			for that comparator	status at
Year	Award	Performance period for the LTI grant	period1 group	31 Dec 2013
2009	Annual award	01/08/2009–31/07/2012	-7.58% 37th	Lapsed
2010	Annual award	01/08/2010–31/07/2013	6.42% 37th	Lapsed
2011	CEO award	01/05/2011–30/04/2014	Performance period	not complete
	Executive award	01/08/2011–31/07/2014	Performance period	not complete
2012	Annual award	01/03/2012–28/02/2015	Performance period	not complete
2013	Annual award	TSR tranche: 07/03/2013–06/03/2016	Performance period	not complete
		RoE tranche: 01/01/2015–31/12/2015	Performance period	not complete

1 TSR was calculated as the growth in share price (using the ASX adjusted price series) plus dividend payments and capital returns over the period.

As shown in the table above, performance rights issued under the 2010 LTI offer lapsed as the TSR hurdle was not met.

AMP 2013 annual report 23

Directors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

4 Remuneration for the nominated executives in 2013 4.1 Accounting value of 2013 remuneration

The following table shows the remuneration details for the nominated executives for the year ended 31 December 2013. The share-based payments shown below are not amounts actually received by nominated executives during the year, as they include accounting values for unvested share awards.

	Short-term employee benefits Executive Cash salary $’000 Short-term incentive2 $’000 Other short-term benefits $’000	Post- employment benefits Superannuation benefits3 $’000 Subtotal $’000	Share-based payments1 Rights4 $’000 Grand total5 $’000 2,533 5,102 2,306 5,463 1,282 2,851 1,070 2,987 1,355 3,506 1,085 3,218 673 2,442 283 1,770 754 1,996 514 1,776 789 1,950 719 1,982 775 1,907 721 1,938 654 1,585 602 1,629 573 1,396 532 1,418 539 1,334 496 1,336 ~~9,927~~ ~~24,069~~ 8,328 23,517
	Craig Dunn 2013 1,713 819 12 Chief Executive Off cer 2012 1,713 1,407 12 and Managing Director Craig Meller 2013 1,027 504 13 Managing Director, 2012 1,026 852 14 AMP Financial Services Stephen Dunne 2013 1,046 1,086 – Managing Director, 2012 1,048 1,068 – AMP Capital Colin Storrie6 2013 912 432 400 Chief Financial Off cer 2012 911 537 14 Paul Sainsbury7 2013 687 441 64 Chief Customer Off cer 2012 536 612 64 (from 1 April 2013) Lee Barnett 2013 727 396 11 Chief Information Off cer 2012 733 498 12 Brian Salter 2013 741 354 11 General Counsel 2012 716 447 12 Fiona Wardlaw 2013 604 291 11 General Manager, 2012 603 387 12 Human Resources Matthew Percival 2013 540 258 1 General Manager, 2012 524 321 1 Public Affairs Jonathan Deane 2013 506 270 – General Manager, 2012 479 315 – Group Strategy ~~l~~	25 2,569 25 3,157 25 1,569 25 1,917 19 2,151 17 2,133 25 1,769 25 1,487 50 1,242 50 1,262 27 1,161 20 1,263 26 1,132 42 1,217 25 931 25 1,027 24 823 40 886 19 795 46 840
	~~2013 tota~~ ~~8,503~~ ~~4,851~~ ~~523~~ 2012 total 8,289 6,444 141	~~265~~ ~~14,142~~ 315 15,189

1 For accounting purposes, all share-based payments are equity-settled as per the relevant Australian Accounting Standard (AASB 2 Share-based Payment ).

2 Short-term incentive values represent 60% of the total STI award, with 40% being deferred into STI deferral plan share rights.

3 Superannuation benefi ts for 2013 include contributions made above statutory requirements.

4 Includes performance rights, share rights and STI deferral plan share rights. The minimum future value for these awards is nil and there is no maximum future value for these awards as they are linked to the performance of AMP. The fair value of share rights and performance rights has been calculated as at the grant date by external consultants using a Monte Carlo simulation. The fair value of the TSR performance rights has been discounted for the probability of not meeting the TSR performance hurdles. The value of the award made in any year is amortised over the vesting period.

5 No termination payments, non-monetary benefi ts or other post-employment benefi ts were made to nominated executives during 2013. 6 Colin Storrie was granted cash retention awards payable on 31 December 2013 and 31 March 2014. The amortised value of these payments is recorded above as ‘Other short-term benefi ts’. The award was made to ensure fl exibility regarding handover arrangements with AMP’s new CFO and to incentivise early completion of a number of strategic projects.

7 Paul Sainsbury was Integration Director and Managing Director, AMP SMSF before being appointed as Chief Customer Offi cer on 1 April 2013.

4.2 Performance rights holdings

The table below summarises the movements, by number, in the nominated executives’ holdings of performance rights granted by AMP Limited, for the year ended 31 December 2013. For details of the fair valuation methodology, refer to note 28 to the fi nancial statements.

Name
Grant
date
Performance
condition1
Fair
value per
performance
right
Market
price on
exercise
Holding at
1 Jan 2013
Rights
granted in
2013
Rights
exercised
in 20132
Rights
lapsed in
2013
Holding at
31 Dec 2013
Vested3 and
exercisable
at
31 Dec 2013
Craig Dunn
08/09/10
TSR
$2.50
–
697,675
–
–
697,675
–
–
09/06/114
TSR
$2.39
–
729,167
–
–
–
729,167
–
07/06/12
TSR
$1.28
–
1,110,406
–
–
–
1,110,406
–
06/06/13
TSR
$2.00
–
–
450,102
–
–
450,102
–
RoE
$4.21
–
–
306,372
–
–
306,372
–
~~Total~~
~~2,537,248~~
~~756,474~~
~~–~~
~~697,675~~
~~2,596,047~~
~~–~~
Craig Meller
08/09/10
TSR
$2.50
–
307,309
–
–
307,309
–
–
09/09/11
TSR
$1.92
–
400,376
–
–
–
400,376
–
07/06/12
TSR
$1.28
–
540,609
–
–
–
540,609
–
06/06/13
TSR
$2.00
–
–
219,149
–
–
219,149
–
RoE
$4.21
–
–
149,168
–
–
149,168
–
~~Total~~
~~1,248,294~~
~~368,317~~
~~–~~
~~307,309~~
~~1,309,302~~
~~–~~
Stephen Dunne
08/09/10
TSR
$2.50
–
307,309
–
–
307,309
–
–
09/09/11
TSR
$1.92
–
400,376
–
–
–
400,376
–
07/06/12
TSR
$1.28
–
540,609
–
–
–
540,609
–
06/06/13
TSR
$2.00
–
–
219,149
–
–
219,149
–
RoE
$4.21
–
–
149,168
–
–
149,168
–
~~Total~~
~~1,248,294~~
~~368,317~~
~~–~~
~~307,309~~
~~1,309,302~~
~~–~~
Colin Storrie
08/09/10
TSR
$2.50
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
09/09/11
TSR
$1.92
–
75,188
–
–
–
75,188
–
07/06/12
TSR
$1.28
–
409,898
–
–
–
409,898
–
06/06/13
TSR
$2.00
–
–
166,163
–
–
166,163
–
RoE
$4.21
–
–
113,103
–
–
113,103
–
~~Total~~
~~485,086~~
~~279,266~~
~~–~~
~~–~~
~~764,352~~
~~–~~
Paul Sainsbury
08/09/10
TSR
$2.50
–
132,891
–
–
132,891
–
–
09/09/11
TSR
$1.92
–
207,707
–
–
–
207,707
–
07/06/12
TSR
$1.28
–
280,456
–
–
–
280,456
–
06/06/13
TSR
$2.00
–
–
174,897
–
–
174,897
–
RoE
$4.21
–
–
119,047
–
–
119,047
–
~~Total~~
~~621,054~~
~~293,944~~
~~–~~
~~132,891~~
~~782,107~~
~~–~~
Lee Barnett
08/09/10
TSR
$2.50
–
230,233
–
–
230,233
–
–
09/09/11
TSR
$1.92
–
244,455
–
–
–
244,455
–
07/06/12
TSR
$1.28
–
330,076
–
–
–
330,076
–
06/06/13
TSR
$2.00
–
–
133,807
–
–
133,807
–
RoE
$4.21
–
–
91,079
–
–
91,079
–
~~Total~~
~~804,764~~
~~224,886~~
~~–~~
~~230,233~~
~~799,417~~
~~–~~
Brian Salter
08/09/10
TSR
$2.50
–
232,559
–
–
232,559
–
–
09/09/11
TSR
$1.92
–
246,053
–
–
–
246,053
–
07/06/12
TSR
$1.28
–
332,233
–
–
–
332,233
–
06/06/13
TSR
$2.00
–
–
134,682
–
–
134,682
–
RoE
$4.21
–
–
91,674
–
–
91,674
–
~~Total~~
~~810,845~~
~~226,356~~
~~–~~
~~232,559~~
~~804,642~~
~~–~~
Fiona Wardlaw
08/09/10
TSR
$2.50
–
192,692
–
–
192,692
–
–
09/09/11
TSR
$1.92
–
204,512
–
–
–
204,512
–
07/06/12
TSR
$1.28
–
276,142
–
–
–
276,142
–
06/06/13
TSR
$2.00
–
–
111,945
–
–
111,945
–
RoE
$4.21
–
–
76,198
–
–
76,198
–
~~Total~~
~~673,346~~
~~188,143~~
~~–~~
~~192,692~~
~~668,797~~
~~–~~
Matthew Percival 08/09/10
TSR
$2.50
–
170,432
–
–
170,432
–
–
09/09/11
TSR
$1.92
–
180,546
–
–
–
180,546
–
07/06/12
TSR
$1.28
–
243,781
–
–
–
243,781
–
06/06/13
TSR
$2.00
–
–
98,828
–
–
98,828
–
RoE
$4.21
–
–
67,269
–
–
67,269
–
~~Total~~
~~594,759~~
~~166,097~~
~~–~~
~~170,432~~
~~590,424~~
~~–~~
Jonathan Deane
08/09/10
TSR
$2.50
–
157,808
–
–
157,808
–
–
09/09/11
TSR
$1.92
–
167,764
–
–
–
167,764
–
07/06/12
TSR
$1.28
–
226,522
–
–
–
226,522
–
06/06/13
TSR
$2.00
–
–
91,832
–
–
91,832
–
RoE
$4.21
–
–
62,507
–
–
62,507
–
~~Total~~
~~552,094~~
~~154,339~~
~~–~~
~~157,808~~
~~548,625~~
~~–~~

1 Performance rights granted under the 2013 LTI award are subject to two performance hurdles, a TSR and an RoE hurdle. Prior year awards were subject to a TSR hurdle only.

2 None of the nominated executives exercised performance rights during 2013.
3 No performance rights vested during 2013.
4 Will be forfeited upon retirement, as outlined in section 1.4.

AMP 2013 annual report

Directors’ report

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

4.3 Analysis of movements in the value of performance rights

The following table summarises the movement of performance rights, by value, during 2013. No performance rights were exercised during 2013.

during 2013.
		Value of
	Value of	performance	Value of
	performance	rights	performance
	rights granted	exercised	rights lapsed
	during 2013	during 2013	during 20131
Name	$’000	$’000	$’000
Craig Dunn	2,190	–	3,153
Craig Meller	1,066	–	1,389
Stephen Dunne	1,066	–	1,389
Colin Storrie	808	–	–
Paul Sainsbury	851	–	601
Lee Barnett	651	–	1,041
Brian Salter	655	–	1,051
Fiona Wardlaw	545	–	871
Matthew Percival	481	–	770
Jonathan Deane	447	–	713

1 The performance rights lapsed are valued using the closing share price on the date the performance rights lapsed.

5 Contractual arrangements for the nominated executives

The table below provides a summary of the key contractual terms agreed with the nominated executives for 2013.

Contract term	CEO contract1	Other nominated executives
Length of contract	Open-ended	Open-ended, unless otherwise varied in the case
		of cessation of employment.
Notice period	– Employment may be terminated at any time	As for CEO, except:
	by AMP giving 12 months’ notice or by Craig Dunn giving six months’ notice.	– Most of the other nominated executives may terminate immediately if there is a material
	– AMP may terminate Craig Dunn’s	adverse change in their role.
	employment immediately in certain events, including serious misconduct and material breach of contract.	– AMP is required to give some longer-serving nominated executives six months’ notice if it wishes to terminate for poor performance.
	– In each case, AMP may pay the f xed
	remuneration for the balance of any notice
	period in order to bring an earlier end to his
	employment.
Employee benef ts	Not applicable	Long-serving nominated executives are entitled
not forming part of		to up to $7,500 annually in reimbursement for
f xed remuneration		taxation, legal or f nancial planning advice.
(refer to section 2.1)
Entitlements on	– Accrued f xed salary and statutory	As for CEO, except:
termination	entitlements.	– Some longer-serving nominated executives
	– Pro-rata STI may be paid for the period	are entitled to 50% of their maximum annual
	since the last 1 January except in case of	STI opportunity for the balance of the notice
	misconduct or breach of contract. Where	period on redundancy or termination by AMP
	provided, the STI is pro-rated for time served	without cause.
	and calculated based on performance to the date of termination.	– For contracts agreed after 1 January 2010, the above entitlement was removed, as the
	– Unvested LTI performance rights may be	payment of such amounts would result in
	allowed to continue in the relevant LTI plan in	termination payments above the threshold
	the case of death, disablement, redundancy	requiring shareholder approval.
	or notice without cause by AMP. In this case, the awards will continue to be subject to the original performance hurdles and performance periods.	– The most recent LTI award at the time of termination does not lapse pro-rata for time served (in the case of termination by AMP, termination due to death, disablement or a
	– In the case of termination by AMP, or	material change in circumstances).
	termination due to death, disablement or a
	material change in circumstances, the most
	recent LTI award at the time of termination
	will be reduced pro-rata if 12 months have
	not passed since the award was granted.
	– Vested performance rights will be retained on
	cessation of employment except in the case
	of serious misconduct or breach of contract.
Post-employment	Craig Dunn is contractually restrained from	– Most of the other nominated executives are
restraint	entering employment with a competitor for	not restricted from entering employment
	six months, and has a 12 months’ restraint on	with a competitor.
	solicitation of AMP clients and employees.	– Restraints on solicitation of AMP clients and
		employees are either for six or 12 months.

1 CEO contract terms relate to Craig Dunn. Craig Meller was appointed to the role of CEO effective 1 January 2014. Details of his contractual arrangements are available in the ASX announcement of his appointment dated 15 August 2013.

Since 2010, employment contracts issued to newly appointed employees (including any new nominated executives) provide that an employee’s termination entitlements are limited to amounts not requiring shareholder approval under the Corporations Act 2001 (ie their termination payments are capped at one year’s base salary as defi ned for the purpose of section 200B of the Corporations Act 2001 ).

AMP 2013 annual report 27

Directors’ report

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

6 Non-executive director remuneration

6.1 Philosophy

Fees paid to non-executive directors (NEDs) of the AMP Limited Board are recommended by the Nomination Committee with regard to advice provided by AMP remuneration specialists and the Nomination Committee’s appointed external remuneration adviser. Factors taken into consideration include the:

level of fees paid to board members of other Australian corporations
complexity of AMP’s operations
responsibilities and workload requirements of board members.

In order to maintain their independence, none of the NEDs’ remuneration is linked to performance.

6.2 Structure

During 2013, non-executive director remuneration comprised three components.

Benefi ts Superannuation and an expense allowance Fees Committee and subsidiary board fees AMP Limited Board fees

These fees and benefi ts are subject to the maximum non-executive director fee pool of $3.85 million.

6.2.1 AMP Limited Board fees

The annual base fee for a NED was unchanged in 2013. The base fees provided to each director are as follows:

			Other non-executive
		Chairman	directors
Base fee (excluding superannuation)	2013	$585,000	$170,000

The AMP Limited Board chairman receives an overall fee in relation to regular duties. No additional fees are paid for his membership of board committees or subsidiary boards, or for his attendance at board meetings or meetings of board committees of which he is not a member. An extra fee may be paid for additional board duties. Board fees are not paid to the CEO as responsibilities regarding board membership are considered to be part of the CEO’s normal employment conditions.

6.2.2 Committee and subsidiary board fees

NEDs are paid additional fees for duties associated with membership of board committees, membership of AMP subsidiary boards and for duties associated with other special purpose committees. The 2013 fees (excluding superannuation) are presented below:

	Board/committee	Board/committee
	chairman	member
AMP Bank Audit Committee	$25,000	$15,000
AMP Bank Board	$80,000	$50,000
AMP Capital Holdings Audit Committee	$25,000	$15,000
AMP Capital Holdings Board	$110,000	$70,000
AMP Life/NMLA Audit Committee	$28,750	$17,250
AMP Life/NMLA Board	$158,000	$98,000
Audit Committee	$42,000	$21,000
Nomination Committee	$15,000	$7,500
People and Remuneration Committee1	$42,000	$21,000

1 In 2013, the People and Remuneration Committee (PRC) took over the responsibilities of the Diversity Advisory Committee, which has been dissolved. The annual fees payable for the chairman and members of the PRC increased in 2013 due to expanded responsibilities.

During 2013, the Nomination Committee instructed PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC), its external remuneration adviser, to provide market benchmarking services for the non-executive director roles. PwC did not provide any remuneration recommendations and as such, is not considered to be a remuneration consultant as defi ned under the Corporations Act 2001 . As a result of the market review, the annual fees payable to the chairman and the members of the AMP Limited Audit Committee will increase to $45,750 and $25,000 respectively, with effect from 1 January 2014.

Benefi ts provided to directors are as follows:

superannuation: Superannuation contributions are paid in addition to fees and allowances. Contributions increased from 9 per cent to 9.25 per cent of total fees in July 2013 in accordance with superannuation legislation. Directors may also elect to salarysacrifi ce their fees into superannuation.
expense allowance: An annual expense allowance of $6,000 is paid to each director, except the chairman, for incidental expenses related to the business of the company.
retirement benefi ts: No retirement benefi ts are provided to directors.

6.3 AMP non-executive directors’ share plan (NED share plan)

A minimum of 26 per cent of non-executive directors’ fees, up to a maximum of 50 per cent, must be taken in the form of AMP shares which are held in the NED share plan for 10 years or until the director resigns from the AMP Limited Board, unless otherwise withdrawn with the approval of the Nomination Committee. There are no performance hurdles attached to this plan, as non-executive directors use part of their fees to acquire these shares.

Non-executive directors do not participate in any other equity plans.

Shareholdings

The following table summarises the movements in AMP Limited shares held by the non-executive directors and their personally related entities during 2013.

related entities during 2013.
		Purchased
		through
	Holding at	the NED	Other	Holding at
Non-executive director	1 Jan 2013	share plan	changes1	31 Dec 2013
Peter Mason2	542,549	31,263	27,024	600,836
Patricia Akopiantz	21,286	9,086	–	30,372
Richard Allert	82,338	9,086	2,532	93,956
Catherine Brenner	50,487	9,085	664	60,236
Brian Clark3	57,522	9,086	2,978	69,586
Paul Fegan	33,927	9,086	–	43,013
Simon McKeon4	50,000	6,379	1,314	57,693
John Palmer	77,012	9,086	3,927	90,025
Nora Scheinkestel3,5	130,292	3,484	3,077	136,853
Peter Shergold	45,635	9,086	2,400	57,121

1 Other changes are as a result of participation in the dividend reinvestment plan.

2 The AMP Capital China Growth Fund invests in China A shares, which are shares in companies listed on China’s Shanghai or Shenzhen stock exchanges. Peter Mason indirectly holds 63,374 units in the fund. Between 1 January 2013 and 31 December 2013 this holding increased by 1,204 units.

3 AMP Notes 1 are debentures issued by AMP Group Finance Services Limited, a subsidiary of AMP Limited. In addition to their AMP Limited shareholdings above, Brian Clark and Nora Scheinkestel held 980 and 150 AMP Notes 1 respectively. Between 1 January 2013 and 31 December 2013, there were no changes to Brian Clark’s and Nora Scheinkestel’s AMP Notes 1 holdings.

4 The opening holding for Simon McKeon is as at 27 March 2013, the date he was appointed to the AMP Limited Board. 5 Nora Scheinkestel retired from the AMP Limited Board on 9 May 2013. The closing holding is at 10 May 2013 and includes 663 AMP Limited shares acquired under the non-executive director share purchase plan relating to April 2013 director’s fees.

AMP 2013 annual report 29

Directors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

6.4 Accounting value of 2013 non-executive director remuneration

The table below shows the remuneration details for the non-executive directors of AMP Limited for 2013.

Short-term benefits
AMP Limited
Board and
committee
fees1
$’000
Fees for
other group
boards1
$’000
Other short-
term benefits
$’000
Additional
board duties2
$’000
Non-monetary
benefits
$’000
Peter Mason
2013
585
–
–
–
–
Chairman
2012
585
–
–
–
–
Patricia Akopiantz
2013
191
74
6
–
–
Non-executive director
2012
188
58
6
–
–
Richard Allert
2013
191
24
6
–
–
Non-executive director
2012
191
–
6
–
–
Catherine Brenner
2013
180
175
6
–
–
Non-executive director
2012
175
175
6
–
–
Brian Clark
2013
199
125
6
–
–
Non-executive director
2012
201
125
6
–
–
Paul Fegan
2013
212
8
6
20
–
Non-executive director
2012
212
68
6
–
–
Simon McKeon3
2013
143
55
5
20
–
Non-executive director
2012
–
–
–
–
–
John Palmer
2013
212
98
6
–
–
Non-executive director
2012
207
98
6
–
–
Nora Scheinkestel4
2013
66
30
2
–
–
Non-executive director
2012
192
118
6
–
–
Peter Shergold
2013
191
115
6
–
–
Non-executive director
2012
196
115
6
–
–
~~Total for 2013~~
~~2,170~~
~~704~~
~~49~~
~~40~~
~~–~~
Total for 20125
2,147
757
48
–
–

Post-
employment
benefits
Superannuation
$’000
Total
$’000
17
602
16
601
25
296
23
275
20
241
18
215
33
394
32
388
30
360
30
362
22
268
26
312
20
243
–
–
29
345
28
339
9
107
28
344
28
340
29
346
~~233~~
~~3,196~~
230
3,182

1 Details of the non-executive directors’ committee memberships and directorships of subsidiary boards are provided in the directors’ report.

2 Relates to additional work performed for AMP group capital initiatives.

3 Simon McKeon was appointed to the AMP Limited Board on 27 March 2013.

4 Nora Scheinkestel retired from the AMP Limited Board on 9 May 2013.

5 In line with disclosure requirements, the totals for the year ended 31 December 2012 relate to individuals disclosed in the 2012 annual report and so do not equal the sum of the amounts disclosed for individuals specifi ed for the 2013 annual report.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the directors.

Peter Mason Chairman

Craig Meller Chief Executive Offi cer and Managing Director

Sydney, 20 February 2014

Analysis of shareholder profit

for the year ended 31 December 2013

This table shows an analysis of the source of profi t after income tax attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited.

Restated
2013
2012
All amounts are after income tax
$m
$m
Australian Wealth Management
330
285
AMP Bank
83
62
Australian Wealth Protection
64
190
Australian Mature
178
167
New Zealand
97
73
AMP Financial Services
752
777
AMP Capital
99
99
Business unit operating earnings
851
876
Group off ce costs
(62)
(66)
Total operating earnings
789
810
Underlying investment income
135
226
Interest expense on corporate debt
(75)
(86)
Underlying prof t
849
950
Other items
(2)
21
AMP AAPH integration costs
(57)
(128)
Business eff ciency program costs
(39)
–
Amortisation of AMP AAPH acquired intangibles
(91)
(99)
Prof t before market adjustments and accounting mismatches
660
744
Market adjustment – investment income
2
(12)
Market adjustment – annuity fair value
27
(9)
Market adjustment – risk products
(5)
(4)
Accounting mismatches
(12)
(30)
~~Prof t attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited~~
~~672~~
~~689~~

AMP 2013 annual report

2013 corporate governance statement

Approach to corporate governance

The AMP Limited Board and management have a set of values that recognise the group’s responsibilities to all its stakeholders, including shareholders, customers and clients, business partners and advisers, employees and the community.

The board places great importance on the highest standards of governance and periodically reviews its governance practices to address AMP’s obligations as a responsible corporate citizen.

In accordance with the recommendations contained in the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (ASX Recommendations), AMP has posted copies of its governance practices (including copies of relevant charters, policies and terms of reference) in the corporate governance section of its website: amp.com.au/ corporategovernance. AMP believes its governance practices were consistent with all of the ASX Recommendations during 2013. The information in this statement is current as at 20 February 2014.

ASX Principle 1: Lay solid foundations for management and oversight Role of the AMP Limited Board and management Role of the AMP Limited Board

The board is responsible to AMP’s shareholders for the overall governance and performance of the AMP group.

The role of the board includes:

providing strategic direction to AMP through constructive engagement with senior management in the development, execution and modifi cation of AMP’s strategy and in approving AMP’s strategic plan
approving major business initiatives within the AMP group
– guiding and monitoring the businesses within the AMP group
– appointing the managing director and chief executive offi cer (CEO), the chief fi nancial offi cer (CFO) and the company secretaries
monitoring the CEO’s performance
providing advice and counsel to senior management of the AMP group
approving succession plans for the CEO and reviewing the succession planning policy and approach for the direct reports of the CEO and for critical business roles
– approving AMP group’s talent management strategy, including seeking to encourage diversity on the boards of AMP and its key operating subsidiaries and in senior management
approving remuneration policies and practices, including the total remuneration package, performance objectives and performance appraisal for the CEO, the direct reports of the CEO and other persons whose individual activities may, in the People and Remuneration Committee’s opinion, affect the AMP group’s fi nancial soundness or that of its key operating subsidiaries
overseeing and approving AMP group’s governance model, including monitoring and overseeing the work of the boards of the key operating subsidiaries and monitoring the implementation by those boards of the policies and decisions of the AMP Limited Board
seeking to ensure the effectiveness of the boards of AMP and its key operating subsidiaries; approving the remuneration for AMP and key operating subsidiary non-executive directors, as recommended by the Nomination Committee
– reviewing and approving policies that seek to ensure the AMP group’s businesses are conducted ethically and transparently
reporting to AMP shareholders
considering AMP shareholders’ views on the management and direction of the AMP group
considering the interests of all stakeholders in the AMP group, including its shareholders, customers and clients, business partners and advisers, employees and the community
approving policies that seek to ensure AMP group’s compliance with its legal and regulatory obligations
reviewing and approving AMP group’s strategic risk management and seeking to ensure appropriate group-wide compliance and risk frameworks are in place
approving major decisions concerning the fi nancial capital of the AMP group
monitoring the AMP group’s fi nancial results
determining dividends
approving the half and full year fi nancial results for the AMP group
approving releases to the ASX on major matters
– approving the delegation of powers to the CEO and senior management.

The board’s responsibilities are documented in the AMP Limited corporate governance charter, which has been adopted by the board and is available in the corporate governance section of AMP’s website.

Details on the role of the chairman are set out in this statement under ASX Principle 2: Structure the board to add value.

Role of the CEO and management

The CEO is responsible for the overall management and fi nancial performance of the AMP group. The CEO manages the organisation in accordance with the strategy, plans, risk appetite, policies, and delegations of authority approved by the board.

An executive leadership team assists the CEO with implementing the policies and strategies set by the board and running the general operations and fi nancial business of AMP.

Directors decide what matters are delegated to management and seek to ensure that adequate controls are in place to oversee the operation of these delegated powers. The areas of authority which have been delegated to management are documented in a delegations of authority framework, which has been adopted by the board.

Allocation of individual responsibilities

Each non-executive director has been issued with a formal letter of appointment, setting out key terms and conditions and other corporate expectations. Each member of the executive leadership team has clearly defi ned goals and accountabilities and an employment contract setting out their terms of employment, duties, rights and responsibilities and entitlements on termination of employment.

Performance evaluation and induction of senior executives Performance evaluation process

AMP’s remuneration strategy is to align executive rewards with the creation of shareholder value. Performance of senior executives is assessed using a combination of quantitative and qualitative measures that take into account the performance of the AMP group, business unit, division and individual over the past year. Further information about the process for evaluating the performance of senior executives is set out in the remuneration report.

Performance objectives and performance appraisals for senior executives were reviewed by the People and Remuneration Committee and recommended to the board for approval during 2013, in accordance with the process set out above. Further details of the People and Remuneration Committee’s responsibilities are set out in this statement under ASX Principle 8: Remunerate fairly and responsibly.

Induction

AMP has procedures and courses for the induction of managers, to assist them in participating fully and actively in management decision-making at the earliest opportunity.

ASX Principle 2: Structure the board to add value Independent directors

Independent decision-making

The AMP Limited corporate governance charter provides that a majority of directors will be independent. Director independence is assessed by considering applicable laws, rules and regulations, including the criteria set out in Box 2.1 of the ASX Recommendations. The board regularly reviews each director’s independence and considers that each of the non-executive directors is independent.

In making its assessment, the board noted that certain AMP Limited directors are also directors or offi cers of suppliers to, or customers of, the AMP group. The board has noted these directors are not directly involved in the provision of services to or by AMP and dealings have been at arm’s length:

Peter Mason is a Director of Singapore Telecommunications Limited, which provides telecommunications services to AMP
Nora Scheinkestel, who was a Director until 9 May 2013, is a Director of Telstra Corporation Limited, which provides telecommunications services to AMP
Peter Mason is the Chairman of David Jones Limited, which currently leases three stores in AMP Capital shopping centres and has entered into agreements to lease two further stores
Peter Mason is a senior adviser to UBS Investment Bank, which periodically provides transaction advisory services to AMP
Paul Fegan was the Chief Financial Offi cer of Genworth Australia, which provides lenders’ mortgage insurance to AMP Bank, from January to December 2013
Peter Shergold is a Director of Corrs Chambers Westgarth, which is on AMP’s panel of nine preferred law fi rms for commercial advice
Peter Shergold is a Director of Veda Group Limited, which provides credit-referencing services to AMP
Simon McKeon was, until January 2014, an executive of Macquarie Group, which periodically provides commercial and advisory services to AMP and invests in various securities and fi nancial instruments issued by AMP group companies.

From time to time:

AMP purchases various securities and fi nancial instruments issued by companies in which AMP’s directors hold board or executive positions, for the purpose of investing shareholders’ funds, unitholders’ funds and policyholders’ funds
AMP operates corporate superannuation schemes for employees of companies in which AMP’s directors hold board or executive positions
properties managed by AMP Capital or its affi liates are leased to companies in which AMP’s directors hold board or executive positions.

The board is of the view that these relationships are not material and do not interfere with the exercise of the directors’ independent judgement and their ability to act in the best interests of AMP. ‘Materiality’ is assessed based on the:

strategic importance to AMP’s business of the services or advice purchased by the AMP group
nature of the services or advice
nature and value of the transaction to the AMP group.

Directors are required to monitor and disclose any potential confl ict of interest that may arise. Directors must:

disclose to the chairman any actual or potential confl icts of interest that may exist as soon as the situation arises (in the case of the chairman, this disclosure would be made to the chairman of the Nomination Committee or to the board, as appropriate)
take necessary and reasonable steps to resolve any
comply with the Corporations Act 2001 requirements about disclosing interests and restrictions on voting.

Potential related-party transactions (other than those occurring at arm’s length) must be discussed with the chairman, reported in writing to the company secretary and, where appropriate, be raised for consideration at the next board meeting. In the meantime, the director concerned should not commit to the transaction.

A list of directors’ interests is regularly reviewed by directors as circumstances change. If the board concludes a director has lost their independent status, that conclusion will be disclosed to the market in a timely manner.

The AMP Limited corporate governance charter provides that directors are entitled to seek independent professional advice on AMP-related matters at AMP’s expense. Directors must ensure the costs are reasonable and must advise the chairman before the advice is sought. Any advice received must be made available to the rest of the board unless otherwise agreed by the chairman or the board.

The chairman and other non-executive directors hold meetings from time to time without management present.

Role of the chairman

The chairman is appointed by and from the independent non-executive directors of the board. The chairman’s responsibilities include:

providing appropriate leadership to the board and the AMP group
facilitating board discussions
maintaining a regular dialogue and mentor relationship with the CEO
monitoring board performance
guiding and promoting the effectiveness of the board and individual directors.

There is a clear division of responsibilities between the chairman and the CEO, which is set out in the AMP Limited corporate governance charter.

Nomination Committee Membership, attendance and terms of reference

Throughout 2013, the Nomination Committee had three independent directors as its members: Catherine Brenner (member and chairman from 9 May 2013), Nora Scheinkestel (member and chairman until 9 May 2013), Brian Clark and Peter Mason.

Attendance records for the committee are shown in the directors’ report and a copy of the committee’s terms of reference is available in the corporate governance section of AMP’s website.

Responsibilities

The committee supports and advises the board on board matters including policies, performance, remuneration, composition, fi tness and propriety of directors and the board (as required by the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority) and succession planning. This includes identifying, evaluating and recommending candidates to the board.

AMP 2013 annual report 33

2013 corporate governance statement continued

The committee also oversees and recommends to the AMP Limited Board the appointment of non-executive directors to the boards of key operating subsidiaries.

Board selection and competencies

Succession planning is a regular item on the Nomination Committee’s agenda. As part of the process of considering new non-executive directors for AMP and its key operating subsidiaries, the committee considers a wide base of potential directors. It identifi es, evaluates and recommends board candidates, taking into account the relevant experience, skills, personal attributes and availability of candidates, and the required time commitments of the position.

A skills framework, which refl ects the overall mix of skills and diversity that the board aims to achieve in its membership and, where relevant, the membership of its key operating subsidiaries, is used to assess the suitability of candidates. This includes business experience (in different industries and countries), gender, age, background, professional expertise and qualifi cations. Other factors taken into account before a recommendation is made by the committee include the current composition of the board, succession planning, independence requirements, AMP’s diversity targets, the strategic direction of the AMP group, and the geographic spread and mix of AMP’s businesses.

From time to time, the committee uses external consultants to assist in its considerations. During 2013, the committee engaged external consultants to conduct searches for new directors of AMP Limited and certain key operating subsidiaries. The committee gave the consultants guidance on the attributes that would complement the skills and experience of each entity’s current directors, taking into account the factors described above.

Further details on AMP’s gender diversity objectives are set out in this statement under ASX Principle 3: Promote ethical and responsible decision-making. Biographical details setting out the skills, experience and period of offi ce held by each of the directors in offi ce at the date of this statement are set out in the directors’ report.

Composition and commitment of the AMP Limited Board

AMP Limited’s constitution, available in the corporate governance section of AMP’s website, provides that there will be a minimum of three directors and a maximum of 16 directors. As at the date of this statement, the board is made up of nine independent non-executive directors and one executive director, the CEO.

Prior to appointment or re-election, non-executive directors advise the Nomination Committee of their other commitments and confi rm they will have suffi cient time to meet their expected requirements as an AMP Limited director.

Any proposed non-AMP board or executive appointments being considered by directors must be discussed with the chairman. Directors must advise AMP of such appointments to other companies as soon as possible after the appointment is made.

Re-appointment of directors

No director (other than the CEO) may hold offi ce for more than three years without being re-elected by shareholders. The board reviews whether retiring directors should stand for re-election, having regard to their contribution to the board. A director appointed by the board to fi ll a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors will hold offi ce until the next annual general meeting (AGM), when that director is required to stand for election.

A non-executive director can continue to hold offi ce after a nine-year term provided they are re-elected by shareholders at every subsequent AGM.

Board performance

Board performance assessment

Board and director performance reviews are conducted annually and prior to any director standing for re-election at a general meeting of the company. Reviews are conducted either directly or through a third party. Consistent with this process, during 2013, formal evaluations of the performance of the board, its committees and each non-executive director (including the chairman) were facilitated by an independent third party. One-on-one interviews and questionnaires were completed by each director and the executive leadership team. The resultant evaluation reports for the board and committees were reviewed and discussed at each forum, for action as necessary. The chairman discussed evaluation reports on individual directors with that director. The evaluation report for the chairman was provided to each of the other directors.

The boards and the committees of key operating subsidiaries also regularly review their own performance.

Induction and education

The Nomination Committee considers board policies relating to the orientation and education of new directors and the continuing education and development of directors. All directors participate in a formal induction process co-ordinated by the secretariat. Board meetings regularly include sessions on developments in governance, regulatory, accounting and capital management matters. Each non-executive director is allocated an annual budget to spend on education, training and professional development, specifi c to their professional development needs.

Access to information

Directors are able to access members of senior management to request information. When conducting board business, directors will question, request information, raise any issue of concern to them, canvass fully all aspects of any issue confronting AMP and vote on any resolution according to their own judgement.

Directors keep confi dential all board discussions, deliberations and decisions except where decisions are required to be disclosed publicly.

Company secretaries

AMP Limited has three appointed company secretaries, whose biographical details and qualifi cations are set out in the directors’ report. The company secretaries are responsible for advising the board on governance matters and facilitating the fl ow of information between the board and its committees, and between senior executives and directors. All directors have access to the advice and services of the company secretaries, whose appointment and removal are a matter for decision by the board.

ASX Principle 3: Promote ethical and responsible decision-making

Code of conduct

AMP’s reputation as a trusted and respected company is our most valuable asset. The AMP Limited Board has adopted a code of conduct, which was reviewed and updated in 2012. The code outlines the standards of behaviour expected of all directors, offi cers, employees, contractors and consultants of the AMP group. The code reinforces an already strong ethical culture for the benefi t of AMP’s shareholders, customers and clients, business partners and advisers, employees and the community.

AMP has a whistleblowing policy and processes to support people who report suspected breaches of the code in good faith. A copy of the code of conduct is provided to all directors and employees on joining AMP and is available in the corporate governance section of AMP’s website.

Trading policy

The board has adopted a trading policy to protect stakeholder interests.

In accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 , directors, employees or their close associates are prohibited from trading in, or procuring, arranging or encouraging someone else to trade in, AMP securities while in possession of inside information relating to those AMP securities.

Except in certain circumstances, the trading policy requires directors, employees or their close associates not to trade in AMP shares (and other AMP securities over or relating to AMP shares) outside specifi ed trading windows. Breaches of the policy are investigated and treated seriously and may lead to disciplinary action being taken against the director or employee, including dismissal from employment in serious cases.

A copy of the trading policy is available in the corporate governance section of AMP’s website.

Diversity policy

AMP is committed to creating a diverse and inclusive workplace. By inviting and embracing diversity of thought, AMP believes it will increase creativity and innovation, make better business decisions and create great experiences for its customers and employees alike.

Diversity within the organisation is guided by AMP’s leadership team who are responsible for reinforcing AMP’s commitment to having a diverse and inclusive workplace and achieving the group’s diversity objectives.

In 2013, AMP focused on four key diversity and inclusion priorities:

Leadership commitment: creating a clear and visible commitment to diversity of thought as a strategic business imperative.
In 2013, AMP established the Diversity and Inclusion Council – comprising all members of the executive leadership team – to drive AMP’s diversity and inclusion strategy. AMP’s executives also completed in-depth education on how to identify and counteract unconscious bias in everyday decision making.
Changing mindsets: building a more inclusive culture in which AMP uses diversity of thought to challenge assumptions, make decisions and solve problems, and where different modes of working become a normal way of doing business.

AMP conducted a program for its leaders to help them think differently about how they engage employees by promoting diversity of thought and creating a more inclusive team environment. This included how to encourage employees to speak up, check for assumptions or bias, engage in constructive debate and put the customer at the centre of every interaction.

In 2013, AMP also ran a series of interactive sessions to help challenge existing ideas about career paths and success

by profi ling the diverse life stories of a number of senior executives and AMP Limited Board members.

Diversify the workforce: actively appointing more diverse leaders to increase diversity of thought and reinforce AMP’s commitment to diversity and inclusion.
Attracting and appointing women into senior leadership roles remained a focus and in 2013 AMP moved closer to its 2015 gender targets. AMP advocates that the shortlist for all executive roles contain a mix of men and women, and both men and women interview candidates through the executive recruitment process. In AMP’s customer operations area, a tailored leadership program also helped female leaders identify opportunities and solutions to career progression and work/life balance challenges.
Measurement: identifying blockages and biases that work against diversity of thought, and track current progress.
AMP embarked on extensive research in late 2013 to explore existing opportunities and barriers to creating a more diverse and inclusive culture. The outcome of this work will form the basis of AMP’s 2014–2016 diversity and inclusion strategy.

The People and Remuneration Committee continues to oversee the implementation of AMP’s diversity and inclusion initiatives, and to report progress against specifi c, measurable gender diversity targets set by the AMP Limited Board.

AMP’s diversity and inclusion policy is available in the corporate governance section of the AMP website and highlights the importance of diversity and inclusion in achieving organisational performance and growth. The policy outlines AMP’s commitment to diversity and inclusion across all areas of its business, including recruitment, talent and succession management, leadership development, employee retention, mentoring, coaching and decision making.

Gender diversity objectives and reporting

In 2010, AMP set targets for 2015 for the representation of women in senior executive, middle management and AMP Limited Board roles.

AMP is progressing towards these targets, with women now comprising 32 per cent of executive roles (the top 8.5 per cent of the organisation) and 40 per cent of middle management roles (the next 22 per cent of the organisation).

Overall, women make up 50 per cent of AMP’s workforce.

Dr Nora Scheinkestel retired from the AMP Limited Board on 9 May 2013, reducing the percentage of women on the board from 30 per cent to 20 per cent. AMP aims to gain 30 per cent representation on the board by 2015.

In 2013, the Equal Opportunity for Women in the Workplace Agency (EOWA) extended AMP’s 2012 Employer of Choice for Women (EOCFW) citation. As a founding member, AMP also remains a committed supporter of the Diversity Council of Australia.

Representation of women in roles against 2015 targets

Roles	2015 target	31 December 2013	31 December 2012
AMP Limited Board	30%	20%	30%
Senior executives	35%	32%	31%
Middle management	43%	40%	38%
All employees	n/a	50%	51%

AMP 2013 annual report

2013 corporate governance statement continued

ASX Principle 4: Safeguard integrity in fi nancial reporting Audit Committee

Membership, attendance and terms of reference

Throughout 2013, the Audit Committee had the following independent directors as its members: Paul Fegan (Chairman), Rick Allert, Simon McKeon (appointed May 2013) and Peter Shergold. Paul Fegan has over 30 years experience in the fi nancial services industry, and all members have appropriate fi nancial expertise and experience as detailed in the directors’ report. The chairman of the committee is not the chairman of the board. Attendance records for the committee are shown in the directors’ report and a copy of the committee’s terms of reference is available in the corporate governance section of AMP’s website.

Responsibilities

The primary function of the Audit Committee is to assist the board to discharge its corporate governance responsibilities in regard to the:

integrity and appropriateness of AMP’s fi nancial statements
oversight of the enterprise risk management framework including compliance and internal controls
performance and independence of the internal audit function and the external auditor
adequacy of the AMP group’s insurance program, including directors’ and offi cers’ liability insurance cover.

The AMP Limited chairman and CEO attend committee meetings where appropriate. The chairman of the committee reports on any matters of substance at the next full board meeting and the minutes of committee meetings are available to the board. The committee regularly holds private sessions with internal and external auditors, without management present.

Further details on the committee’s role in reviewing risk management and internal control systems are set out in this statement under ASX Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk.

Internal auditors

The committee is responsible for assessing whether the internal audit function is independent of management and adequately resourced, and for reviewing and approving the appointment or replacement of the head of internal audit in consultation with the CEO. AMP has an internal audit charter which is approved by the committee. As required by the internal audit charter, the head of internal audit maintains an internal quality assurance and improvement program. There is also an external quality assessment of the internal audit function on a periodic basis.

Further details about the role of internal audit are set out in this statement under ASX Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk.

External auditors

The independence of the external auditor is of particular importance to shareholders and the board. The board has adopted a charter of audit independence, which provides for:

the rotation of the lead and independent review audit partners
the annual confi rmation by the auditor that it has satisfi ed all professional regulations relating to auditor independence
reporting on the levels of audit and non-audit fees
the specifi c exclusion of the audit fi rm from work which may give rise to a confl ict.

AMP requires the external auditor to rotate the lead and independent review audit partners in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 , and have suitable succession planning in place to ensure consistency for AMP. During 2013, the lead audit partner for AMP was replaced in accordance with these rotation requirements.

The committee receives a quarterly report, detailing the level of audit and non-audit fi nancial service fees paid to the external auditor, and each half year it reviews and reports to the board

on the independence of the external auditor. Details of fees paid or payable for non-audit services during 2013 are set out in the directors’ report.

The committee is responsible for reviewing the performance of the external auditor and for recommending to the board the terms of engagement and fees of external auditors for AMP and its group companies. A performance evaluation of Ernst & Young was conducted during 2013 using the results from a questionnaire which was completed by committee members and regular meeting attendees.

If it becomes necessary to replace the external auditor for independence or performance reasons then the committee will formalise a procedure for the selection and appointment of the new auditor and make a recommendation to the board.

ASX Principle 5: Make timely and balanced disclosure Continuous disclosure policy

AMP is committed to ensuring that all shareholders and the market are provided with timely and balanced disclosure of all material matters concerning AMP. This commitment to continuous disclosure is set out in AMP’s market disclosure policy, which is available in the corporate governance section of AMP’s website.

The guiding principle of the policy is that AMP must immediately notify the market via an announcement to the ASX of any information concerning AMP that a reasonable person would expect to have a ‘material’ effect on the price or value of AMP securities. The policy permits exceptions to immediate notifi cation in accordance with the ASX Listing Rules.

AMP’s Market Disclosure Committee ensures that company announcements:

are made in a timely manner
are factual
are expressed in a clear and objective manner that allows investors to assess the impact of the information when making investment decisions
do not omit material information.

AMP provides commentary on its fi nancial results in an annual shareholder review and produces an investor report for each full year and half year. AMP makes presentations of the full and half year results to the investment community immediately after the public release of those results.

The board reviewed and updated AMP’s market disclosure policy in 2013 to address updated ASX guidance on continuous disclosure.

ASX Principle 6: Respect the rights of shareholders Communications policy

AMP is committed to transparency and quality in its communication to shareholders. The group’s approach to communicating with shareholders and fi nancial markets is set out in AMP’s market disclosure policy, which is available in the corporate governance section of AMP’s website. Information is communicated to shareholders through the distribution of the annual report, shareholder review and other communications as required.

Electronic communication

Annual reports, shareholder reviews, notices of meeting and all other signifi cant information is posted in the shareholder centre section of AMP’s website as soon as it is disclosed to the ASX. Presentations of full and half year results are webcast and the presentation materials are uploaded to the website. Shareholders can elect to receive all communications electronically or elect not to receive some communication materials by visiting amp.com.au/shareholdercentre or by contacting AMP’s share registry. Benefi cial owners of shares and other members of the public are encouraged to register on AMP’s website for free email alerts.

Annual general meeting

All shareholders are encouraged to attend and/or participate in AMP’s annual general meeting (AGM). The meeting is webcast live or shareholders can attend in person or appoint a proxy as their representative. Online completion and lodgement of the proxy form is also available for all shareholders prior to the meeting, including via their smartphones.

Directors and senior management attend the AGM, along with a representative from the external auditor. Full details of the 2014 AGM are included in the 2014 notice of meeting and are available in the shareholder section of AMP’s website.

Briefi ngs

AMP follows a calendar of regular disclosures to the ASX on its fi nancial and operational results. The calendar is in the shareholder section of AMP’s website and allows users to set up automatic diary reminders of the dates of upcoming announcements and presentations.

AMP conducts group and one-on-one briefi ngs in accordance with its market disclosure policy. Briefi ngs are coordinated and attended by AMP Investor Relations. Where practical, AMP webcasts group briefi ngs. Notes of briefi ngs and a record of those present are retained by Investor Relations.

ASX Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk Enterprise risk management policy Enterprise risk management framework

The AMP Limited Board has overall responsibility for establishing a system of risk management, internal controls and compliance across the business and for monitoring and reviewing its effectiveness. It also has responsibility for approving the risk appetite of the AMP group and the risk management related policies to support that appetite, and for seeking to ensure these are implemented. A summary of the enterprise risk management policy, which sets out the principles, processes, roles and responsibilities for the management of risk at AMP, is available in the corporate governance section of AMP’s website.

While the board is responsible for risk management, specifi c responsibility for the monitoring and evaluation of the effectiveness of risk management and the internal control environment has been delegated to the Audit Committee.

The Audit Committee also oversees AMP’s accounting policies, reporting practices and production of fi nancial statements and monitors the application of appropriate management controls. It considers internal and external audit reports and reviews AMP’s procedures and internal controls in order to monitor enterprise-wide risks.

Risk and compliance processes and reporting procedures provide assurance to the board and Audit Committee that the preparation of the fi nancial statements and the control systems underlying them are adequate.

Compliance is a key element of risk management. The board has overall responsibility for the establishment of processes to manage compliance with the laws, regulations, contracts, industry codes, internal standards and policies applicable to AMP’s operations and for monitoring and reviewing their effectiveness.

While the board is responsible for AMP’s compliance framework, specifi c responsibility for the monitoring of compliance has been delegated to the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee oversees the system of compliance that has been implemented across AMP’s businesses. The system covers a broad range of legal requirements, duties and responsibilities. Any compliance issues or incidents are reported quarterly to the Audit Committee, or more urgently if required.

As required by the Corporations Act 2001 , AMP’s Australian fi nancial services’ licensed entities have confl ict of interest policies in place to manage confl icts of interest.

Material business risks

Management engages in a regular process to review risks and how they are being managed. AMP manages risks across the following four main risk categories:

strategic risk
operational risk (including legal and compliance risk)
product and insurance risk.

Management of material business risks

Risk management structures

The Audit Committee is supported by the risk management structures which exist throughout the organisation, including the Group Asset and Liability Committee and the Group Risk and Compliance Committee. The Audit Committee relies on the work of the Audit Committees of key operating subsidiaries on risk and compliance matters relating to those subsidiaries. The enterprise risk management framework enables the business to identify and assess risks and controls, respond promptly and appropriately and continue to monitor risks and issues as they evolve. Risk and compliance information is reported quarterly to the Audit Committee, or more regularly if required.

AMP’s risk management structures and procedures are continually being enhanced or updated. In addition, the internal audit function provides independent and objective assurance to the board that risks are being managed effectively across the group. The chief risk offi cer of the AMP group leads the enterprise risk management function and has authority to provide effective challenge to activities and decisions that may materially impact AMP’s risk profi le.

Management has reported to the board that AMP’s material business risks have been managed effectively for the year ended 31 December 2013. The board has assessed and accepted that report.

The enhancement of the risk management and internal control systems is the subject of ongoing attention and effort. Where internal control defi ciencies are identifi ed during the year, additional tests of procedures or tests of resulting account balances included in the fi nancial statements are undertaken to confi rm there has been no material impact

Internal audit

AMP’s internal audit function provides the board and executive management with an independent and objective evaluation of the adequacy and effectiveness of management’s control over risk. The internal audit function conducts audits for AMP Limited and its subsidiaries by following a risk-based planning approach.

The head of internal audit has a functional reporting line to the chairman of the Audit Committee. Further information about the internal audit function is set out in this statement under ASX Principle 4: Safeguard integrity in fi nancial reporting.

CEO and CFO assurance

The board receives regular reports about the fi nancial condition and operational results of AMP and its controlled entities. The board has received and considered the annual certifi cation from the CEO and the CFO in accordance with ASX Recommendation 7.3. The certifi cation states that the declaration provided in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 is founded on a sound system of risk management and internal control and that the system is operating effectively in all material respects in relation to fi nancial reporting risks.

ASX Principle 8: Remunerate fairly and responsibly People and Remuneration Committee

Membership, attendance and terms of reference

Throughout 2013, the People and Remuneration Committee had the following independent directors as its members: John Palmer (Chairman), Patty Akopiantz, Brian Clark and Peter Mason. Attendance records for the committee are shown in the directors’ report and a copy of the committee’s terms

AMP 2013 annual report 37

2013 corporate governance statement continued

of reference is available in the corporate governance section of AMP’s website.

Responsibilities

The committee advises the board on the effectiveness, integrity and legal compliance of AMP’s remuneration policy, plans and practices. Each year the committee also reviews and reports on remuneration by gender. Other key responsibilities include annually reviewing and recommending to the board the succession planning and talent management approach.

The committee also reviews the AMP group short-term incentive pools, the total remuneration package, performance objectives and performance appraisal for the CEO, direct reports of the CEO and other people whose individual activities may, in the committee’s opinion, affect the fi nancial soundness of the AMP group and its key operating subsidiaries. During 2013, performance evaluations for key executives were carried out in accordance with the process disclosed in the 2013 remuneration report. The committee has access to advice on remuneration policies from management, but no individual is directly involved in deciding their own remuneration. The committee also engages external consultants as and when required to assist it in fulfi lling its responsibilities.

Remuneration policy

Comprehensive information on AMP’s remuneration policies and practices is contained in the remuneration report. AMP uses a variety of equity-based remuneration arrangements to align employee interests with shareholders’ long-term interests and aid in the retention of selected individuals. AMP’s policy on hedging of equity incentives prohibits employees from using any hedging arrangements over the restricted shares, share rights, share bonus rights, options or performance rights held by employees in any of AMP’s equity incentive plans. The purpose of the policy is to ensure that the alignment between employee and shareholder interests is not undermined by the use of hedging arrangements.

Non-executive directors’ and executives’ remuneration

There is a clear distinction between the remuneration structure for non-executive directors and executives. Further information is available in the remuneration report.

The Nomination Committee is responsible for reviewing the remuneration policies for non-executive directors on the AMP Limited Board and on boards of key operating subsidiaries. The non-executive directors do not receive options, bonus payments or retirement benefi ts, other than superannuation.

Details of the termination entitlements of AMP’s key management personnel are set out in the remuneration report. AMP also disclosed details of the termination entitlements of Craig Dunn and Craig Meller to the ASX on announcing their appointments as Chief Executive Offi cer in September 2007 and August 2013, respectively.

Comparison of NZX and ASX corporate governance rules

As an overseas listed issuer, AMP is deemed to satisfy and comply with all the New Zealand Stock Exchange (NZX) Listing Rules so long as it remains listed on the ASX. The only NZX requirements applicable to AMP are to give the NZX the same information and notices it is required to give to the ASX and to include a statement in its annual report.

The ASX Listing Rules and the ASX Recommendations may differ materially from NZX’s corporate governance rules and the principles of the NZX Corporate Governance Best Practice Code.

Further information about the ASX Recommendations may be obtained from the ASX website: asx.com.au/regulation/ corporate-governance-council.htm.

Corporate responsibility at AMP

For more than 160 years, AMP has been dedicated to helping Australians and New Zealanders create fi nancial security. AMP provides products and services that enable individuals, families and organisations to take control and own their tomorrow.

For many people this involves helping them buy a home, pay off their mortgage, protect themselves and their families in tough times and make smart savings and investment decisions.

AMP is committed to the enduring sustainability of its business and the communities it serves, recognising the correlation between the organisation’s environmental and social impacts, the quality of its corporate governance, and its long-term business success.

AMP contributes to the sustainability of its business and the communities that it serves by using its expertise to:

provide high quality fi nancial advice, products and services and investments to individuals and organisations
educate the community on the value of informed
improve its resource effi ciency and minimise its environmental impact
encourage good corporate governance
invest in the community through the AMP Foundation.

As a signifi cant participant in Australia’s fi nancial services industry, AMP also actively engages in conversations with the government and local communities, providing tools, education, advice and research about both contemporary and future fi nancial issues and opportunities.

By sharing its expertise, AMP aims to build people’s confi dence and help them feel in control of their fi nancial future.

Minimising AMP’s environmental impact

AMP is committed to reducing the impact its operations have on the environment by improving the company’s resource effi ciency and minimising its carbon footprint. AMP believes sound environmental management practices make good business sense and takes an active role in understanding environmental risks and opportunities for the organisation including environmental risks associated with investments managed by AMP Capital.

AMP’s environmental program is coordinated by the Environment Leadership Team (ELT). The ELT is responsible for setting targets and developing strategies to reduce AMP’s environmental impacts. The team meets monthly to review progress against its key priorities and objectives and progress is communicated to AMP’s leadership team and the board by the managing director of AMP Capital.

The ELT’s strategic priorities for 2013 included:

achieving a 10 per cent decrease in offi ce-based electricity emissions year-on-year (YoY)
implementing energy effi ciency initiatives and improving waste management practices at AMP’s main offi ce buildings
– promoting and enabling employee work practices that improve environmental performance
installing additional video conferencing capacity to reduce air travel
improving environmental performance monitoring systems across all buildings
expanding AMP’s carbon offset purchasing program
– seeking external assurance of AMP’s 2013 carbon emissions data.

The ELT was also working towards carbon neutrality for the AMP group by 31 December 2014, however AMP achieved carbon neutrality in 2013, 12 months ahead of the target.

AMP’s carbon emissions data for 2013 is provided in the table below and is calculated in accordance with AMP’s greenhouse gas reporting criteria. Information on the criteria can be found in the corporate responsibility section on AMP’s website: amp.com.au.

In 2013, Scope 2 emissions, associated with offi ce-based electricity use, decreased by 6 per cent YoY. This was due to the implementation of energy effi ciency initiatives including lighting upgrades at major AMP buildings, adjustments to

Scope 3 emissions, associated with air travel, showed a signifi cant YoY decrease of 15 per cent. This is a result of the adoption of a more accurate (less conservative) international calculation method as detailed in the greenhouse gas reporting criteria.

As part of the environmental program, AMP retired 32,422 carbon offsets in 2013. These offsets were purchased from a range of projects that deliver environmental and community based benefi ts and meet the requirements of internationally recognised verifi cation protocols (VCS, Gold Standard) and the Australian Government’s National Carbon Offset Standard (NCOS). Further details on these projects are provided in the AMP 2013 community report.

In 2014, AMP aims to maintain carbon neutrality and external assurance of its carbon footprint through an ongoing focus on energy effi ciency at all major buildings and by reducing non-essential air travel. AMP will also continue to improve waste management practices and introduce more sustainable procurement strategies.

AMP reports annually to the Australian Government’s Department of Industry and Department of the Environment on compliance with the Energy Effi ciency Opportunities Act 2006 and the National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007 . AMP reports on environmental performance under these laws at an AMP Limited level, with AMP Capital making up a core component of the reporting through its property and infrastructure divisions. AMP Capital remained an active founding member of the Investor Group on Climate Change, engaging with policy-makers on investment-related issues associated with climate change, and a signatory to the Carbon Disclosure Project.

AMP’s 2013 report on energy effi ciency opportunities and further information on AMP’s environmental activities, environmental policy and Carbon Disclosure Project submission are available on AMP’s website.

Encouraging good corporate governance

AMP Capital is one of the longest standing managers of responsible investment funds in Australia. As an investor in companies and assets on behalf of clients, AMP Capital recognises the strong link between an organisation’s environmental and social impacts, the quality of its corporate governance, and its long-term business success.

As a signatory to the Principles for Responsible Investment since 2007, AMP Capital is committed to integrating environmental, social and corporate governance factors into its investment decision-making and active ownership practices, across all asset classes.

This is achieved through integrating investment guidelines and policies, investment research and analysis and engaging with investee boards and management teams on their corporate governance practices, environmental performance and relationship with society as a whole. AMP Capital also engages with boards and management teams on issues such as executive remuneration, board composition and risk management, and lodges considered proxy votes on all resolutions.

Further information on AMP Capital’s environmental, social, governance and responsible investment philosophy and activities is available at ampcapital.com.au/esg.

Investing in the community

AMP has a long tradition of supporting the community. In 1992, AMP set up the AMP Foundation which takes a strategic approach to philanthropy by forming long-term community partnerships focusing on one or two key areas. Since then, the AMP Foundation has donated more than $70 million to the community. In 2013, the AMP Foundation donated more than $4 million to charities by funding education and employment programs for disadvantaged young people (focusing on indigenous students), supporting the non-profi t sector to operate more effectively and facilitating the volunteering and fundraising efforts of AMP employees. In 2013, AMP employees raised more than $870,000 for charity and also volunteered their time and skills with numerous charities.

Further information on the AMP Foundation’s activities can be found in the AMP community report at amp.com.au/ ampfoundation.

AMP Financial Planning and Hillross advisers also provide free fi nancial planning advice to cancer patients and their families through an AMP Foundation-funded program with the Cancer Council New South Wales.

AMP’s carbon emissions data for 2013

Emissions	FY131 tonnes/CO2e	YoY % reduction	FY12 tonnes/CO2e	FY112 tonnes/CO2e	FY10 tonnes/CO2e	FY09 tonnes/CO2e
Scope 1+2 emissions	20,830	6	22,204	18,828	12,263	13,067
Scope 3 emissions	11,592	27	15,830	18,015	9,545	8,843
Total emissions	32,422	15	38,033	36,843	21,808	21,910
Carbon offsets retired	32,422		27,078	16,069	9,545	8,843
Target	Carbon		50% below 2009	50% below 2009	Offset all	Offset all
	neutral		(incl. AXA)	(excl. AXA)	air travel	air travel

1 Ernst & Young has provided assurance of AMP’s 2013 emissions data which can be found in the corporate responsibility section on AMP’s website: amp.com.au.

2 In March 2011, AMP merged with the Australian and New Zealand businesses of AXA Asia Pacifi c Holdings Limited (AXA). FY2011 includes changes in AMP’s emissions profi le due to additional AXA tenancies and air travel associated with the merger and business integration activities.

AMP 2013 annual report 39

for the year ended 31 December 2013

Financial report

Table of contents
Income statement	41
Statement of comprehensive income	42
Statement of f nancial position	43
Statement of changes in equity	44
Statement of cash f ows	46
Notes to the f nancial statements	47
1. Basis of preparation and summary of signif cant accounting policies	47
2. Signif cant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions	58
3. Segment information	60
4. Income	63
5. Investment gains and (losses)	63
6. Expenses	64
7. Income tax	65
8. Receivables	66
9. Inventories and other assets	67
10. Investments in f nancial assets and other f nancial liabilities	67
11. Investment property	68
12. Property, plant and equipment	69
13. Intangibles	70
14. Payables	72
15. Provisions	72
16. Borrowings	73
17. Subordinated debt	73
18. Dividends	74
19. Contributed equity	74
20. Life insurance contracts	75
21. Other life insurance and investment contract disclosures	83
22. Risk management and f nancial instruments disclosures	87
23. Fair value information	96
24. Capital management	100
25. Notes to Statement of cash f ows	102
26. Earnings per share	104
27. Superannuation funds	105
28. Share-based payments	109
29. Impact from adoption of new accounting standards	114
30. Group controlled entity holdings	118
31. Associates	127
32. Operating lease commitments	129
33. Contingent liabilities	129
34. Related-party disclosures	130
35. Auditors’ remuneration	133
36. Events occurring after reporting date	133
Directors’ declaration	134
Independent auditor’s report to the members of AMP Limited	135

Income statement

for the year ended 31 December 2013

Consolidated
Parent
Restated
2013
2012
2013
2012
Note
$m
$m
$m
$m
Income and expenses of shareholders, policyholders,
external unitholders and non-controlling interests1
Life insurance premium and related revenue
4
2,283
2,218
–
–
Fee revenue
4
2,434
2,252
12
12
Other revenue
4
419
696
–
–
Investment gains and (losses)
5
14,963
12,258
1,677
297
Share of prof t or (loss) of associates accounted for using
the equity method
14
5
–
–
Life insurance claims and related expenses
6
(2,084)
(2,048)
–
–
Operating expenses
6
(3,876)
(4,202)
(12)
(13)
Finance costs
6
(753)
(889)
–
–
Movement in external unitholder liabilities
(1,634)
(969)
–
–
Change in policyholder liabilities
–
life insurance contracts
20
(381)
(934)
–
–
–
investment contracts
(9,887)
(7,000)
–
–
Income tax (expense) credit
7
(782)
(688)
10
5
~~Prof t for the year~~
~~716~~
~~699~~
~~1,687~~
~~301~~
Prof t attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited
672
689
1,687
301
Prof t (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests
44
10
–
–
~~Prof t for the year~~
~~716~~
~~699~~
~~1,687~~
~~301~~

1 Income and expenses include amounts attributable to shareholders’ interests, policyholders’ interests in the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds, external unitholders’ interests and non-controlling interests. Amounts included in respect of the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds have a substantial impact on most of the consolidated Income statement lines, especially Investment gains and losses and Income tax (expense) credit. In general, policyholders’ interests in the transactions for the period are attributed to them in the lines Change in policyholder liabilities.

	Consolidated	Consolidated
		Restated
	2013	2012
	cents	cents
Earnings per share for prof t attributable
to ordinary shareholders of AMP Limited
Basic	23.2	24.2
Diluted	22.9	24.0

AMP 2013 annual report

Statement of comprehensive income

for the year ended 31 December 2013

Consolidated
Parent
Restated
2013
2012
2013
2012
$m
$m
$m
$m
~~Prof t~~
~~716~~
~~699~~
~~1,687~~
~~301~~
Other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassif ed subsequently to prof t or loss
Available for sale f nancial assets
– gains and (losses) in fair value of available for sale f nancial assets
7
5
–
–
7
5
–
–
Cash f ow hedges1
–
gains and (losses) in fair value of cash f ow hedges
(8)
(44)
–
–
–
income tax (expense) credit
2
13
–
–
–
transferred to prof t for the year
33
20
–
–
–
transferred to prof t for the year – income tax (expense) credit
(10)
(6)
–
–
17
(17)
–
–
Exchange difference on translation of foreign operations
–
exchange gains (losses)
124
30
–
–
–
transferred to prof t for the year
–
3
–
–
–
transferred to prof t for the year – income tax (expense) credit
–
(1)
–
–
124
32
–
–
Revaluation of hedge of net investments
–
gains and (losses) in fair value of hedge of net investments
(3)
(1)
–
–
–
income tax (expense) credit
1
–
–
–
–
transferred to prof t for the year – gross
–
(3)
–
–
–
transferred to prof t for the year – income tax (expense) credit
–
1
–
–
(2)
(3)
–
–
Items that will not be reclassif ed subsequently to prof t or loss
Def ned benef t plans2
–
actuarial gains and (losses)
218
73
–
–
–
income tax (expense) credit
(65)
(22)
–
–
153
51
–
–
Owner-occupied property revaluation
–
gains (losses) in valuation of owner-occupied property
10
12
–
–
–
income tax (expense) credit
–
(1)
–
–
10
11
–
–
Other comprehensive income for the year
309
79
–
–
~~Total comprehensive income for the year~~
~~1,025~~
~~778~~
~~1,687~~
~~301~~
Total comprehensive income attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited
981
768
1,687
301
Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests
44
10
–
–
~~Total comprehensive income for the year~~
~~1,025~~
~~778~~
~~1,687~~
~~301~~

1 Cash fl ow hedge movements are predominantly in respect of interest rate swaps used to manage AMP Bank’s interest rate risk on its mortgage portfolio.

2 Actuarial gains and (losses) are determined in accordance with AASB 119 Employee Benefi ts . This is not the same as the calculation methods used to determine the funding requirements for the plans.

Statement of financial position

as at 31 December 2013

Consolidated
Parent
Restated
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
Note
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
25
2,938
4,388
4,816
6
1
Receivables
8
2,418
2,077
2,316
50
59
Current tax assets
175
22
248
–
–
Inventories and other assets
9
216
210
294
–
–
Investments in f nancial assets
10
114,779
101,132
90,682
2,085
620
Investment properties
11
6,889
6,508
7,424
–
–
Investments in associates accounted
for using the equity method
31
113
81
115
–
–
Property, plant and equipment
12
456
1,040
1,016
–
–
Deferred tax assets
7
1,062
1,217
1,125
62
65
Intangibles
13
4,136
4,502
4,677
–
–
Investments in controlled entities
–
–
–
10,807
10,807
Assets of disposal groups
30
42
187
–
–
–
Total assets of shareholders of AMP Limited, policyholders,
external unitholders and non-controlling interests
133,224
121,364
112,713
13,010
11,552
Liabilities
Payables
14
1,910
2,288
2,332
47
35
Current tax liabilities
53
82
86
26
27
Provisions
15
451
614
584
3
3
Other f nancial liabilities
10
2,469
2,337
2,607
–
–
Borrowings
16
14,822
12,362
12,373
–
–
Subordinated debt
17
1,421
1,111
949
325
–
Deferred tax liabilities
7
2,110
1,425
961
–
–
External unitholder liabilities
10,724
9,702
8,126
–
–
Life insurance contract liabilities
20
24,934
25,055
24,399
–
–
Investment contract liabilities
21
66,049
58,385
52,940
–
–
Def ned benef t plan liabilities
27
73
286
370
–
–
Liabilities of disposal groups
30
8
74
–
–
–
Total liabilities of shareholders of AMP Limited, policyholders,
external unitholders and non-controlling interests
125,024
113,721
105,727
401
65
Net assets of shareholders of AMP Limited
and non-controlling interests
8,200
7,643
6,986
12,609
11,487
Equity1
Contributed equity
19
9,602
9,333
9,074
9,747
9,610
Reserves
(1,973)
(2,157)
(2,540)
18
15
Retained earnings
461
332
364
2,844
1,862
Total equity of shareholders of AMP Limited
8,090
7,508
6,898
12,609
11,487
Non-controlling interests
110
135
88
–
–
Total equity of shareholders of AMP Limited
and non-controlling interests
8,200
7,643
6,986
12,609
11,487

1 Further information on Equity is provided in the Statement of changes in equity on the following page.

AMP 2013 annual report 43

Statement of changes in equity

for the year ended 31 December 2013

Equity attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited
Consolidated
Contributed
equity
$m
Equity
contribution
reserve1
$m
Share-
based
payment
reserve2
$m
Capital
profits
reserve3
$m
Demerger
loss
reserve4
$m
Available
-for-sale
financial
assets
reserve5
$m
Cash
flow
hedge
reserve6
$m
Foreign
currency
translation
reserve7
$m
Hedge
of net
investment
reserve8
$m
Owner-
occupied
property
revaluation
reserve9
$m
Retained
earnings
$m
Total
shareholder
equity
$m
Non-
controlling
interest
$m
Total
equity
$m
2013
Balance at the
beginning of the year
before restatement
9,339
1,019
61
329 (3,585)
–
(34)
(32)
1
85
251
7,434
97 7,531
Balance at the
beginning of the
year – restated
9,333
1,019
61
329 (3,585)
(1)
(34)
(32)
1
85
332
7,508
135 7,643
Prof t (loss)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
672
672
44
716
Other comprehensive
income
–
–
–
–
–
7
17
124
(2)
10
153
309
–
309
Total comprehensive
income
–
–
–
–
–
7
17
124
(2)
10
825
981
44 1,025
Share-based
payment expense
–
–
28
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
28
2
30
Net sale/(purchase)
of ‘treasury shares’
132
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
132
–
132
Dividends paid10
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(705)
(705)
(85) (790)
Dividends paid on
‘treasury shares’10
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
9
9
–
9
New capital from
shares issued11
137
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
137
–
137
Sales and acquisitions
of non-controlling
interest
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
14
14
Balance at the
end of the year
9,602
1,019
89
329 (3,585)
6
(17)
92
(1)
95
461
8,090
110 8,200
Restated 2012
Balance at the
beginning of the year
before restatement
9,080
1,019
35
– (3,585)
–
(17)
(64)
4
74
283
6,829
68 6,897
Balance at the
beginning of the
year – restated
9,074
1,019
35
– (3,585)
(6)
(17)
(64)
4
74
364
6,898
88 6,986
Prof t (loss)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
689
689
10
699
Other comprehensive
income
–
–
–
–
–
5
(17)
32
(3)
11
51
79
–
79
Total comprehensive
income
–
–
–
–
–
5
(17)
32
(3)
11
740
768
10
778
Share-based
payment expense
–
–
27
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
27
–
27
Share purchases
–
–
(1)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(1)
–
(1)
Net sale/(purchase)
of ‘treasury shares’
(54)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(23)
(77)
–
(77)
Dividends paid10
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(762)
(762)
(5) (767)
Dividends paid on
‘treasury shares’10
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
13
13
–
13
New capital from
shares issued11
313
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
313
–
313
Sales and acquisitions
of non-controlling
interest
–
–
–
329
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
329
42
371
Balance at the
end of the year
9,333
1,019
61
329 (3,585)
(1)
(34)
(32)
1
85
332
7,508
135 7,643

Footnotes 1 to 11 are listed on the following page.

Share-
based
Total
Contributed
payment
Retained
shareholder
equity
reserve2
earnings
equity
AMP Limited parent
$m
$m
$m
$m
2013
Balance at the beginning of the year
9,610
15
1,862
11,487
Prof t
–
–
1,687
1,687
Other comprehensive income
–
–
–
–
Total comprehensive income
–
–
1,687
1,687
Share-based payment expense
–
3
–
3
Share purchases
–
–
–
–
Dividends paid10
–
–
(705)
(705)
New capital from shares issued11
137
–
–
137
~~Balance at the end of the year~~
~~9,747~~
~~18~~
~~2,844~~
~~12,609~~
2012
Balance at the beginning of the year
9,297
10
2,323
11,630
Prof t
–
–
301
301
Other comprehensive income
–
–
–
–
Total comprehensive income
–
–
301
301
Share-based payment expense
–
5
–
5
Dividends paid10
–
–
(762)
(762)
New capital from shares issued11
313
–
–
313
~~Balance at the end of the year~~
~~9,610~~
~~15~~
~~1,862~~
~~11,487~~

1 There has been no movement in the Equity contribution reserve established in 2003 to recognise the additional loss on the demerger of AMP’s UK operations in December 2003. This loss was the difference between the pro-forma loss on demerger (based upon directors’ valuation of the UK operations and the estimated net assets to be demerged) and the market-based fair value of the UK operations (based upon the share price of the restructured UK operations on listing and the actual net assets of the UK operations on demerger).
2 The Share-based payment reserve represents the cumulative expense recognised in relation to equity settled share-based payments less the cost of shares purchased and transferred to share-based payments recipients upon vesting.
3 The Capital profi ts reserve represents gains attributable to shareholders of AMP on the sale of minority interests in controlled entities to entities outside the AMP group.
4 There has been no movement in the Demerger loss reserve established in 2003 to recognise the transfer from shareholders’ retained earnings of the total loss on the demerger of AMP’s UK operations in December 2003.
5 Unrealised gains or losses on available for sale fi nancial assets are recognised in other comprehensive income as described in note 1(g) and accumulated in a separate reserve within equity. Upon impairment or disposal, the accumulated change in fair value within the Available for sale fi nancial assets reserve is recognised within profi t or loss in the Income statement.
6 The Cash fl ow hedge reserve represents the cumulative impact of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash fl ow hedges which are effective for hedge accounting. Hedge gains and losses are transferred to the Income statement when they are deemed ineffective or upon realisation of the cash fl ow.
7 Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign controlled entities within the AMP group are recognised in Foreign currency translation reserve. Exchange gains and losses are transferred to the Income statement upon realisation of the investment in the foreign controlled entity.
8 The Hedge of net investment reserve refl ects gains and losses on effective hedges of net investments in foreign operations. Hedge gains and losses are transferred to the Income statement when they are deemed ineffective or upon realisation of the investment in the foreign controlled entity.
9 The Owner-occupied property revaluation reserve represents cumulative valuation gains and losses on owner-occupied property required to be recognised in equity.
10 Dividends paid includes the dividends paid on ‘treasury shares’. Dividends paid on ‘treasury shares’ are required to be excluded from the consolidated fi nancial statements by adjusting retained earnings.
11 New capital from shares under dividend reinvestment plan $137m (2012: $313m).

AMP 2013 annual report

Statement of cash flows

for the year ended 31 December 2013

Consolidated
Parent
Restated
2013
2012
2013
2012
Note
$m
$m
$m
$m
Cash f ows from operating activities1
25
Cash receipts in the course of operations
17,702
18,593
12
9
Interest and other items of a similar nature received
2,357
2,402
2
2
Dividends and distributions received2
2,561
1,018
1,675
295
Cash payments in the course of operations
(20,859)
(20,052)
(9)
–
Finance costs
(714)
(821)
–
–
Income tax refunded (paid)
(189)
(155)
33
(4)
~~Cash f ows from operating activities~~
~~858~~
~~985~~
~~1,713~~
~~302~~
Cash f ows from investing activities1
Net proceeds from sale of/(payments to acquire):
– investment property
(38)
989
–
–
– investments in f nancial assets1,3
(5,241)
(2,110)
–
–
– operating and intangible assets
7
(172)
–
–
(Payments to acquire) proceeds from disposal
of subsidiaries and other businesses4
(24)
(14)
–
–
Net movement in loans (to) from controlled entities
–
–
(1,465)
147
~~Cash f ows from (used in) investing activities~~
~~(5,296)~~
~~(1,307)~~
~~(1,465)~~
~~147~~
Cash f ows from f nancing activities1
Proceeds from borrowings – non-banking operations
–
517
–
–
Net movement in deposits from customers
755
416
–
–
Repayment of borrowings – non-banking operations
(223)
(984)
–
–
Net movement in borrowings – banking operations
1,929
(30)
–
–
Proceeds from issue of subordinated debt
325
150
325
–
Repayment of subordinated debt
(30)
–
–
–
Proceeds from the sale of 15% of AMP Capital Holdings Limited
–
425
–
–
Dividends paid5
(559)
(436)
(568)
(449)
~~Cash f ows from (used in) f nancing activities~~
~~2,197~~
~~58~~
~~(243)~~
~~(449)~~
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
(2,241)
(264)
5
–
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
9,352
9,600
1
1
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
46
16
–
–
~~Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year1~~
~~7,157~~
~~9,352~~
~~6~~
~~1~~

1 Cash fl ows and cash and cash equivalents include amounts attributable to shareholders’ interests, policyholders’ interests in AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds and controlled entities of those statutory funds, external unitholders’ interests and non-controlling interests. Amounts included in respect of AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds and controlled entities of those statutory funds have a substantial impact on cash fl ows from operating activities and investing activities and proceeds from and repayments of borrowing – non-banking operations, and cash and cash equivalents balances.

2 Dividends and distributions received are amounts of cash received mainly from investments held by AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds and controlled entities of those statutory funds. Dividends and distributions reinvested have been treated as non-cash items.

3 Net proceeds from sale of/(payment to acquire) investments in fi nancial assets includes loans and advances made (net of payments) and purchases of fi nancial assets (net of maturities) during the period by AMP Bank.

4 Payments to acquire other subsidiaries and other businesses (net of cash acquired) did not have a material impact on the composition of the AMP group.

5 The dividends paid amount is presented net of dividend reinvestment plan and dividends on ‘treasury shares’. See Statement of changes in equity for further information.

for the year ended 31 December 2013

Notes to the financial statements

1. Basis of preparation and summary of signifi cant accounting policies

The consolidated economic entity (the AMP group) comprises AMP Limited (the parent entity), a company limited by shares, and incorporated and domiciled in Australia, and all entities that it controlled during the period and at the reporting date.

(a) Basis of preparation

This general purpose fi nancial report has been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards, other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB), and the Corporations Act 2001 . The AMP group is a for-profi t entity for the purposes of preparing fi nancial statements. The fi nancial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

The fi nancial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 were authorised for issue on 20 February 2014 in accordance with a resolution of the directors.

The signifi cant accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the fi nancial report are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to the current year and comparative period, unless otherwise stated. Where necessary, comparative information has been reclassifi ed to be consistent with current period disclosure.

The AMP group is predominantly a wealth management business conducting operations through registered life insurance companies (AMP life insurance entities) and other entities. Where permitted under accounting standards, the assets and liabilities associated with life insurance contracts and investment contracts are generally measured on a fair value basis and other assets and liabilities are generally measured on a historical cost basis.

Assets and liabilities have been presented on the face of the Statement of fi nancial position in decreasing order of liquidity and do not distinguish between current and non-current items. The majority of the assets of the AMP group are investment assets held to back investment contract and life insurance contract liabilities. Although the amount of those assets which may be realised and those liabilities which may be settled within 12 months of the reporting date are not always known, estimates of amounts expected to be recovered or settled (a) no more than 12 months after the reporting date, and (b) more than 12 months after the reporting date, have been provided in footnotes to the relevant notes.

Changes in accounting policy

A number of new accounting standards and amendments have been adopted effective 1 January 2013 which have had an impact on the fi nancial position or performance of the AMP group, as set out below:

AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements and revised AASB 127 Separate Financial Statements . These standards have changed the criteria for determining which entities are to be consolidated. As a result of adopting AASB 10, the following entities within the AMP group, which were previously not consolidated, are now assessed to be controlled by the AMP group and have been consolidated into the results of the AMP group from 1 January 2013, with retrospective adjustments for 2012:
Aged Care Investment Trusts No. 1 and No. 2, and their controlled entities
AMP Capital China Growth Fund, and its controlled entity
− AMP Capital Infrastructure Equity Fund
AMP Capital Strategic Infrastructure Trust of Europe No. 1, No. 2, AMP Capital Investors (European Infrastructure No. 3) and AMP Capital Investors (European Infrastructure No. 4), and their controlled entities
Australia Pacifi c Airports Fund No. 3
− AMP Foundation and AMP Foundation Income Benefi ciary Pty Ltd.
Other than for AMP Foundation and AMP Foundation Income Benefi ciary Pty Ltd, investments in these entities are held on behalf of policyholders and the AMP life entities’ statutory funds recognise a liability to the policyholders. In certain cases, over time, the amount of the net assets of the controlled entities recognised in the consolidated fi nancial statements may not match the valuation of the relevant liability to the policyholder which results in certain policyholder asset movements impacting the profi t attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited.
The consolidation of these additional entities results in the fi nancial statements of the AMP group recognising a new class of investments classifi ed as available for sale, and a new class of owner-occupied property measured at cost less subsequent depreciation and impairments. The accounting policies for these assets are set out in note 1(g) and note 1(j).
Revised AASB 119 Employee Benefi ts . Under the previous AASB 119, a gain was recognised in profi t or loss for the expected earnings on the assets of defi ned benefi t funds, with any difference between the expected earnings and the actual earnings recognised within other comprehensive income. Under the revised AASB 119, the amount recognised in profi t or loss in relation to the assets is measured using the same discount rate as for the defi ned benefi t liability, rather than expected earnings. This amount is presented net of the interest cost of funding the defi ned benefi t liability, which on adoption results in a net interest expense. In addition, the revised AASB 119 also requires AMP group to discount the portion of annual leave expected to be settled beyond 12 months. However, the impact of this discounting of annual leave is not material.

Comparatives in the fi nancial statements have been restated retrospectively for the adoption of AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements and Revised AASB 119 Employee Benefi ts . A reconciliation of the restated comparatives to the previously reported amounts in the Income statement, Statement of other comprehensive income, Statement of fi nancial position

The following Australian Accounting Standards and amendments have also become mandatory for adoption from 1 January 2013, but have not had any material effect on the fi nancial position or performance of the AMP group:

Revised AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements . The changes introduced by the revised AASB 101 relate to presentation only, and have resulted in items in the Statement of comprehensive income being segregated between those that may eventually be realised in the Income statement in future periods and those that will not.
AASB 11 Joint Arrangements , AASB 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities , revised AASB 128 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures and AASB 2011-7 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards Arising from the Consolidation and Joint Arrangements Standards . These standards have changed the criteria for determining which entities are to be accounted for using the equity method in preparing consolidated fi nancial statements and the required disclosures in relation to consolidated entities, joint arrangements, joint operations, associates and structured entities.

AMP 2013 annual report 47

Notes to the fi nancial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

1. Basis of preparation and summary of signifi cant accounting policies continued

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement . This standard has centralised the defi nition and guidance for measuring fair values where required to be applied by various other accounting standards and removes some minor inconsistencies that previously existed between the guidance for determining fair value in these standards. The new standard requires quantitative and qualitative disclosures of all fair value measurements.
AASB 2012-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Disclosures – Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities . This standard has amended the disclosures in AASB 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures , to require information on the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements, including rights of set-off associated with the group’s recognised fi nancial assets and recognised
AASB 2012-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities . These amendments have clarifi ed the meaning of ‘currently has a legally enforceable right to set off’ and the application of AASB 132 Financial Instruments: Presentation , offsetting criteria to settlement systems which apply to gross settlement mechanisms that are not simultaneous.
AASB 2012-5 Amendments Arising from the 2009-2011 Annual Improvements Project . These amendments have clarifi ed the disclosure requirements for segment assets and liabilities in interim fi nancial statements to align reporting within interim fi nancial statements to the requirements of AASB 8 Operating Segments .
AASB 2012-9 Amendment to AASB 1048 arising from the withdrawal of Australian Interpretation 1039 removes the requirement to apply Interpretation 1039 relating to consideration of substantive enactment of major tax bills in Australia.
AASB 2012-10 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – transition guidance and other amendments makes various editorial amendments to a range of Australian Accounting Standards and amendments to AASB 10 and related Standards to revise the transition guidance for initial application of those Standards.
AASB 2013-2 Amendments to AASB 1038 – Regulatory Capital . This standard amends the life insurance capital disclosure requirements so as to align the terminology with that used in the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority’s revised capital requirements which applied from 1 January 2013.

Australian Accounting Standards issued but not yet effective

A number of new accounting standards and amendments have been issued but are not yet effective. The AMP group has not elected to early adopt any of these new standards or amendments in this fi nancial report. These new standards and amendments, when applied in future periods, are not expected to have a material impact on the fi nancial position or performance of the AMP group, other than as set out below:

AASB 9 Financial Instruments . This standard makes signifi cant changes to the way fi nancial assets are classifi ed for the purpose of determining their measurement basis and also to the amounts relating to fair value changes which are to be taken directly to equity. This standard also makes signifi cant changes to hedge accounting requirements and disclosures. This standard is mandatory for adoption by the AMP group for the year ending 31 December 2017; however early application is permitted in certain circumstances. The fi nancial impact to the AMP group of adopting AASB 9 has not yet been quantifi ed.
AASB 2011-4 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards to Remove Individual Key Management Personnel Disclosure Requirements and additions to Corporations Regulations 2001 , Regulation 2M.3.03. The revised amendments to AASB 124 remove individual key management personnel disclosures. The revised AASB 124 is mandatory for adoption by the AMP group in the year ending 31 December 2014. The changes to AASB 124 relate to disclosure only and are not expected to have a fi nancial impact on the AMP group.

(b) Principles of consolidation

The fi nancial statements consolidate the fi nancial information of controlled entities. The adoption, effective 1 January 2013, of AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements and revised AASB 127 Separate Financial Statements , has changed the criteria for determining control. Previously, control was assessed based on when AMP Limited had the power to govern the operating and fi nancing policies of an entity so as to obtain benefi ts from its activities. Since 1 January 2013, an entity is controlled when AMP Limited is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.

The fi nancial information for controlled entities is prepared for the same reporting date as the parent entity, using consistent accounting policies. Where dissimilar accounting policies may exist, adjustments are made to ensure conformity with the group’s accounting policies.

Consolidation principles require the total amounts of each underlying asset, liability, income and expense of the controlled entities to be recognised in the consolidated fi nancial statements. When a controlled managed investment scheme is consolidated, the share of the unitholder liability attributable to the AMP group is eliminated but amounts due to external unitholders remain as liabilities in the consolidated Statement of fi nancial position. The share of the net assets of controlled entities attributable to non-controlling interests is disclosed as a separate line item on the Statement of fi nancial position. In the Income statement, the profi t or loss of the AMP group is allocated between profi t or loss attributable to non-controlling interests and profi t or loss attributable to shareholders of the parent entity.

Controlled entities acquired are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Information from the fi nancial statements of controlled entities is included from the date the parent entity obtains control until such time as control ceases. Where the AMP group ceases to control an entity, the consolidated fi nancial statements include the results for the part of the reporting period during which the parent entity had control.

Most acquisitions and disposals of controlled entities are in relation to managed investment schemes with underlying net assets typically comprising investment assets and cash. The consideration for acquisitions or disposals refl ects the fair value of the investment assets at the date of the transactions after taking into account non-controlling interests.

All inter-company balances and transactions are eliminated in full, including unrealised profi ts arising from intra-group transactions.

Consolidation impact of investments of the AMP life insurance entities

AMP life insurance entities conduct wealth management business through separate life statutory funds. Income, expenses, assets and liabilities attributable to policyholders within the life statutory funds are consolidated into the AMP group fi nancial statements, along with those attributable to the shareholders of the parent entity.

1. Basis of preparation and summary of signifi cant accounting policies continued

The majority of the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds’ investments are held through controlling interests in a number of managed investment schemes and companies. These investment assets are held on behalf of policyholders and the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds recognise a liability to the policyholders valued as described in note 1(s) for Life insurance contract liabilities, and note 1(t) for Investment contract liabilities. In certain cases, the amount of the net assets of the controlled entities recognised in the consolidated fi nancial statements may not match the valuation of the relevant liabilities to the policyholders, which results in certain policyholder asset movements impacting the profi t attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited.

Certain controlled entities of the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds are operating companies which carry out business operations unrelated to the core wealth management operations of the AMP group.

Securitisation vehicles

The banking operation of the AMP group sells mortgage loans to securitisation vehicles (also referred to as special purpose entities) through its loan securitisation program. These securitisation vehicles are controlled by the AMP group and are therefore consolidated.

(c) Accounting for wealth management and life

insurance business

The accounting treatment of certain transactions in this fi nancial report varies, depending on the nature of the contract underlying the transactions. The two major contract classifi cations relevant to the wealth management and insurance business of the AMP group are investment contracts and life insurance contracts.

For the purposes of this fi nancial report, holders of investment contracts or life insurance contracts are collectively and individually referred to as policyholders .

Investment contracts

The majority of the business of the AMP life insurance entities relates to wealth management products such as savings, investment-linked and retirement income policies. The nature of this business is that the AMP life insurance entities receive deposits from policyholders and those funds are invested on behalf of the policyholders. With the exception of fi xed retirement income policies, the resulting liability to policyholders is linked to the performance and value of the assets that back those liabilities. For fi xed retirement income policies, the resulting liability is linked to the fair value of the fi xed retirement income payments and associated management services.

Under Australian Accounting Standards, such contracts are defi ned as life investment contracts and described as investment contracts throughout this fi nancial report.

Life insurance contracts

AMP life insurance entities also issue contracts that transfer signifi cant insurance risk from the policyholder, covering death, disability or longevity of the insured. In addition, there are some policies known as discretionary participating contracts , that are similar to investment contracts, but the timing of the vesting of the profi t attributable to the policyholders is at the discretion of the AMP life insurance entities.

Under Australian Accounting Standards, such contracts are defi ned as life insurance contracts .

Assets measurement basis

Investment contract liabilities are measured at fair value as described in note 1(t) and life insurance contract liabilities are measured as described in note 1(s). Assets backing such

liabilities are measured at fair value, to the extent permitted under Australian Accounting Standards. Realised and unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value are recognised in the Income statement, to the extent permitted under Australian Accounting Standards. The accounting policies for individual asset classes are described later in note 1.

All assets that back investment contract liabilities and life insurance contract liabilities are included within the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds and, as such, are separately identifi able.

(d) Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash-on-hand that is available on demand and deposits that are held at call with fi nancial institutions. Cash and cash equivalents are measured at fair value, being the principal amount. For the purpose of the Statement of cash fl ows, Cash and cash equivalents also includes other highly liquid investments not subject to signifi cant risk of change in value, with short periods to maturity, net of outstanding bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown within Borrowings in the Statement of fi nancial position.

(e) Receivables

Receivables that back investment contract liabilities and life insurance contract liabilities are designated as fi nancial assets measured at fair value through profi t or loss. Reinsurance and other recoveries are discounted to present value. Receivables that do not back investment contract and life insurance contract liabilities are measured at nominal amounts due, less any allowance for doubtful debts. An allowance for doubtful debts is recognised when collection of the full amount is no longer probable. Bad debts are written off as incurred. Given the short-term nature of most receivables, the recoverable amount approximates fair value.

(f) Inventories

Assets held for sale in the ordinary course of business, in the process of production for such sale or in the form of materials or supplies to be consumed in the production process or in the rendering of services are classifi ed as inventories .

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

(g) Investments in fi nancial assets

Investments in fi nancial assets measured at fair value through profi t or loss

Investments in fi nancial assets designated on initial recognition as fi nancial assets measured at fair value through profi t or loss are initially recognised at fair value determined as the purchase cost of the asset, exclusive of any transaction costs. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred in profi t or loss. Any realised and unrealised gains or losses arising from subsequent measurement at fair value are recognised in the Income statement in the period in which they arise.

Subsequent to initial recognition, the fair value of investments measured at fair value through profi t or loss is determined as follows:

the fair value of listed equity securities traded in an active market and listed managed investment schemes refl ects the quoted bid price at the reporting date. In the case of equity securities and listed managed investment schemes where there is no active market, fair value is established using valuation techniques including the use of recent arm’s length transactions, references to other instruments that are substantially the same, discounted cash fl ow analysis and option pricing models

AMP 2013 annual report 49

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

1. Basis of preparation and summary of signifi cant accounting policies continued

the fair value of listed debt securities refl ects the bid price at the reporting date. Listed debt securities that are not frequently traded are valued by discounting estimated recoverable amounts. The fair value of unlisted debt securities is estimated using interest rate yields obtainable on comparable listed investments. The fair value of loans is determined by discounting the estimated recoverable amount using prevailing interest rates
the fair value of investments in unlisted managed investment schemes is determined on the basis of published redemption prices of those managed investment schemes at the reporting date
there is no reduction for realisation costs in determining fair value
the fair value of derivative fi nancial assets is determined in accordance with the policy set out in note 1(q).

Available for sale investments are initially recognised at fair value determined as the purchase cost of the asset, exclusive of any transaction costs. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred in profi t or loss. Unrealised gains or losses arising from subsequent measurement at fair value are recognised as Other comprehensive income in the Available for sale fi nancial assets reserve in the period in which they arise. Testing for impairment is conducted in accordance with note 1(l). Upon impairment or disposal, the accumulated change in fair value within the available for sale fi nancial assets reserve is recognised within profi t or loss in the Income statement.

Subsequent to initial recognition, the fair value of available for sale investments is determined on the same basis as for fi nancial assets measured at fair value through profi t or loss.

Investments in fi nancial assets measured at amortised cost Investments in fi nancial assets measured at amortised cost are mainly assets of AMP Bank. Loans, advances and other receivables which arise when AMP Bank provides money directly to a customer, including loans and advances to advisers, with no intention of trading the fi nancial assets, are measured at amortised cost. All other debt securities held by AMP Bank are classifi ed as held to maturity investments . Held to maturity investments are non-derivative assets with fi xed or determinable payments and fi xed maturities that management has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity.

Investments in fi nancial assets measured at amortised cost are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the fi nancial asset. These assets are subsequently recognised at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

Investments in controlled entities

Investments by the parent entity in controlled entities are measured at cost (which, in the case of the investment in AMP Group Holdings Limited, was determined as net asset value on demutualisation) less any accumulated impairment losses.

(h) Investments in associates accounted for using the equity method

Associated entities are defi ned as those entities over which the AMP group has signifi cant infl uence but there is no capacity to control. Investments in associates, other than those backing investment contract liabilities and life insurance contract liabilities, are initially measured at cost plus any excess of the fair value of AMP’s share of identifi able assets and liabilities above cost at acquisition date subsequently adjusted for AMP group’s share of post-acquisition profi t or loss and movements in reserves net of any impairment. AMP group’s share of profi t or loss of associates is included in the consolidated Income statement. Any dividend or distribution

received from associates is accounted for as a reduction in carrying value of the associate.

Investments in associates held to back investment contract liabilities and life insurance contract liabilities are exempt from the requirement to apply equity accounting and have been designated on initial recognition as fi nancial assets measured at fair value through profi t or loss.

(i) Investment property

Investment property is held to earn revenue from rentals and/or for the purposes of capital appreciation. Investment property includes all directly held freehold and leasehold properties but excludes owner-occupied properties. See note 1(j). There are no property interests held under operating leases accounted for as investment property.

Investment property is initially recognised at cost, including transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, investment property is measured at fair value.

Changes in value of investment property are taken directly to the Income statement and may comprise changes in the fair value from revaluation of investment property, and fair value adjustments in relation to:

the straight-lining of fi xed rental income
tenant incentives including rent free periods and landlord and tenant owned fi t-out contributions
– capitalised leasing fees.

The process adopted to determine fair values for investment properties is set out in note 11.

(j) Property, plant and equipment

Owner-occupied property

Under Australian Accounting Standards, where the whole or a signifi cant portion of a property owned by the AMP group is held for use by the AMP group in the production or supply of goods or services, or for administrative purposes, that property is classifi ed for accounting purposes as owner-occupied property within Property, plant and equipment in the Statement of fi nancial position.

Owner-occupied property held by the AMP group for administrative purposes is initially recognised at cost, including transaction costs, and is subsequently measured at the revalued amount, being its fair value at the date of the revaluation, less any subsequent accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Fair value is determined on the same basis as investment property in note 11.

Owner-occupied property assets used in the business operations of aged-care facilities, held as investments on behalf of policyholders of AMP life insurance entities controlled by AMP group, are primarily used to earn income from the supply of services. This class of owner-occupied property is initially recognised at cost, including transaction costs and subsequently measured at cost.

When a revaluation increases the carrying value of a property, the increase is recognised directly in Other comprehensive income through the owner-occupied property revaluation reserve. However, an increase is recognised in the Income statement to the extent that the amount reverses a revaluation decrease of the same asset previously recognised in the Income statement. When the carrying value of an asset is decreased as a result of a revaluation, the decrease is recognised in the Income statement. However, any decrease is recognised in the Owneroccupied property revaluation reserve to the extent that it reverses a balance existing in the reserve in respect of that asset.

Gains or losses on disposals are measured as the difference between proceeds and the carrying amount and are recognised

1. Basis of preparation and summary of signifi cant accounting policies continued

in the Income statement. The balance of the owner-occupied property revaluation reserve, in respect of a property disposed of, is transferred to retained earnings.

Each part of an owner-occupied property, except land, that is signifi cant in relation to the total property is depreciated on a systematic basis over the useful life of the asset, being a period not exceeding 40 years.

To the extent owner-occupied property is held by the life insurance entities’ statutory funds, the amounts recognised for the asset in the consolidated fi nancial statements may not match the valuation of the relevant liability to the policyholder, which results in certain policyholder asset movements impacting the profi t attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited.

Plant and equipment

Plant and equipment is initially measured at cost, including transaction costs. It is subsequently measured at cost less any subsequent accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. The written down amount approximates fair value.

Each item of plant and equipment is depreciated on a systematic basis over the useful life of the asset of 3–10 years.

Leasehold improvements

Leasehold improvements are recognised as an asset only when it is probable that future economic benefi ts associated with the asset will fl ow to AMP group and the cost of the item can be reliably measured.

(k) Intangible assets

Goodwill

When the aggregate of the fair value of the consideration transferred in a business combination, the recognised amount of any non-controlling interest and the fair value of any previously held equity interest in the acquiree exceeds the fair value of the identifi able assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the excess is recognised as goodwill. Subsequently, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not subject to amortisation.

Capitalised costs

Costs are capitalised and carried forward only where the costs relate to the creation of an asset with expected future economic benefi ts which are capable of reliable measurement. Otherwise, all costs are recognised as expenses in the period in which they are incurred. Capitalised costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset, commencing at the time the asset is fi rst put into use or held ready for use (whichever is the earlier). The useful lives of such assets generally do not exceed fi ve years; however a useful life of up to 10 years has been applied to some capitalised costs relating to IT systems development projects where the AMP group expects benefi ts to fl ow over a longer period.

Value of in-force business

An intangible asset is recognised in a business combination for the fair value of future business arising from the existing contractual arrangements of the acquired businesses with its customers. The value of in-force business is measured initially at fair value and is subsequently amortised on a straight-line basis over its useful life. Value of in-force business has a useful life of 10 years for wealth management and distribution business and 20 years for wealth protection and mature business.

Distribution networks

An intangible asset is recognised in a business combination for the fair value of the existing contractual distribution arrangements of the acquired entity. Distribution networks intangibles are also recognised where the AMP group acquires

customer lists, fi nancial planner client servicing rights or other distribution related rights other than through a business combination. Distribution networks are measured initially at fair value and subsequently amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful lives of 3−15 years.

Financial planner client servicing rights held for sale in the ordinary course of business are classifi ed as inventories and accounted for as described in note 1(f).

Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets comprise:

amounts recognised in a business combination for the value of the software assets of the acquired entity where it is expected that future economic benefi ts will be derived. Software is recognised initially at fair value and is subsequently amortised on a straight-line basis over its useful life. Software has a useful life of 2−4 years. Software maintenance costs are expensed as incurred
acquired management rights relating to AMP’s asset management business. For closed ended funds where AMP cannot be removed as manager, these management rights have an indefi nite useful life and are not amortised.

2012 included aged-care bed licences granted by government agencies that did not have an expiry date and for which there was no foreseeable limit to the period over which the assets were expected to generate net cash infl ows for AMP group. AMP group ceased to control the entities which held the aged-care bed licences during the 2013 year.

Reassessment of useful life

The useful life of each intangible asset is reviewed at the end of the period and, where necessary, adjusted to refl ect current assessments.

(l) Impairment of assets

Assets measured at fair value, where changes in fair value are refl ected in the Income statement, are not subject to impairment testing. As a result, fi nancial assets measured at fair value through profi t or loss, and investment properties, are not subject to impairment testing.

Other assets such as: available for sale investments; investments in fi nancial assets measured at amortised cost; property, plant and equipment; intangible assets including goodwill; investments in associates accounted for using the equity method; and (in the case of the parent entity) investments in controlled entities, are subject to impairment testing.

For available for sale investments, where there is objective evidence that an investment is impaired, an impairment is recognised in the Income statement, measured as the difference between the acquisition cost (net of any principal repayment and amortisation) and current fair value, less any impairment loss previously recognised in profi t or loss. Impairment losses for equity instruments are not reversed. Impairment losses for debt instruments are reversed only to the extent of a subsequent increase in fair value which can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment.

For loans, advances, held to maturity investments and other receivables, impairment is recognised in the Income statement when there is objective evidence a loss has been incurred, measured as the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash fl ows, discounted at the original effective interest rate.

For other assets, impairment is recognised in the Income statement, measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use.

AMP 2013 annual report 51

Notes to the fi nancial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

1. Basis of preparation and summary of signifi cant accounting policies continued

Intangible assets that have indefi nite useful lives, such as goodwill, are not subject to amortisation but are tested at least annually for impairment. Other assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

For the purposes of assessing impairment of goodwill, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifi able cash fl ows (cash-generating units). Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the goodwill relates.

(m) Taxes

Tax consolidation

AMP Limited and its wholly-owned controlled entities which are Australian-domiciled companies comprise a taxconsolidated group of which AMP Limited is the head entity.

Following the AMP group’s sale of 15 per cent ownership interest in AMP Capital Holdings Limited (AMPCH) on 1 March 2012, AMPCH and its wholly-owned controlled entities which are Australian-domiciled companies left the AMP Limited taxconsolidated group and formed their own tax-consolidated group of which AMPCH is the head entity.

The implementation date for the AMP Limited tax-consolidated group was 30 June 2003.

Under tax consolidation, the head entity assumes the following balances from entities within the tax-consolidated group:

current tax balances arising from external transactions recognised by entities in the tax-consolidated group, occurring after the implementation date
deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and unused tax credits recognised by entities in the tax-consolidated group.

A tax funding agreement has been entered into by the head entity and the controlled entities in the tax-consolidated group. Entities in the tax-consolidated group continue to be responsible, by the operation of the tax funding agreement, for funding tax payments required to be made by the head entity arising from underlying transactions of the controlled entities. Controlled entities make (receive) contributions to (from) the head entity for the balances assumed by the head entity, as described above. The contributions are calculated in accordance with the tax funding agreement. The contributions are payable as set out in the agreement and refl ect the timing of the respective head entities’ obligations to make payments to

Assets and liabilities which arise as a result of balances transferred from entities within the tax-consolidated group to the head entity are recognised as related-party balances receivable and payable in the Statement of fi nancial position of AMP Limited. The recoverability of balances arising from the tax funding arrangements is based on the ability of the tax-consolidated group to utilise the amounts recognised by the head entity.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense/credit is the tax payable on taxable income for the current period based on the income tax rate for each jurisdiction and adjusted for changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to:

temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their Statement of fi nancial position carrying amounts
unused tax losses
the impact of changes in the amounts of deferred tax assets and liabilities arising from changes in tax rates or in the manner in which these balances are expected to be realised.

Adjustments to income tax expense/credit are also made for any differences between the amounts paid or expected to be paid in relation to prior periods and the amounts provided for these periods at the start of the current period.

Any tax impact on income and expense items that are recognised directly in equity is also recognised directly in equity.

Income tax for investment contracts business and life insurance contracts business

The income tax expense recognised in the Income statement of AMP group which arises in respect of the AMP life insurance entities refl ects tax imposed on shareholders as well as policyholders.

Investment contracts liabilities and life insurance contracts liabilities are established in Australia net, and in New Zealand gross, of the policyholders’ share of any current tax payable and deferred tax balances of the AMP group.

Arrangements made with some superannuation funds result in the AMP life insurance entities making payments to the Australian Taxation Offi ce in relation to contributions tax arising in those funds. The amounts paid are recognised as a decrease in investment contract liabilities and not included in income tax expense.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for temporary differences at the tax rates which are expected to apply when the assets are recovered or liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates which are enacted or substantively enacted for each jurisdiction.

The relevant tax rates are applied to the cumulative amounts of deductible and taxable temporary differences to measure the deferred tax asset or liability. An exception is made for certain temporary differences arising from the initial recognition of an asset or a liability. No deferred tax asset or liability is recognised in relation to these temporary differences if they arose in a transaction, other than a business combination, that at the time of the transaction did not affect either accounting profi t or taxable profi t or loss.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised for temporary differences between the carrying amount and tax bases of investments in controlled entities where the parent entity is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax, including amounts in respect of investment contracts and life insurance contracts, is not discounted to present value.

Goods and services tax

The AMP group operates across a number of tax jurisdictions and offers products and services that may be subject to various forms of goods and services tax (GST) imposed by local tax authorities.

All income, expenses and assets are recognised net of any GST paid, except where they relate to products and services which are input taxed for GST purposes or where the GST incurred is not recoverable from the relevant tax authorities. In such circumstances, the GST paid is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the assets or as part of the relevant expense.

1. Basis of preparation and summary of signifi cant accounting policies continued

Receivables and payables are measured with the amount of GST included. The net amount of GST recoverable from or payable to the tax authorities is included as either a receivable or payable in the Statement of fi nancial position.

Cash fl ows are reported on a gross basis refl ecting any GST paid or collected. The GST component of cash fl ows arising from investing or fi nancing activities which are recoverable from, or payable to, local tax authorities are classifi ed as Operating cash fl ows .

(n) Payables

Payables are measured at the nominal amount payable. Given the short-term nature of most payables, the nominal amount payable approximates fair value.

(o) Provisions

Provisions are recognised when:

the AMP group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event
it is probable that an outfl ow of resources embodying economic benefi ts will be required to settle the obligation, and
a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

Where the AMP group expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, eg under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to any provision is presented in the Income statement net of any reimbursement.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the reporting date. For provisions other than employee entitlements, the discount rate used to determine the present value refl ects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specifi c to the liability.

Employee entitlements

Liabilities arising in respect of salaries and wages and any other employee entitlements expected to be settled within 12 months of the reporting date are measured at their nominal amounts. All other employee entitlements are measured at the present value of the estimated future cash outfl ows to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the reporting date. In determining the present value of future cash outfl ows, discount rates are determined with reference to market yields at the end of the reporting period on high quality corporate bonds or, in countries where there is no deep market in such bonds, using market yields at the end of the period on government bonds.

Restructuring

A restructuring provision is only recognised when it is probable that future costs will be incurred in respect of a fundamental reorganisation or change in focus of the business of the AMP group. A provision is recognised when the AMP group is demonstrably committed to the expenditure and a reliable estimate of the costs involved can be made. The provision is measured as the best estimate of the incremental, direct expenditures to be incurred as a result of the restructure and does not include costs associated with the ongoing activities of the AMP group.

(p) Borrowings and subordinated debt

All borrowings and subordinated debt are fi nancial liabilities and are initially recognised at fair value. In the case of borrowings and subordinated debt which are subsequently measured at amortised cost, initial fair value is calculated net

of directly attributable transaction costs. For borrowings and subordinated debt which are subsequently measured at fair value through profi t or loss, directly attributable transaction costs are expensed.

Borrowings and subordinated debt, other than those held by controlled entities of the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds, are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognised in the Income statement over the period of the contract using the effective interest rate method. It is AMP’s policy to hedge currency and interest rate risk arising on issued bonds and subordinated debt. When fair value hedge accounting is applied to borrowings and subordinated debt, the carrying amounts of borrowings and subordinated debt are adjusted for changes in fair value for the period that the fair value hedge relationship remains effective. See note 1(q).

Borrowings of certain controlled managed investment schemes of the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds are measured at amortised cost for the purpose of determining the unit price of those schemes. These borrowings are measured at amortised cost in this fi nancial report with any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount recognised in the Income statement over the period of the contract using the effective interest rate method.

All other borrowings of the controlled entities of the statutory funds are subsequently measured at fair value with movements recognised in the Income statement.

(q) Derivative fi nancial assets, derivative fi nancial liabilities and hedging

The AMP group is exposed to changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates as well as movements in the fair value of investment guarantees it has issued in respect of its products. To mitigate the risks arising from these exposures, the AMP group uses derivative fi nancial instruments such as cross-currency and interest-rate swaps, forward rate agreements, futures, options and foreign currency contracts. Derivative fi nancial instruments are also used to gain exposure to various markets for asset and liability management purposes.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value exclusive of any transactions costs on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. All derivatives are recognised as assets when their fair value is positive and as liabilities when their fair value is negative.

The method of recognising the movement in fair value depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The AMP group designates a hedge as either:

a hedge of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a fi rm commitment (fair value hedge)
a hedge of highly probable forecast transactions (cash fl ow hedge), or
a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation (net investment hedge).

AMP group documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items at inception of the transaction, as well as the AMP group’s risk management and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The AMP group also documents its assessment of whether the derivatives used in hedging transactions have been, and will continue to be, highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash fl ows of hedged items. This assessment is carried out both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis.

AMP 2013 annual report 53

Notes to the fi nancial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

1. Basis of preparation and summary of signifi cant accounting policies continued

Accounting for hedges

(i) Fair value hedges:
to the extent that a hedge is effective, changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recognised in the Income statement together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk
the gain or loss relating to any ineffective portion of a hedge is recognised immediately in the Income statement
– if a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedged item, for which the effective interest method is used, is amortised to the Income statement over the period until the forecast transaction occurs.
(ii) Cash fl ow hedges:
the effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash fl ow hedges is recognised through Other comprehensive income in the Cash fl ow hedge reserve in equity. The balance of the Cash fl ow hedge reserve in relation to each particular hedge is transferred to the Income statement in the period when the hedged item affects profi t or loss
– the gain or loss relating to any ineffective portion of a hedge is recognised immediately in the Income statement
– hedge accounting is discontinued when a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting. The cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the Income statement
when a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the Income statement.
(iii) Net investment hedges: – hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation, including a hedge of a monetary item that is accounted for as part of the net investment, are accounted for in a similar way to cash fl ow hedges. Gains and losses on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge are recognised (including related tax impacts) through Other comprehensive income in the Hedge of net investment reserve, while any gains or losses relating to the ineffective portion of the hedge are recognised in profi t or loss. On disposal of the foreign operation, the cumulative value of any such gains or losses recognised directly in equity is transferred to the Income statement.

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting

Certain derivative fi nancial instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of any derivative fi nancial instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in the Income statement in the period in which they arise.

Fair value estimation

The fair value of fi nancial instruments traded in active markets (such as publicly traded derivatives) is based on quoted market prices at the reporting date. The quoted market price for fi nancial assets is the current bid price; the quoted market price for fi nancial liabilities is the current offer price.

The fair value of fi nancial instruments not traded in an active market (eg over-the-counter derivatives) is determined using valuation techniques. Valuation techniques include net present value techniques, option pricing models, discounted cash fl ow methods and comparison to quoted market prices or dealer quotes for similar instruments.

(r) Recognition and de-recognition of fi nancial assets and liabilities

Financial assets and fi nancial liabilities are recognised at the date the AMP group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual rights to the cash fl ows from the fi nancial assets expire, or are transferred. A transfer occurs when substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the fi nancial asset are passed to an unrelated third party. Financial liabilities are de-recognised when the obligation specifi ed in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expires.

(s) Life insurance contract liabilities

The fi nancial reporting methodology used to determine the fair value of life insurance contract liabilities is referred to as margin on services (MoS).

Under MoS, the excess of premium received over claims and expenses (the margin) is recognised over the life of the contract in a manner that refl ects the pattern of risk accepted from the policyholder (the service). The planned release of this margin is included in the movement in life insurance contract liabilities recognised in the Income statement.

Life insurance contract liabilities are usually determined using a projection method, whereby estimates of policy cash fl ows (premiums, benefi ts, expenses and profi t margins to be released in future periods) are projected using best-estimate assumptions about the future. The liability is calculated as the net present value of these projected cash fl ows. When the benefi ts under a life insurance contract are linked to the assets backing it, the discount rate applied is based on the expected future earnings rate of those assets. Where the benefi ts are not linked to the performance of the backing assets, a risk-free discount rate is used. The risk-free discount rate is based on the zero coupon government bond rate and a liquidity margin, which depends on the nature, structure and terms of the contract liabilities.

An accumulation method may be used if it produces results that are not materially different from those produced by a projection method. A modifi ed accumulation method is used for some discretionary participating business, where the life insurance liability is the accumulation of amounts invested by policyholders, less fees specifi ed in the policy, plus investment earnings and vested benefi ts, adjusted to allow for the fact that crediting rates are determined by reference to investment income over a period of greater than one year. The accumulation method may be adjusted to the extent that acquisition expenses are to be recovered from future margins between fees and expenses.

Allocation of operating profi t and unvested policyholder benefi ts

The operating profi t arising from discretionary participating contracts is allocated between shareholders and participating policyholders by applying the MoS principles in accordance with the Life Insurance Act 1995 ( Life Act ) and, for The National Mutual Life Association (NMLA), the Memorandum of Demutualisation.

Once profi t is allocated to participating policyholders it can only be distributed to these policyholders. Any distribution of this profi t to shareholders is only allowed for overseas business with specifi c approval of the regulators.

1. Basis of preparation and summary of signifi cant accounting policies continued

Profi t allocated to participating policyholders is recognised in the Income statement as an increase in policy liabilities. Both the element of this profi t that has not yet been allocated to specifi c policyholders (ie unvested) and that which has been allocated to specifi c policyholders by way of bonus distributions (ie vested) are included within life insurance contract liabilities.

Bonus distributions to participating policyholders are merely a change in the nature of the liability from unvested to vested and, as such, do not alter the amount of profi t attributable to shareholders.

The principles of allocation of the profi t arising from discretionary participating business are as follows:

(i) Investment income (net of tax and investment expenses) on retained earnings in respect of discretionary participating business is allocated between policyholders and shareholders in proportion to the balances of policyholders’ and shareholders’ retained earnings. This proportion is, mostly, 80 per cent policyholders and 20 per cent shareholders.
(ii) Other MoS profi ts arising from discretionary participating business are allocated 80 per cent to policyholders and 20 per cent to shareholders, with the following exceptions:
the profi t arising from New Zealand corporate superannuation business is apportioned such that shareholders are allocated 15 per cent of the profi t allocated to policyholders
the profi t arising in respect of Preservation Superannuation Account business is allocated 92.5 per cent to policyholders and 7.5 per cent to shareholders
– the profi ts arising from NMLA’s discretionary participating investment account business where 100 per cent of investment profi t is allocated to policyholders and 100 per cent of any other profi t or loss is allocated to shareholders, with the over-riding provision being that at least 80 per cent of any profi t and not more than 80 per cent of any loss be allocated to policyholders’ retained profi ts of the relevant statutory fund
the underwriting profi t arising in respect of NMLA’s Participating Business Super Risk business is allocated 90 per cent to policyholders and 10 per cent to shareholders
for AMP Life, additional tax on taxable income to shareholders in respect of Australian superannuation business is allocated to shareholders only.
(iii) All profi ts arising from non-participating business, including net investment returns on shareholder capital and retained earnings in life entities’ statutory funds (excluding retained earnings dealt with in (i) above), are allocated to shareholders.

Allocation of expenses within the life insurance entities’ statutory funds

All operating expenses relating to the life insurance contract and investment contract activities are apportioned between acquisition, maintenance and investment management expenses. Expenses which are directly attributable to an individual life insurance contract or investment contract or product are allocated directly to a particular expense category, fund, class of business and product line as appropriate.

Where expenses are not directly attributable, they are appropriately apportioned, according to detailed expense analysis, with due regard for the objective in incurring that expense and the outcome achieved. The apportionment basis has been made in accordance with Actuarial Standards and on an equitable basis to the different classes of business in accordance with the Life Act .

The costs apportioned to life insurance contracts are included in the determination of margin described above. Investment management expenses of the life statutory funds are classifi ed as operating expenses. See note 1(aa).

(t) Investment contract liabilities

An investment contract consists of a fi nancial instrument and an investment management services element, both of which are measured at fair value. With the exception of fi xed retirement-income policies, the resulting liability to policyholders is closely linked to the performance and value of the assets (after tax) that back those liabilities. The fair value of such liabilities is therefore the same as the fair value of those assets (after tax charged to the policyholders) except where accounting standards prevent those assets from being measured at fair value.

For fi xed retirement-income policies, the fi nancial instrument element of the liability is the fair value of the fi xed retirementincome payments, being their net present value using a fair value discount rate. The fair value of the associated management services element is the net present value, using a fair value discount rate, of all expenses associated with the provision of services and any profi t margins thereon.

(u) Contributed equity

Issued capital

Issued capital in respect of ordinary shares is recognised as the fair value of consideration received by the parent entity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of certain new shares are recognised in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Treasury shares

The Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) has granted relief from restrictions in the Corporations Act 2001 to allow AMP’s life insurance entities to hold and trade shares in AMP Limited as part of the policyholder funds’ investment activities. These shares (defi ned by Australian Accounting Standards as treasury shares ) are held on behalf of policyholders and, as a result, the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds also recognise a corresponding liability to policyholders.

Under Australian Accounting Standards, the AMP group cannot recognise ‘treasury shares’ in the consolidated Statement of fi nancial position. These assets, plus any corresponding Income statement fair value movement on the assets and dividend income, are eliminated when the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds are consolidated into the AMP group. The cost of the investment in the shares is deducted to arrive at the amount of contributed equity.

However, the corresponding investment contract and life insurance contract liabilities, and related Income statement change in the liabilities, remain on consolidation. At the AMP group consolidated level, this mismatch results in policyholder asset movements impacting the profi t attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited.

The AMP Foundation also holds AMP Limited shares. These assets, plus any corresponding Income statement fair value amount on the assets and any dividend income, are also eliminated on consolidation of the AMP Foundation into AMP group. As the net assets and profi t of the AMP Foundation Trust are fully attributable to non-controlling interests, this has no impact on the net assets or profi t attributable to the shareholders of AMP Limited.

(v) Foreign currency transactions

Functional and presentation currency

The consolidated fi nancial report is presented in Australian dollars (the presentation currency). Items included in the

AMP 2013 annual report 55

Notes to the fi nancial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

1. Basis of preparation and summary of signifi cant accounting policies continued

fi nancial statements for each of the AMP group entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the functional currency). The functional currency of the parent entity is Australian dollars.

Transactions and balances

Income and expense items denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are translated at the spot exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the reporting date, with exchange gains and losses recognised in the Income statement.

Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined.

Translation of controlled entities

Where the functional currency of a controlled entity is not the presentation currency, the transactions and balances of that entity are translated as follows:

income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates, unless this is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates. In this case, income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions
assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate at the reporting date
all resulting exchange differences are recognised in Other comprehensive income in the foreign currency translation reserve.

When a foreign operation is sold, the cumulative amount in the foreign currency translation reserve relating to that operation is recognised in the Income statement as part of the gain or loss on sale. If a portion of the operation is sold, the proportionate share of the cumulative amount is recognised.

(w) Insurance premium and related revenue

Life insurance contracts

Life insurance contract premiums are separated into their revenue and deposit components. Premium amounts earned by bearing insurance risks are recognised as revenue. Other premium amounts received, which are in the nature of deposits, are recognised as an increase in life insurance contract liabilities.

Premiums with no due date or fi xed amount are recognised on a cash-received basis. Premiums with a regular due date are recognised on an accruals basis. Unpaid premiums are only recognised during the days of grace or where secured by the surrender value of the life insurance contract and are reported as outstanding premiums and classifi ed as receivables in the Statement of fi nancial position.

Investment contracts

There is no premium revenue in respect of investment contracts. Amounts received from policyholders in respect of investment contracts comprise:

origination fees, advice fees and ongoing investment management fees. See note 1(x)
amounts credited directly to investment contract liabilities. See note 1(t).

(x) Fee and other revenue

Fees are charged to customers in connection with investment contracts and other fi nancial services contracts. Revenue is recognised as services are provided. In some cases, services are provided at the inception of the contract, while other services are performed over the life of the contract.

An investment contract consists of a fi nancial instrument and an investment-management services element.

The payment by the policyholder includes the amount to fund the fi nancial instrument and a fee for the origination of the contract. In many cases, that origination fee is based on amounts paid to fi nancial planners for providing initial advice. The fi nancial instrument is classifi ed as an investment contract and is measured at fair value. See note 1(t).

The revenue that can be attributed to the origination service is recognised at inception. Any amounts paid to fi nancial planners is also recognised as an expense at that time. See note 1(aa).

Fees for ongoing investment management services and other services provided are charged on a regular basis, usually daily, and are recognised as the service is provided.

Fees charged for performing a signifi cant act in relation to funds managed by the AMP group are recognised as revenue when that act has been completed.

(y) Investment gains or losses

Dividend and interest income is recognised in the Income statement on an accruals basis when the AMP group obtains control of the right to receive the revenue.

Net realised and unrealised gains and losses include realised gains and losses being the change in value between the previously reported value and the amount received on de-recognition of the asset or liability, and unrealised gains and losses being changes in the fair value of fi nancial assets and investment property recognised in the period.

Rents raised are on terms in accordance with individual leases. Certain tenant allowances that are classifi ed as lease incentives, such as rent-free periods, fi t-outs and upfront payments, are capitalised and amortised over the term of the lease. The aggregate cost of incentives is recognised as a reduction to revenue from rent over the lease term.

(z) Insurance claims and related expense

Life insurance contracts

Life insurance contract claims are separated into their expense and withdrawal components. The component that relates to the bearing of risks is treated as an expense. Other claim amounts, which are in the nature of withdrawals, are recognised as a decrease in life insurance contract liabilities.

Claims are recognised when a liability to a policyholder under a life insurance contract has been established or upon notifi cation of the insured event, depending on the type of claim.

Investment contracts

There is no claims expense in respect of investment contracts. Amounts paid to policyholders in respect of investment contracts are withdrawals and are recognised as a decrease in investment contract liabilities. See note 1(t).

(aa) Operating expenses

All operating expenses, other than those allocated to life insurance contracts, (see note 1(s)), are expensed as incurred.

Expenses of controlled entities of the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds represent the business costs of those entities and are consolidated into the results of the AMP group.

The majority of investment contracts issued result in payments to external service and advice providers. Where the amount paid equates to a fee charged to policyholders for the provision of advice, the amount is expensed either at inception or over the period of the contract consistent with the basis for recognising the fee revenue on the respective contracts. See note 1(t).

1. Basis of preparation and summary of signifi cant accounting policies continued

Operating lease payments

Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense in the Income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term or other systematic basis representative of the patterns of the benefi ts obtained. Operating incentives are recognised as a liability when received and subsequently reduced by allocating lease payments between rental expense and reduction of the liability.

(bb) Finance costs

Finance costs include:

(i) Borrowing costs:
interest on bank overdrafts, borrowings and subordinated debt, and
amortisation of discounts or premiums related to borrowings.
(ii) Exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings to the extent that they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs.
(iii) Changes in the fair value of derivative hedges together with any change in the fair value of the hedged asset or liabilities that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges, foreign exchange gains and losses and other fi nancing related amounts. The accounting policy for derivatives is set out in note 1(q).

Borrowing costs are recognised as expenses when incurred.

(cc) Share-based payments

The AMP group issues performance rights, restricted shares and other equity instruments to employees as a form of equitysettled share-based compensation. Equity-settled share-based compensation to employees is considered to be an expense in respect of the services received and is recognised in the Income statement over the vesting period of the instrument with a corresponding amount in the share-based payment reserve within equity.

The expense is based on the fair value of each grant, measured at the date of the grant. For performance rights and similar instruments, the fair value is determined by an external valuer. The fair value calculation takes into consideration a number of factors, including the likelihood of achieving market-based vesting conditions such as total shareholder return. The fair value determined at grant date is not altered over the vesting period. Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of instruments that are expected to vest. At each reporting date, the AMP group reviews its estimates of the number of instruments that are expected to vest. Any changes to the original estimates are recognised in the Income statement and the share-based payment reserve, over the remaining vesting period.

Where the terms of an equity-settled share-based payment are modifi ed and the expense increases as a result of the modifi cation, the increase is recognised over the remaining vesting period. When a modifi cation reduces the expense, there is no adjustment and the pre-modifi cation cost continues to be recognised.

Expenses for awards that do not ultimately vest are reversed in the period in which the instrument lapses, except for awards where vesting is conditional upon a market condition, in which case no reversal is recognised.

When instruments vest, shares are purchased on market and transferred to the employee. The cost of the purchase is recognised in the share-based payment reserve.

(dd) Superannuation funds

The AMP group operates superannuation funds that provide benefi ts for employees and their dependants on resignation,

retirement, disability or death of the employee. The funds have both defi ned contribution and defi ned benefi t sections. Refer to note 27 for further information on the funds.

The contributions paid and payable by AMP group to defi ned contributions funds are recognised in the Income statement as an operating expense when they fall due. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.

For the defi ned benefi t sections of superannuation funds operated by the AMP group, the AMP group recognises the net defi cit or surplus position of each fund in the Statement of fi nancial position as defi ned by AASB 119 Employee Benefi ts . This does not represent an assessment of the funds’ funding positions. The defi cit or surplus is measured as the difference between the fair value of the funds’ assets and the discounted defi ned benefi t obligations of the funds, using discount rates determined with reference to market yields at the end of the reporting period on high quality corporate bonds or, in countries where there is no deep market in such bonds, using market yields at the end of the period on government bonds.

After taking into account any contributions paid into the defi ned benefi t funds during the period, movements in the net surplus or defi cit of each fund, except actuarial gains and losses, are recognised in the Income statement. Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions over the period are recognised (net of tax) directly in retained earnings through Other comprehensive income.

Contributions paid into defi ned benefi t funds are recognised

(ee) Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the consolidated profi t attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. The weighted average number of ‘treasury shares’ held during the period is deducted in calculating the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profi t used in the determination of basic earnings per share by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period adjusted for potential ordinary shares considered to be dilutive. Potential ordinary shares are contracts such as options and performance rights that may entitle the holder to ordinary shares. These potential ordinary shares are considered dilutive when their conversion into ordinary shares would be likely to cause a reduction in earnings per share. The weighted average number of ‘treasury shares’ held during the period is deducted in calculating the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for diluted earnings per share.

(ff) Disposal groups held for sale

A disposal group is a group of assets to be disposed of together as a group in a single transaction, and liabilities directly associated with those assets that will be transferred in the transaction. Disposal groups are classifi ed as held-for-sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. The criteria for held-for-sale classifi cation is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable, the disposal group is available for immediate sale in its present condition, management is committed to a plan to sell the group and a sale is expected to be completed within a year.

Disposal groups classifi ed as held-for-sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs of disposal. Assets and liabilities of disposal groups are shown separately from other assets and liabilities in the Statement of fi nancial position.

AMP 2013 annual report 57

Notes to the fi nancial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

2. Signifi cant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions

The making of judgements, estimates and assumptions is a necessary part of the fi nancial reporting process and these judgements, estimates and assumptions can have a signifi cant effect on the reported amounts in the fi nancial statements. Estimates and assumptions are determined based on information available to management at the time of preparing the fi nancial report and actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions. Had different estimates and assumptions been adopted, this may have had a signifi cant impact on the fi nancial statements. Signifi cant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions are re-evaluated at each reporting period in the light of historical experience and changes to reasonable expectations of future events. Signifi cant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions include but are not limited to:

(a) Consolidation

Entities are included within the consolidated fi nancial statements of the AMP group where AMP Limited has control over the entities. Control arises from exposure, or rights, to variable returns from involvement with an entity, where AMP Limited has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. Judgement is applied by management in assessing whether control exists.

Judgement is applied in determining the relevant activities of each entity and determining whether AMP Limited has power over these activities. This involves assessment of the purpose and design of the entity, identifi cation of the activities which signifi cantly affect that entity’s returns and how decisions are made about those activities. In assessing how decisions are made, management considers voting and veto rights, contractual arrangements with the entity or other parties, and any rights or ability to appoint, remove or direct key management personnel or entities that have the ability to direct the relevant activities of the entity. Consideration is also given to the practical ability of other parties to exercise their rights.

Judgement is also applied in identifying the variable returns of each entity and assessing AMP Limited’s exposure to these returns. Variable returns include distributions, exposure to gains or losses and fees that may vary with the performance of an entity.

(b) Fair value of investments in fi nancial assets

The AMP group measures investments in fi nancial assets, other than those held by AMP Bank and loans and advances to advisers, at fair value. Where available, quoted market prices for the same or similar instruments are used to determine fair value. Where there is no market price available for an instrument, a valuation technique is used. Management applies judgement in selecting valuation techniques and

setting valuation assumptions and inputs. Further detail on the determination of fair value of fi nancial instruments is set out in note 23.

(c) Fair values of investment properties and owner-occupied property

The AMP group measures investment properties at fair value through profi t or loss. Owner-occupied property is measured at fair value at last valuation date less subsequent depreciation. The valuation of investment properties and owner-occupied property requires judgement to be applied in selecting appropriate valuation techniques and setting valuation assumptions. The AMP group engages independent registered valuers to value each of its investment properties on a rolling annual basis. Further detail on the determination of fair values of investment properties is set out in note 11.

(d) Acquired intangible assets

Subject to some exceptions, accounting standards require the assets and liabilities of businesses acquired through a business combination to be measured at their acquisition date fair values. Management apply judgement in selecting valuation techniques and setting valuation assumptions to determine the acquisition date fair values and to estimate the useful lives of these assets. Note 25(d) provides details of intangibles acquired through business combinations during the period.

Accounting standards require management to assess, at each reporting period, whether there are any indicators of impairment in relation to the carrying value of intangible assets. Where an impairment indicator is identifi ed, and at least annually for assets with indefi nite useful lives, the recoverable amount of the asset must be determined and compared to the carrying amount.

Judgement is applied by management in assessing whether there are any impairment indicators and, where required, determining the recoverable amount. For further details on impairment of intangibles, refer to note 13.

(e) Goodwill

Goodwill is required to be allocated to cash generating units and tested for impairment on an annual basis. Management apply judgement in determining cash generating units and allocating the goodwill arising from business combinations to these cash generating units. Impairment is assessed annually by determining the recoverable amount of each cash generating unit which has a goodwill balance. Management applies judgement in selecting valuation techniques and setting valuation assumptions to determine the recoverable amount. Note 13 sets out further information on the impairment testing of goodwill.

2. Signifi cant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions continued

(f) Tax

The AMP group is subject to taxes in Australia and other jurisdictions where it has operations. The application of tax law to the specifi c circumstances and transactions of the AMP group requires the exercise of judgement by management. The tax treatments adopted by management in preparing the fi nancial statements may be impacted by changes in legislation and interpretations or be subject to challenge by tax authorities.

Judgement is also applied by management in determining the extent to which the recovery of carried forward tax losses is probable for the purpose of meeting the criteria for recognition as deferred tax assets. Note 7 sets out information on carried forward tax losses for which a deferred tax asset has not been recognised.

(g) Provisions

A provision is recognised for items where the AMP group has a present obligation arising from a past event, it is probable that an outfl ow of economic resources will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. The provision is measured as the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation. Management apply judgement in assessing whether a particular item satisfi es the above criteria and in determining the best estimate. Note 15 sets out further information on provisions.

(j) Defi ned benefi t plan liabilities

The defi ned benefi t plan liabilities of the AMP group are measured as the difference, for each fund, of the fair value of the fund’s assets and the actuarially determined present value of the obligation to fund members. AASB 119 Employee Benefi ts requires defi ned benefi t plan liabilities to be measured using discount rates determined with reference to market yields at the end of the reporting period or high quality corporate bonds or in countries where there is no deep market in such bonds, using market yields on government bonds. Judgement is applied in assessing whether there is a deep market in high quality corporate bonds and in the selection of government bonds used to determine the yield.

The determination of the fair value of the fund’s assets is also subject to the other judgements, estimates and assumptions discussed at (b) above. The calculation of the obligation to fund members requires judgement to be applied in the setting of actuarial assumptions. Further detail on the determination of defi ned benefi t plan liabilities is set out in note 27.

(h) Insurance contract liabilities

The measurement of insurance contract liabilities is determined using the margin on services (MoS) methodology. The determination of the liability amounts involves judgement in selecting the valuation methods and profi t carriers for each type of business and setting valuation assumptions. The determination is subjective and relatively small changes in assumptions may have a signifi cant impact on the reported profi t. The board of each of the life entities is responsible for these judgements and assumptions, after taking advice from the Appointed Actuary. Further detail on the determination of insurance contract liabilities is set out in note 20.

(i) Investment contract liabilities

Investment contract liabilities are measured at fair value. For the majority of contracts, the fair value is determined based on published unit prices and the fair value of backing assets, and does not generally require the exercise of judgement. For fi xed income products and the North capital guarantee, fair value is determined using valuation models. Judgement is applied in selecting the valuation model and setting the valuation assumptions. Further details on investment contract liabilities are set out in note 21.

AMP 2013 annual report

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

3. Segment information

(a) Segments – background

Operating segments have been identifi ed based on separate fi nancial information that is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM). The term CODM refers to the function performed by the Chief Executive Offi cer and his immediate team, as a team, in assessing performance and determining the allocation of resources. The operating segments are identifi ed according to the nature of profi t generated and services provided. Segment information in this note is reported separately for each operating segment. AMP group evaluates the performance of segments on a post-tax operating earnings basis.

Segment information is not reported for activities of AMP group offi ce companies as it is not the function of these departments to earn revenue and any revenues earned are only incidental to the activities of the AMP group.

Asset segment information has not been disclosed because the balances are not provided to the CODM for the purposes of evaluating segment performance and deciding the allocation of resources to segments.

(b) Description of segments

AMP Financial Services

AMP Financial Services provides a range of products and services to customers in Australia and New Zealand. These products and services are primarily distributed through self-employed fi nancial planners and advisers, as well as through extensive relationships with independent fi nancial advisers.

AMP Financial Services is reported as fi ve separate divisions:

Australian Wealth Management (WM) – Financial planning services (including owned advice businesses), platform, including SMSF, administration, unit-linked superannuation, retirement income and managed investment products business. Superannuation products include personal and employer sponsored plans.
AMP Bank (Bank) – Australian retail bank offering residential mortgages, deposits, transaction banking, and SMSF products for around 100,000 customers. It also has a portfolio of practice fi nance loans. The bank distributes through brokers, AMP planners, and direct to retail customers via phone and internet banking.
Australian Wealth Protection (WP) – Includes individual and group term, disability and income protection insurance products. Products can be bundled with a superannuation product or held independently of superannuation.
Australian Mature (Mature) – A business comprising products which are mainly in run-off. Products within mature include whole of life, endowment, investment linked, investment account, Retirement Savings Accounts, Eligible Rollover Funds, annuities, insurance bonds, personal superannuation and guaranteed savings accounts.
AMP Financial Services New Zealand (AFS NZ) – A risk insurance business and mature book (traditional participating business), with a growing wealth management business driven by KiwiSaver.

AMP Bank was previously reported as part of the Australian Wealth Management operating segment. It has been disclosed separately in the current period and comparatives have been restated to be consistent with the current period presentation.

AMP Capital

AMP Capital is a diversifi ed investment manager, providing investment services for domestic and international customers. Through a team of in-house investment professionals and a carefully selected global network of investment partners, AMP Capital manages investments across major asset classes including equities, fi xed interest, property, infrastructure and multi-manager and multi-asset funds. AMP Capital also provides commercial, industrial and retail property management services.

AMP Capital has established operations in Australia and New Zealand and a growing international presence with offi ces in Bahrain, China, Hong Kong, India, Japan, Luxembourg, the United Kingdom and the United States, allowing it to source offshore investment opportunities and customers.

On 1 March 2012, AMP Capital and Mitsubishi UFJ Trust and Banking Corporation (MUTB) completed the transaction which formed the strategic business and capital alliance between the two parties, with MUTB also acquiring a 15 per cent ownership interest in AMP Capital.

3. Segment information continued

Total
operating
WM
Bank
WP2
Mature2
AFS NZ2
AMP Capital3
segments
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
(c) Segment prof t
2013
~~Segment prof t after income tax1~~
~~330~~
~~83~~
~~64~~
~~178~~
~~97~~
~~99~~
~~851~~
Other segment information4
External customer revenue
1,441
219
64
178
97
236
2,235
Intersegment revenue5
116
–
–
–
–
237
353
Income tax expense
141
35
27
76
38
43
360
Depreciation and amortisation
57
–
5
1
7
11
81
Restated 2012
~~Segment prof t after income tax1~~
~~285~~
~~62~~
~~190~~
~~167~~
~~73~~
~~99~~
~~876~~
Other segment information4
External customer revenue
1,351
185
190
167
73
240
2,206
Intersegment revenue5
113
–
–
–
–
222
335
Income tax expense
120
27
81
72
28
37
365
Depreciation and amortisation
40
–
6
5
3
11
65

1 Segment profi t after income tax differs from Profi t attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited due to the exclusion of the following items: i group offi ce costs

ii investment return on shareholder assets invested in income producing investment assets

iii interest expense on corporate debt

iv AMP AAPH integration costs, business effi ciency program costs and other items (refer to note 3(d) for further details). These items do not refl ect the underlying operating performance of the operating segments, and

v accounting mismatches, market adjustments (annuity fair value and risk products) and amortisation of AMP AAPH acquired intangible assets.

2 Statutory reporting revenue for Australian Wealth Protection, Australian Mature and AMP Financial Services New Zealand includes premium and investment gains and losses. However, for segment reporting, external customer revenue is operating earnings which represents gross revenue less claims, expenses, movement in insurance contract liabilities and tax relating to those segments.

3 AMP Capital segment revenue is reported net of external investment manager fees paid in respect of certain assets under management. AMP Capital segment profi t is reported net of 15 per cent attributable to MUTB (FY12: period from March 2012). Other AMP Capital segment information is reported before deductions of minority interests.

4 Other segment information excludes revenue, expenses and tax relating to assets backing policyholder liabilities.

5 Intersegment revenue represents operating revenue between segments priced on an arm’s length basis.

AMP 2013 annual report

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

3. Segment information continued

Restated
2013
2012
$m
$m
(d) Reconciliation of segment prof t after tax
Australian Wealth Management
330
285
AMP Bank
83
62
Australian Wealth Protection
64
190
Australian Mature
178
167
New Zealand
97
73
AMP Financial Services
752
777
AMP Capital
99
99
Business unit operating earnings
851
876
Group off ce costs
(62)
(66)
Total operating earnings
789
810
Underlying investment income1
135
226
Interest expense on corporate debt
(75)
(86)
Underlying Prof t
849
950
Other items4
(2)
21
AMP AAPH integration costs
(57)
(128)
Business eff ciency program costs
(39)
–
Amortisation of AMP AAPH acquired intangible assets
(91)
(99)
Prof t before market adjustments and accounting mismatches
660
744
Market adjustment – investment income1
2
(12)
Market adjustment – annuity fair value2
27
(9)
Market adjustment – risk products3
(5)
(4)
Accounting mismatches5
(12)
(30)
~~Prof t attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited~~
~~672~~
~~689~~
(e) Reconciliation of segment revenue
Total segment revenue
2,588
2,541
Add revenue excluded from segment revenue
–
Investment gains and (losses) – shareholders and policyholders (excluding AMP Bank interest revenue)
14,154
11,387
–
Revenue of investment entities controlled by the life entities’ statutory funds which carry out
business operations unrelated to the core wealth management operations of the AMP group
311
609
–
Other revenue
108
87
Add back expenses netted against segment revenue
–
Claims, expenses, movement in insurance contract liabilities and tax relating to Australian
Wealth Protection, Australian Mature and AMP Financial Services NZ businesses
1,944
1,788
–
Interest expense related to AMP Bank
600
696
–
External investment manager and adviser fees paid in respect of certain assets under management
761
656
Remove intersegment revenue
(353)
(335)
~~Total revenue6~~
~~20,113~~
~~17,429~~

1 Underlying investment income consists of investment income on shareholder assets invested in income producing investment assets (as opposed to income producing operating assets) normalised in order to bring greater clarity to the results by eliminating the impact of short-term market volatility on underlying performance. Underlying returns are set based on long-term expected returns for each asset class, except for a short term return, equivalent to a one year government bond, set annually for the implicit DAC component of shareholder assets. Market adjustment – investment income is the excess (shortfall) between the underlying investment income and the actual return on shareholder assets invested in income producing investment assets.

2 Market adjustment – annuity fair value relates to the net impact of investment markets on AMP’s annuity portfolio.

3 Market adjustment – risk products relates to the net impact of changes in market economic assumptions (bond yields and CPI) on the valuation of risk insurance liabilities.

4 Other items include one-off and non-recurring revenues and costs.

5 Under Australian Accounting Standards, some assets held on behalf of the policyholders (and related tax balances) are recognised in the fi nancial statements at different values to the values used in the calculation of the liability to policyholders in respect of the same assets. Therefore, movements in these policyholder assets result in accounting mismatches which impact profi t attributable to shareholders. These differences have no impact on the operating earnings of the AMP group.

6 Revenue as per the Income statement of $20,113m (2012: $17,429m) comprises Premiums and related revenue $2,283m (2012: $2,218m), Fee revenue $2,434m (2012: $2,252m), Other revenue $419m (2012: $696m), Investment gains and (losses) gains of $14,963m (2012: gains of $12,258m) and Share of profi t or (loss) of associates accounted for using the equity method $14m (2012: $5m).

4. Income

Consolidated
Parent
Restated
2013
2012
2013
2012
$m
$m
$m
$m
(a) Life insurance premium and related revenue
Life insurance contract premium revenue
2,175
2,105
–
–
Reinsurance recoveries
108
113
–
–
~~Total life insurance premium and related revenue~~
~~2,283~~
~~2,218~~
~~–~~
~~–~~
(b) Fee revenue
Investment management and origination fees
1,830
1,729
–
–
Financial advisory fees
604
523
–
–
Service fees – subsidiaries
–
–
12
12
~~Total fee revenue~~
~~2,434~~
~~2,252~~
~~12~~
~~12~~
(c) Other revenue
Investment entities controlled by the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds1
311
609
–
–
Other entities
108
87
–
–
~~Total other revenue~~
~~419~~
~~696~~
~~–~~
~~–~~

1 Other revenue of investment entities controlled by the AMP life entities’ statutory funds which carry out business operations unrelated to the core wealth management operations of the AMP group. The reduction is mainly due to AMP ceasing to control a number of controlled operating entities, principally the controlled entities of Aged Care Investment Trust 1 & 2, during 2013.

5. Investment gains and (losses)

Consolidated
Parent
Restated
2013
2012
2013
2012
$m
$m
$m
$m
Investment gains and (losses)
Interest1
– subsidiaries
–
–
1
–
– other entities
2,301
2,402
1
2
Dividends and distributions
– subsidiaries
–
–
1,675
295
– associated entities not equity accounted
923
231
–
–
– other entities
3,811
2,489
–
–
Rental income
582
654
–
–
Net realised and unrealised gains and (losses)2
7,306
6,402
–
–
Other investment income
40
80
–
–
~~Total investment gains and (losses)3~~
~~14,963~~
~~12,258~~
~~1,677~~
~~297~~

1 Interest includes interest income from fi nancial assets designated at fair value through profi t or loss upon initial recognition, with the exception of $767m (2012: $838m) interest income from held to maturity investments and loans and advances in banking operations, which are measured at amortised cost.

2 Net realised and unrealised gains and losses predominantly consist of gains and losses on fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities designated at fair value through profi t or loss upon initial recognition.

3 Investment gains and losses include amounts attributable to shareholders’ interests, policyholders’ interests in the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds, external unitholders’ interests and non-controlling interests.

AMP 2013 annual report 63

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

6. Expenses

Consolidated
Parent
Restated
2013
2012
2013
2012
$m
$m
$m
$m
(a) Life insurance claims and related expenses
Life insurance contract claims and related expenses
(1,979)
(1,953)
–
–
Outwards reinsurance expense
(105)
(95)
–
–
~~Total life insurance claims and related expenses~~
~~(2,084)~~
~~(2,048)~~
~~–~~
~~–~~
(b) Operating expenses
Commission and advisory fee-for-service expense
(1,105)
(1,015)
–
–
Investment management expenses
(281)
(268)
–
–
~~Fee and commission expenses~~
~~(1,386)~~
~~(1,283)~~
~~–~~
~~–~~
Wages and salaries
(966)
(1,138)
(4)
(4)
Contributions to def ned contribution plans
(94)
(110)
–
–
Def ned benef t fund expense
(27)
(15)
–
–
Share-based payments expense
(30)
(27)
(3)
(5)
Other staff costs
(83)
(93)
(1)
(1)
~~Staff and related expenses~~
~~(1,200)~~
~~(1,383)~~
~~(8)~~
~~(10)~~
Occupancy and other property related expenses
(105)
(108)
–
–
Direct property expenses1
(169)
(179)
–
–
Information technology and communication
(307)
(296)
–
–
Professional and consulting fees
(143)
(123)
–
–
Advertising and marketing
(42)
(41)
–
–
Travel and entertainment
(44)
(42)
–
–
Impairment of intangibles2
(25)
(56)
–
–
Amortisation of intangibles
(203)
(218)
–
–
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
(44)
(61)
–
–
Other expenses
– investment entities controlled by the AMP
life insurance entities’ statutory funds3
(76)
(126)
–
–
– other entities4
(132)
(286)
(4)
(3)
~~Other operating expenses~~
~~(1,290)~~
~~(1,536)~~
~~(4)~~
~~(3)~~
~~Total operating expenses3~~
~~(3,876)~~
~~(4,202)~~
~~(12)~~
~~(13)~~
(c) Finance costs
Interest expense on borrowings and subordinated debt
(679)
(811)
–
–
Other f nance costs
(74)
(78)
–
–
~~Total f nance costs~~
~~(753)~~
~~(889)~~
~~–~~
~~–~~

1 Direct property expenses relate to investment properties which generate rental income.

2 Impairment of intangibles includes $25m (FY12: $40m) in relation to controlled entities of AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds. Further information is provided in note 13.

3 Total operating expenses include certain trading expenses of investment entities controlled by the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds which carry out business operations unrelated to the core wealth management operations of the AMP group.

4 Other expenses in 2012 includes $84m (before tax) provided for costs of implementing regulatory change.

7. Income tax

Consolidated
Parent
Restated
2013
2012
2013
2012
$m
$m
$m
$m
(a) Analysis of income tax (expense) credit
Current tax (expense) credit
(23)
(300)
6
14
Increase (decrease) in deferred tax assets
(95)
16
2
(1)
(Increase) decrease in deferred tax liabilities
(686)
(494)
–
–
Over (under) provided in previous years including
amounts attributable to policyholders
22
90
2
(8)
~~Income tax (expense) credit~~
~~(782)~~
~~(688)~~
~~10~~
~~5~~

(b) Relationship between income tax expense and accounting profi t

The following table provides a reconciliation of differences between prima facie tax calculated as 30 per cent of the profi t before income tax for the year and the actual income tax expense recognised in the Income statement for the year. The income tax expense amount refl ects the impact of both income tax attributable to shareholders as well as income tax attributable to policyholders. In respect of income tax expense attributable to shareholders, the tax rate which applies is 30 per cent in Australia and 28 per cent in New Zealand.

Income tax attributable to policyholders is based on investment income allocated to policyholders less expenses deductible against that investment income. The impact of the tax is charged against policyholder liabilities. A number of different tax rate regimes apply to policyholders. In Australia, certain classes of policyholder life insurance income and superannuation earnings are taxed at 15 per cent, and certain classes of income on some annuity business are tax-exempt. The rate applicable to New Zealand life insurance business during the year is 28 per cent.

Consolidated
Parent
Restated
2013
2012
2013
2012
$m
$m
$m
$m
Prof t before income tax
1,498
1,387
1,677
296
Policyholder tax (expense) credit recognised as part of the change
in policyholder liabilities in determining prof t before tax
(564)
(561)
–
–
~~Prof t before income tax excluding tax charged to policyholders~~
~~934~~
~~826~~
~~1,677~~
~~296~~
Prima facie tax at the rate of 30%
(280)
(248)
(503)
(89)
Tax effect of differences between amounts of income and expenses recognised
for accounting and the amounts deductible/taxable in calculating taxable income:
– Shareholder impact of par-business tax treatment
16
(22)
–
–
– Non-deductible expenses
(60)
(65)
(1)
(1)
– Non-taxable income
20
5
–
–
– Tax offsets and credits
65
83
–
–
– Dividend income from controlled entities
–
–
502
89
– Other items
(10)
(4)
7
1
Over (under) provided in previous years after excluding
amounts attributable to policyholders1
15
83
2
(7)
Benef t arising from previously unrecognised tax losses
3
31
3
12
Differences in overseas tax rate
13
10
–
–
Income tax (expense) credit attributable to shareholders
(218)
(127)
10
5
Income tax (expense) credit attributable to policyholders
(564)
(561)
–
–
~~Income tax (expense) credit per Income statement~~
~~(782)~~
~~(688)~~
~~10~~
~~5~~

1 The over provision in prior years reported in 2012 mainly relates to the release of provisions previously held against the tax treatment of amounts for which additional evidence has been obtained and analysis performed during the period supporting the validity of the original tax treatment.

AMP 2013 annual report 65

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

7. Income tax continued

Consolidated
Parent
Restated
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
(c) Analysis of deferred tax assets
Expenses deductible and income recognisable in future years
247
344
350
1
1
Unrealised movements on borrowings and derivatives
60
59
55
–
–
Unrealised investment losses
61
100
273
–
–
Losses available for offset against future taxable income
642
600
356
57
59
Other
52
114
91
4
5
~~Total deferred tax assets~~
~~1,062~~
~~1,217~~
~~1,125~~
~~62~~
~~65~~
(d) Analysis of deferred tax liabilities
Unrealised investment gains
1,525
770
274
–
–
Unrealised movements on borrowings and derivatives
16
86
62
–
–
Other
569
569
625
–
–
~~Total deferred tax liabilities~~
~~2,110~~
~~1,425~~
~~961~~
~~–~~
~~–~~
(e) Amounts recognised directly in equity
Deferred income tax (expense) credit related to items
taken directly to equity during the current period
(87)
(51)
58
–
–
(f) Unused tax losses and deductible
temporary differences not recognised
Revenue losses
118
121
116
110
110
Capital losses
407
485
560
378
408

8. Receivables

Consolidated
Parent
Restated
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
Investment income receivable
269
111
193
1
–
Investment sales and margin accounts receivable
1,012
656
689
–
–
Life insurance contract premiums receivable
366
369
355
–
–
Reinsurance and other recoveries receivable
26
29
11
–
–
Reinsurers’ share of life insurance contract liabilities
465
530
477
–
–
Trade debtors
208
227
309
–
1
Other receivables
– investment entities controlled by the AMP life insurance
entities’ statutory funds
6
34
95
–
–
– other entities
66
121
187
2
2
– subsidiaries tax related amounts
–
–
–
47
56
~~Total receivables1~~
~~2,418~~
~~2,077~~
~~2,316~~
~~50~~
~~59~~

1 $387m (2012: $464m) of Total consolidated receivables is expected to be recovered more than 12 months from reporting date and nil (2012: nil) of Total receivables of the parent is expected to be recovered more than 12 months from reporting date.

9. Inventories and other assets

	Consolidated Parent Restated 2013 2012 2011 2013 2012 $m $m $m $m $m Inventories1 142 145 202 – – Prepayments 71 53 71 – – Other assets2 3 12 21 – – ~~Total inventories and other assets3~~ ~~216~~ ~~210~~ ~~294~~ ~~–~~ ~~–~~

1 Inventories include inventories and development properties of investment entities controlled by the life entities’ statutory funds which carry out business operations unrelated to the core wealth management operations of the AMP group. Inventories also include fi nancial planning client servicing rights held for sale in the ordinary course of business. AMP group has arrangements in place with certain fi nancial planning advisers whereby AMP group is required, subject to the adviser meeting certain conditions, to pay a benefi t to those advisers on surrender of the client servicing rights. The benefi t paid under these arrangements is calculated based on value metrics attributable to the client register at the valuation date. AMP has the right to change the multiples used to determine the benefi t paid (subject to a notice period). In some cases, the arrangements can be changed without notice should legislation, economic or product changes render them inappropriate. In the normal course of business, AMP group seeks to on-sell the client servicing rights to other fi nancial planning advisers and accordingly any client servicing rights acquired under these arrangements are classifi ed as inventory.
2 Other assets are assets of investment entities controlled by the life entities’ statutory funds which carry out business operations unrelated to the core wealth management operations of the AMP group.
3 $99m (2012: $93m) of inventories and other assets is expected to be recovered more than 12 months from the reporting date.

Consolidated
Parent
Restated
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
Investments in f nancial assets measured
at fair value through prof t or loss1
Equity securities and listed managed investment schemes
47,670
38,111
33,016
–
–
Debt securities2
32,680
31,012
29,288
–
–
Investments in unlisted managed investment schemes
16,356
15,366
12,988
–
–
Derivative f nancial assets
1,648
2,144
2,251
–
–
Other f nancial assets3
146
145
179
–
–
Total investments in f nancial assets measured
at fair value through prof t or loss
98,500
86,778
77,722
–
–
Available for sale f nancial assets
Equity securities and managed investment schemes
61
53
55
–
–
~~Total available for sale f nancial assets~~
~~61~~
~~53~~
~~55~~
~~–~~
~~–~~
Investments in f nancial assets measured at amortised cost
Loans and advances – to subsidiaries
–
–
–
2,085
620
Loans and advances
13,418
12,462
11,254
–
–
Debt securities – held to maturity
2,800
1,839
1,651
–
–
~~Total investments in f nancial assets measured at amortised cost~~
~~16,218~~
~~14,301~~
~~12,905~~
~~2,085~~
~~620~~
~~Total investments in f nancial assets~~
~~114,779~~
~~101,132~~
~~90,682~~
~~2,085~~
~~620~~
Other f nancial liabilities
Derivative f nancial liabilities
1,041
1,283
1,158
–
–
Collateral deposits held4
1,428
1,054
1,449
–
–
~~Total other f nancial liabilities~~
~~2,469~~
~~2,337~~
~~2,607~~
~~–~~
~~–~~

1 Investments measured at fair value through profi t or loss are mainly assets of the life entities’ statutory funds and controlled entities of the life entities’ statutory funds.
2 Included within debt securities are assets held to back the liability for collateral deposits held in respect of debt security repurchase arrangements entered into by the life entities’ statutory funds and the controlled entities of the life entities’ statutory funds.
3 Other fi nancial assets include investments of the life entities’ statutory funds and controlled entities of the life entities’ statutory funds.
4 Collateral deposits held are mostly in respect of the obligation to repay collateral held in respect of debt security repurchase arrangements entered into by the life entities’ statutory funds and the controlled entities of the life entities’ statutory funds.

AMP 2013 annual report 67

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

11. Investment property

Consolidated
Parent
2013
2012
2013
2012
$m
$m
$m
$m
Investment property
Directly held
6,889
6,508
–
–
~~Total investment property~~
~~6,889~~
~~6,508~~
~~–~~
~~–~~
Movements in investment property
Balance at the beginning of the year
6,508
7,424
–
–
Additions – through direct acquisitions
54
465
–
–
Additions – subsequent expenditure recognised in carrying amount
151
104
–
–
Acquisitions (disposal) through business combinations
71
(793)
–
–
Disposals
(16)
(766)
–
–
Net gains (losses) from fair value adjustments
111
70
–
–
Foreign currency exchange differences
10
4
–
–
~~Balance at the end of the year1~~
~~6,889~~
~~6,508~~
~~–~~
~~–~~

1 Investment property of $3,901m (2012: $3,066m) held by controlled entities of the life entities’ statutory funds has been provided as security against borrowings of these controlled entities of the life entities’ statutory funds.

Valuation of investment property

Investment property is measured at fair value at each reporting date. Fair value represents the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the reporting date.

Fair values of the AMP group’s properties are determined by independent registered valuers who have appropriate registered professional qualifi cations and recent experience in the location and category of the property being valued.

The fair value appraisals are obtained on a rolling annual basis. The valuation schedule may be altered when a property is either undergoing or being appraised for redevelopment, refurbishment or sale, or is experiencing other changes in assets or tenant profi les which may signifi cantly impact value: or when there have been signifi cant changes in the property market and broader economy such as updates to comparable property sales which may have an impact on the individual asset values. The carrying value of each investment property is assessed at reporting date to ensure there has been no material change to the fair value since the valuation date.

The valuers apply ‘comparable sales analysis’ and the ‘capitalised income approach’ by reference to annual net market income, comparable capitalisation rates and other property-specifi c adjustments as well as discounted cash fl ow analysis where the expected net cash fl ows are discounted to their present value using a market determined risk adjusted discount rate. The fair value of investment property does not refl ect future capital expenditure that will improve or enhance the property.

		Consolidated
	2013	2012	2013	2012
Primary assumptions used in valuing investment property
Capitalisation rates1	5.75%–10.00%	6.00%–10.00%	–	–
Market determined, risk adjusted discount rate2	8.50%–11.00%	8.75%–11.00%	–	–

1 The fair value of investment properties would increase/decrease if the capitalisation rate was lower/higher.

2 The fair value of investment properties would increase/decrease if the risk adjusted discount rate was lower/higher.

12. Property, plant and equipment

Owner-
occupied
property
measured at
fair value1
$m
Owner-
occupied
property
measured
at cost2
$m
Leasehold
improvements
$m
Plant and
equipment2
$m
Total
$m
2013
Property, plant and equipment
Gross carrying amount
331
–
103
294
728
Less: accumulated depreciation and impairment losses
–
–
(88)
(184)
(272)
~~Property, plant and equipment at written down value~~
~~331~~
~~–~~
~~15~~
~~110~~
~~456~~
Movements in property, plant and equipment
Balance at the beginning of the year
321
529
15
175
1,040
Additions (reductions) through acquisitions (disposal)
of controlled entities2
–
(521)
–
(39)
(560)
Additions
– through direct acquisitions
–
–
7
13
20
– subsequent expenditure recognised in carrying amount
3
15
–
–
18
Increases (decreases) from revaluations recognised directly in equity
10
–
–
–
10
Disposals
–
(18)
–
(3)
(21)
Depreciation expense
(3)
(5)
(7)
(29)
(44)
Transfer to disposal group
–
–
–
(8)
(8)
Other movements
–
–
–
1
1
~~Balance at the end of the year~~
~~331~~
~~–~~
~~15~~
~~110~~
~~456~~
Restated 2012
Property, plant and equipment
Gross carrying amount
321
538
98
356
1,313
Less: accumulated depreciation and impairment losses
–
(9)
(83)
(181)
(273)
~~Property, plant and equipment at written down value~~
~~321~~
~~529~~
~~15~~
~~175~~
~~1,040~~
Movements in property, plant and equipment
Balance at the beginning of the year – before restatement
311
–
14
154
479
Balance at the beginning of the year – restated
311
503
14
188
1,016
Additions
– through direct acquisitions
–
35
10
43
88
– subsequent expenditure recognised in carrying amount
2
–
–
–
2
Increases (decreases) from revaluations recognised directly in equity
12
–
–
–
12
Depreciation expense
(4)
(9)
(9)
(39)
(61)
Transfer to disposal group
–
–
–
(15)
(15)
Other movements
–
–
–
(2)
(2)
~~Balance at the end of the year~~
~~321~~
~~529~~
~~15~~
~~175~~
~~1,040~~

1 For Owner-occupied property measured at fair value; had the asset been measured at historic cost the amortised carrying value would have been $198m (2012: $198m).

2 Owner-occupied property measured at cost and Plant and equipment include operating assets of investment entities controlled by the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds which carry out business operations unrelated to the core wealth management operations of the AMP group.

AMP 2013 annual report

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

13. Intangibles

Goodwill1
$m
Capitalised
costs
$m
Value of
in-force
business
$m
Distribution
networks
$m
Other
intangibles
$m
Total
$m
2013
Intangibles
Gross carrying amount
2,841
881
1,191
186
95
5,194
Less: accumulated amortisation
and/or impairment losses
(130)
(526)
(282)
(46)
(74)
(1,058)
~~Intangibles at written down value~~
~~2,711~~
~~355~~
~~909~~
~~140~~
~~21~~
~~4,136~~
Movements in intangibles
Balance at the beginning of the year
2,876
229
1,011
143
243
4,502
Additions (reductions) through acquisitions
(disposal) of controlled entities
(116)
–
–
3
(190)
(303)
Additions through separate acquisition
–
–
–
–
–
–
Additions through internal development
–
190
–
–
–
190
Disposals
(16)
–
–
–
(6)
(22)
Transferred to disposal groups
(15)
–
–
–
(5)
(20)
Amortisation expense2
–
(64)
(102)
(16)
(21)
(203)
Impairment losses3
(18)
–
–
–
–
(18)
Transfer from inventories
–
–
–
10
–
10
~~Balance at the end of the year~~
~~2,711~~
~~355~~
~~909~~
~~140~~
~~21~~
~~4,136~~
Restated 2012
Intangibles

Gross carrying amount
3,020
691
1,191
173
349
5,424
Less: accumulated amortisation
and/or impairment losses
(144)
(462)
(180)
(30)
(106)
(922)
~~Intangibles at written down value~~
~~2,876~~
~~229~~
~~1,011~~
~~143~~
~~243~~
~~4,502~~
Movements in intangibles
Balance at the beginning of the year
– before restatement
2,815
171
1,114
128
119
4,347
Balance at the beginning of the year – restated
2,947
171
1,114
128
317
4,677
Additions (reductions) through acquisitions (disposal)
of controlled entities and other businesses
23
–
–
13
–
36
Additions through separate acquisition
–
–
–
27
–
27
Additions through internal development
–
120
–
–
–
120
Disposals
–
–
–
–
(6)
(6)
Transferred to disposal groups
(54)
–
–
–
(19)
(73)
Amortisation expense2
–
(60)
(103)
(20)
(35)
(218)
Impairment losses3
(40)
(2)
–
–
(14)
(56)
Other movements
–
–
–
(5)
–
(5)
~~Balance at the end of the year~~
~~2,876~~
~~229~~
~~1,011~~
~~143~~
~~243~~
~~4,502~~

1 Total goodwill comprises amounts attributable to shareholders of $2,683m (2012: $2,682m) and amounts attributable to policyholders of $28m (2012: $194m).

2 Amortisation expense for the year is included in Operating expenses in the Income statement.

3 Impairment of goodwill relates to goodwill of controlled entities of the life entities’ statutory funds, which carry out business operations unrelated to the core wealth management operations of the AMP group.

Impairment testing of goodwill

Goodwill includes balances attributable to shareholders and balances attributable to policyholders in investment entities controlled by the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds.

Goodwill attributable to shareholders

$2,683m (2012: $2,682m) of the goodwill is attributable to shareholders and arose from the acquisition of AMP AAPH Limited group in the prior year, a previous Life Act Part 9 transfer of life insurance business into the statutory funds of AMP Life and other business combinations where AMP group was the acquirer.

13. Intangibles continued

Each of the businesses acquired included activities conducted in the same business units already operated by AMP. Those business units are Australian Wealth Management (WM), Australian Wealth Protection (WP), Australian Mature, AMP Financial Services New Zealand and AMP Capital and those business units are identifi ed as the cash generating units for the purpose of assessing goodwill impairment.

For the purposes of impairment testing, the amount is allocated to the cash generating units as follows:

Australian WM – goodwill attributable: $1,406m (2012: $1,405m)
Australian WP – goodwill attributable: $668m (2012: $668m)
Australian Mature – goodwill attributable: $350m (2012: $350m)
AMP Financial Services New Zealand – goodwill attributable $172m (2012: $172m)
AMP Capital – goodwill attributable $87m (2012: $87m).

AMP Capital has other intangible assets of $1m (2012: $1m) with an indefi nite useful life. There were no other intangibles with indefi nite useful lives allocated to the shareholder cash generating units.

The recoverable amount for each cash generating unit has been determined using the fair value less costs of disposal basis. For each cash generating unit, other than AMP Capital, the fair value has been determined considering a combination of the estimated embedded value plus the value of one year’s new business times a multiplier. These are generally regarded as features of a Life insurance business that, when taken together, would be an estimate of fair value. Embedded value is a calculation which represents the economic value of the shareholder capital in the business and the future profi ts expected to emerge from the business currently in-force expressed in today’s dollars.

The key assumptions applied in estimating the embedded value and value of one year’s new business are: mortality, morbidity, discontinuance rates, maintenance unit costs, future rates of supportable bonus for participating business, franking credits, risk discount rates, investment returns and infl ation rates. Premium and claim amounts are estimated over the expected life of the in-force policies which varies depending on the nature of the product. Future maintenance and investment expenses are estimated based on unit costs derived from budgeted amounts for the following year and increased in future years for expected rates of infl ation. Assumptions applied in this valuation are consistent with the best estimate assumptions used in calculating the policy liabilities of AMP’s life insurance entities except that the value of in-force and new business calculation includes a risk discount rate. Note 1(s) and note 20 provide extensive details with respect to the assumptions, management’s approach to determining the values assigned to each key assumption and their consistency with past experience and external sources of information. All relevant business is projected for the embedded value and the description of the assumptions in note 20 applies even where that business is not valued by projection methods for profi t reporting. The value of in-force and new business calculation uses a risk discount rate based on the zero coupon government bond curve plus a discount margin of 4 per cent (2012: 3 per cent): Australia 6.5−9.5 per cent (2012: 6.3 per cent), New Zealand 7.2−9.4 per cent (2012: 6.6 per cent).

The recoverable amount for the AMP Capital cash generating unit is determined based on a multiple of 17.4 times current period earnings, which approximates the fair value of this business, less an allowance for disposal costs.

The conclusion from the goodwill impairment testing is that there has been no impairment to the amount of the goodwill recognised and there is no reasonably possible change in key assumptions that could cause the carrying amount to exceed the recoverable amount.

Goodwill attributable to policyholders

The policyholder goodwill has arisen on acquisitions of operating subsidiaries controlled by the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds, which carry out business operations unrelated to the core wealth management operations of the AMP group. The goodwill represents the future value of cash fl ows expected to be derived from those operating subsidiaries.

Policyholder cash generating units were allocated $28m of goodwill at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: $194m). Policyholder cash generating units had no other intangibles with indefi nite useful lives (31 December 2012: $198m).

The individual goodwill components are not signifi cant in comparison with the total carrying amount of goodwill attributable to policyholders. Impairment testing resulted in an impairment of $18m recognised during the year ended 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: $40m). The $18m impairment was incurred as a result of a decline in projected future cash fl ows in underlying operating subsidiaries controlled by the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds. Total impairment for the period was $25m of which $7m related to impairment of assets of disposal groups (refer to note 30).

Impairment testing of these goodwill balances is based on each asset’s value in use, calculated as the present value of forecast future cash fl ows from those assets using discount rates of between 13.0 per cent and 19.6 per cent (2012: 11.9 per cent and 15.0 per cent).

The forecast cash fl ows used in the impairment testing for operating subsidiaries are based on assumptions as to the level of profi tability for each business over the forecast period. Forecasts for the following 12 months have in each case been extrapolated based on terminal value growth rates of between 3.0 per cent and 4.0 per cent per annum (2012: 2.7 – 4.0 per cent per annum). The projected revenues are based on the businesses in their current condition. The assumptions do not include the effects of any future restructuring to which the entity is not yet committed or of future cash outfl ows by the entity that will improve or enhance the entity’s performance.

At the reporting date, there is no reasonably possible change in key assumptions that could cause the carrying amount to exceed the recoverable amount.

Shareholders have no direct exposure to movements in goodwill attributable to policyholders. However, due to the impact of the accounting for investments in controlled entities of the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds (see note 1(b)), policyholder asset movements (including goodwill) can impact the net profi t after tax attributable to shareholders. Any impact is temporary in nature, reversing no later than the point at which AMP group ceases to control the investments.

AMP 2013 annual report 71

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

14. Payables

Consolidated
Parent
Restated
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
Investment purchases and margin accounts payable
602
454
551
–
–
Life insurance and investment contracts in process of settlement
354
314
349
–
–
Accrued expenses
154
217
206
–
–
Interest payable
33
24
34
–
–
Trade creditors
93
100
237
–
–
Other payables
– subsidiaries
–
–
–
–
13
– subsidiaries tax related amounts
–
–
–
45
21
– investment entities controlled by
AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds
158
473
412
–
–
– other entities
516
706
543
2
1
~~Total payables1,2~~
~~1,910~~
~~2,288~~
~~2,332~~
~~47~~
~~35~~

1 Total payables include payables of investment entities controlled by the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds which carry out business operations unrelated to the core wealth management operations of the AMP group.

2 $7m (2012: $1m) of Total payables of the AMP group is expected to be settled more than 12 months from the reporting date and nil (2012: nil) of Total payables of the parent is expected to be settled more than 12 months from the reporting date.

15. Provisions

	Consolidated Parent Restated 2013 2012 2011 2013 2012 $m $m $m $m $m (a) Provisions Employee entitlements1 271 320 295 3 3 Restructuring2 16 16 50 – – Other3 164 278 239 – – ~~Total provisions~~ ~~451~~ ~~614~~ ~~584~~ ~~3~~ ~~3~~

Employee
entitlements1 Restructuring2
Other3
Total
$m
$m
$m
$m
(b) Movements in provisions – consolidated
Balance at the beginning of the year
320
16
278
614
Additions (reductions) through acquisitions (disposal) of controlled entities
(33)
–
(6)
(39)
Additional provisions made during the year
171
23
112
306
Unused amounts reversed during the year
(16)
(6)
(91)
(113)
Provisions used during the year
(174)
(17)
(132)
(323)
Foreign exchange movements
3
–
3
6
~~Balance at the end of the year~~
~~271~~
~~16~~
~~164~~
~~451~~
(c) Movements in provisions – parent
Balance at the beginning of the year
3
–
–
3
Additional provisions made during the year
3
–
–
3
Unused amounts reversed during the year
–
–
–
–
Provisions used during the year
(3)
–
–
(3)
~~Balance at the end of the year~~
~~3~~
~~–~~
~~–~~
~~3~~

1 Provisions for employee entitlements are in respect of amounts accumulated as a result of employees rendering services up to the reporting date. These entitlements include salaries, wages, bonuses, annual leave and long service leave, but exclude share-based payments. $18m (2012: $17m) of the consolidated balance is expected to be settled more than 12 months from the reporting date. Nil (2012: $2m) of the parent balance is expected to be settled more than 12 months from the reporting date.

2 Restructuring provisions are recognised in respect of programs that materially change the scope of the business or the manner in which the business is conducted. Nil (2012: nil) is expected to be settled more than 12 months from the reporting date.

3 Other provisions are in respect of probable outgoings on data quality and integrity projects, settlements, and various other operational provisions. $14m (2012: $12m) is expected to be settled more than 12 months from the reporting date.

16. Borrowings

Consolidated
Parent
Restated
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
Deposits1
5,442
4,687
4,271
–
–
Borrowings and interest bearing liabilities
– AMP Bank and securitisation vehicles
7,028
5,099
5,133
–
–
– Corporate borrowings
711
706
594
–
–
– Investment entities controlled by AMP life insurance
entities’ statutory funds
1,641
1,870
2,375
–
–
~~Total borrowings2~~
~~14,822~~
~~12,362~~
~~12,373~~
~~–~~
~~–~~

1 Deposits mainly comprise at call retail cash on deposit and retail term deposits at variable interest rates within the AMP Bank.
2 Total borrowings comprise amounts to fund:
i Corporate borrowings of AMP group $711m (2012: $706m). Of this balance $710m (2012: $706m) is expected to be settled more than 12 months from the reporting date
ii AMP Bank and securitisation trusts borrowings $12,359m (2012: $9,667m). Of this balance $4,554m (2012: $4,816m) is expected to be settled more than 12 months from the reporting date, and
iii Statutory fund borrowings and borrowings within controlled entities of AMP Life are $1,752m (2012: $1,989m). Of this balance $1,163m (2012: $1,441m) is expected to be settled more than 12 months from the reporting date.

17. Subordinated debt

Consolidated
Parent
2013
2012
2013
2012
$m
$m
$m
$m
AMP Bank
– Floating Rate Subordinated Unsecured Notes
(f rst call date 2017, maturity 2022)1
150
150
–
–
Corporate subordinated debt2
– 6.875% GBP Subordinated Guaranteed Bonds (maturity 2022)
72
67
–
–
– Floating Rate Subordinated Unsecured Notes
(f rst call date 2016, maturity 2021)3
602
600
–
–
– AMP Notes 2 (f rst call date 2018, maturity 2023)4
317
–
325
–
– A$ AMP Notes (f rst call date 2014, maturity 2019)5,6
173
202
–
–
– NZ$ AMP Notes (f rst call date 2014, maturity 2019)5
107
92
–
–
~~Total subordinated debt~~
~~1,421~~
~~1,111~~
~~325~~
~~–~~

1 Floating rate subordinated unsecured notes are to fund AMP Bank’s capital requirements. Of this balance all (2012: all) is expected to be settled more than 12 months from the reporting date.
2 Subordinated debt amounts are to fund corporate activities of AMP group. The A$ AMP Notes and NZ$ AMP Notes are expected to be called in 2014. The remainder of this balance (2012: all) is expected to be settled more than 12 months from the reporting date.
3 In the event that AMP does not call the subordinated debt at the fi rst call date the note holders have the right to exchange the notes for AMP shares at a small discount to volume weighted average price at that time.
4 AMP Limited Floating Rate unsecured notes were issued on 18 December 2013 and are listed on the ASX. In certain circumstances, AMP may be required to convert some or all of AMP Notes 2 into AMP ordinary shares.
5 In the event that AMP does not call the subordinated debt at the fi rst call date the note holders have the right to an interest margin 150 per cent higher than that at issue.
6 Under the Reinvestment Offer, Eligible Notes holders participated in the opportunity to sell their A$ AMP Notes to AMP to fund a subscription for AMP Notes 2.

AMP 2013 annual report

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

18. Dividends

Consolidated
Parent
2013
2012
2013
2012
$m
$m
$m
$m
Final dividends paid
2012 f nal dividend paid in 2013: 12.5 cents per ordinary share franked to 65%
(2011 f nal dividend paid in 2012: 14 cents per ordinary share franked to 50%)
366
400
366
400
Interim dividends paid
2013: 11.5 cents per ordinary share franked to 70%
(2012: 12.5 cents per ordinary share franked to 55%)
339
362
339
362
~~Total dividends paid1,2~~
~~705~~
~~762~~
~~705~~
~~762~~
Final dividends proposed but not recognised
2013: 11.5 cents per ordinary share franked to 70%
340
366
340
366
Dividend franking account3,4
Franking credits available to shareholders of AMP Limited (at 30%)
196
191
196
191

1 Total dividends paid includes dividends paid on ‘treasury shares’. See Statement of changes in equity for further information regarding the impact of ‘treasury shares’ on dividends paid and retained earnings.
2 All dividends are franked at a tax rate of 30 per cent.
3 The franking credits available to shareholders are based on the balance of the dividend franking account at the reporting date adjusted for: i franking credits that will arise from the payment of the current tax liability
ii franking debits that will arise from the payment of dividends recognised as a liability at the year end
iii franking credits that will arise from the receipt of dividends recognised as receivables by the tax consolidated group at the year end, and iv franking credits that the entity may be prevented from distributing in subsequent years.
4 The company’s ability to utilise the franking account credits depends on meeting Corporations Act requirements to declare dividends. The impact of the proposed dividend will be to reduce the balance of the franking credit account by $102m.

19. Contributed equity

Consolidated
Parent
Restated
2013
2012
2013
2012
$m
$m
$m
$m
Movements in issued capital
Balance at the beginning of the year
9,610
9,297
9,610
9,297
27,314,418 (2012: 75,750,762) shares issued under dividend reinvestment plan1
137
313
137
313
~~Balance at the end of the year~~
~~9,747~~
~~9,610~~
~~9,747~~
~~9,610~~
Total issued capital
2,957,737,964 (2012: 2,930,423,546) ordinary shares fully paid
9,747
9,610
9,747
9,610
Movements in ‘treasury shares’
Balance at the beginning of the year
(277)
(223)
–
–
(Increase) decrease due to purchases less sales during the year
132
(54)
–
–
~~Balance at the end of the period~~
~~(145)~~
~~(277)~~
~~–~~
~~–~~
Total treasury shares2
29,177,280 (2012: 57,599,493) treasury shares
(145)
(277)
–
–
Total contributed equity
2,928,560,684 (2012: 2,872,824,053) ordinary shares fully paid
9,602
9,333
9,747
9,610

Holders of ordinary shares have the right to receive dividends as declared and, in the event of the winding up of the company, to participate in the proceeds from the sale of all surplus assets in proportion to the number of and amounts paid up on shares held. Fully paid ordinary shares carry the right to one vote per share. Ordinary shares have no par value.

1 Under the terms of the dividend reinvestment plan (DRP), shareholders may elect to have all or part of their dividend entitlements satisfi ed by the issue of new shares rather than being paid cash. Shares were issued under the DRP for the 2012 fi nal dividend (paid in April 2013) at $5.35 per share, 2013 interim dividend (paid in October 2013) at $4.65 per share.
2 Of the AMP Limited ordinary shares on issue 27,050,893 (2012: 53,720,838) are held by AMP’s life insurance entities on behalf of policyholders. ASIC has granted relief from restrictions in the Corporations Act 2001 to allow AMP’s life insurance entities to hold and trade shares in AMP Limited as part of the policyholder funds’ investment activities. The cost of the investment in these ‘treasury shares’ is refl ected as a deduction from total contributed equity.

20. Life insurance contracts

The AMP group’s life insurance related activities are conducted through two registered life insurance companies, AMP Life Limited (AMP Life) and The National Mutual Life Association of Australasia Limited (NMLA).

Consolidated
Parent
2013
2012
2013
2012
$m
$m
$m
$m
(a) Analysis of life insurance contract premium and related revenue
Total life insurance contract premiums received and receivable
3,327
3,203
–
–
Less: component recognised as a change in life insurance contract liabilities
(1,152)
(1,098)
–
–
Life insurance contract premium revenue1
2,175
2,105
–
–
Reinsurance recoveries
108
113
–
–
~~Total life insurance contract premium and related revenue~~
~~2,283~~
~~2,218~~
~~–~~
~~–~~
(b) Analysis of life insurance contract claims and related expenses
Total life insurance contract claims paid and payable
(3,974)
(3,448)
–
–
Less: component recognised as a change in life insurance contract liabilities
1,995
1,495
–
–
Life insurance contract claims expense
(1,979)
(1,953)
–
–
Outwards reinsurance expense
(105)
(95)
–
–
~~Total life insurance contract claims and related expenses~~
~~(2,084)~~
~~(2,048)~~
~~–~~
~~–~~
(c) Analysis of life insurance contract operating expenses
Life insurance contract acquisition expenses
– commission
(91)
(109)
–
–
– other expenses
(148)
(148)
–
–
Life insurance contract maintenance expenses
– commission
(193)
(191)
–
–
– other expenses
(413)
(427)
–
–
Investment management expenses
(56)
(54)
–
–
(d) Life insurance contract liabilities
Life insurance contract liabilities determined using projection method
Best estimate liability
– value of future life insurance contract benef ts
18,179
19,423
–
–
– value of future expenses
4,465
4,958
–
–
– value of future premiums
(17,454)
(18,987)
–
–
Value of future prof ts
– life insurance contract holder bonuses
2,824
2,320
–
–
– shareholders’ prof t margins
2,991
3,230
–
–
~~Total life insurance contract liabilities determined using the projection method2~~
~~11,005~~
~~10,944~~
~~–~~
~~–~~
Life insurance contract liabilities determined using accumulation method
Best estimate liability
– value of future life insurance contract benef ts
11,194
11,593
–
–
– value of future acquisition expenses
(5)
(6)
–
–
Total life insurance contract liabilities determined
using the accumulation method
11,189
11,587
–
–
Value of declared bonus
226
221
–
–
Unvested policyholder benef ts liabilities2
2,049
1,773
–
–
Total life insurance contract liabilities before reinsurance
24,469
24,525
–
–
Add: Reinsurers’ share of life insurance contract liabilities
465
530
–
–
~~Total life insurance contract liabilities~~
~~24,934~~
~~25,055~~
~~–~~
~~–~~

1 Life insurance contract premium revenue consists entirely of direct insurance premiums; there is no inward reinsurance component. 2 For participating business in the statutory funds, part of the assets in excess of the life insurance contract and other liabilities calculated under MoS are attributed to policyholders. Under the Life Act , this is referred to as policyholder retained profi ts. For the purpose of reporting under accounting standards, this amount is referred to as unvested policyholder benefi ts liabilities and is included within life insurance contract liabilities even though it is yet to be vested as specifi c policyholder entitlements.

AMP 2013 annual report 75

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

20. Life insurance contracts continued

Consolidated
Parent
2013
2012
2013
2012
$m
$m
$m
$m
(e) Reconciliation of changes in life insurance contract liabilities
Total life insurance contract liabilities at the beginning of the year
25,055
24,399
–
–
Change in life insurance contract liabilities recognised in the Income statement
381
934
–
–
Premiums recognised as an increase in life insurance contract liabilities
1,152
1,098
–
–
Claims recognised as a decrease in life insurance contract liabilities
(1,995)
(1,495)
–
–
Change in reinsurers’ share of life insurance contract liabilities
(65)
53
–
–
Foreign exchange adjustment
406
66
–
–
~~Total life insurance contract liabilities at the end of the year~~
~~24,934~~
~~25,055~~
~~–~~
~~–~~

(f) Assumptions and methodology applied in the valuation of life insurance contract liabilities

Life insurance contract liabilities, and hence the net profi t from life insurance contracts, are calculated by applying the principles of margin on services (MoS). Refer to note 1(s) for a description of MoS and the methods for calculating life insurance contract liabilities.

The methods and profi t carriers used to calculate life insurance contract liabilities for particular policy types are as follows:

		Profit carriers (for business
Business type	Method	valued using projection method)
Conventional	Projection	Bonuses
Investment account	Modif ed accumulation	n/a
Retail risk (lump sum)	Projection	Expected premiums
Retail risk (income protection – AMP Life NZ only)	Projection	Expected premiums
Retail risk (income protection – all others)	Projection	Expected claims
Group risk (lump sum)	Accumulation	n/a
Group risk (income benef ts)	Accumulation	n/a
Participating allocated annuities (AMP Life only)	Modif ed accumulation	n/a
Life annuities	Projection	Annuity payments

Key assumptions used in the calculation of life insurance contract liabilities are as follows:

(i) Risk-free discount rates

Except where benefi ts are contractually linked to the performance of the assets held, a risk-free discount rate based on current observable, objective rates that relate to the nature, structure and term of the future obligations is used. The rates are determined as shown in the following table:

			31 December 2013	31 December 2013	31 December 2012	31 December 2012
Business type		Basis1	Australia	New Zealand	Australia	New Zealand
Retail risk (other than		Zero coupon government	2.5%–5.5%	3.2%–5.4%	2.6%–4.4%	2.5%–4.1%
income benef t open claims)		bond yield curve
Retail risk and group risk		Zero coupon government	2.7%–5.7%	3.5%–5.7%	2.9%–4.7%	2.8%–4.4%
(income benef t open claims)		bond yield curve (including
		liquidity premium)
Life annuities2	Non-CPI	Zero coupon government	2.8%–5.8%	3.6%–5.7%	3.0%–4.8%	2.9%–4.5%
		bond yield curve (including
		liquidity premium)
	CPI	Commonwealth indexed	1.2%–2.6%	2.2%–3.8%	0.8%–1.8%	1.0%–2.0%
		bond yield curve (including
		liquidity premium)

1 The discount rates vary by duration in the range shown above.

2 Australian non-CPI annuities and all CPI annuities are AMP Life only.

20. Life insurance contracts continued

(ii) Participating business discount rates

Where benefi ts are contractually linked to the performance of the assets held, as is the case for participating business, a discount rate based on the expected market return on backing assets is used. The assumed earning rates for backing assets for participating business are largely driven by long-term (eg 10 year) government bond yields. The 10 year government bond yields used at the relevant valuation dates are as shown below.

Assumed earning rates for each asset sector are determined by adding to the bond yield various risk premiums which refl ect the relative differences in expected future earning rates for different asset sectors. For products backed by mixed portfolio assets, the assumption varies with the proportion of each asset sector backing the product. The risk premiums applicable at the valuation date are shown in the table below.

are shown in the table below.
10 year government bonds	Risk premiums
	Local International equities equities Property Fixed interest Cash
Australia 31 December 2013 4.3% 31 December 2012 3.3% New Zealand 31 December 2013 4.8% 31 December 2012 3.6%	4.5% 3.5% 2.5% AMP Life:0.6% (0.5%) NMLA:0.9% 4.5% 3.5% 2.5% AMP Life: 0.8% (0.5%) NMLA: 0.9% 4.5% 3.5% 2.5% AMP Life:0.6% (0.5%) NMLA:0.0% 4.5% 3.5% 2.5% AMP Life: 0.8% (0.5%) NMLA: 0.0%

The risk premiums for local equities include allowance for imputation credits. The risk premiums for fi xed interest refl ect credit ratings of the portfolio held.

The averages of the asset mixes assumed for the purpose of setting future investment assumptions for participating business at the valuation date are as shown in the table below for each life company. These asset mixes are not necessarily the same as the actual asset mix at the valuation date as they refl ect long-term assumptions.

Average asset mix1		Equities	Property	Fixed interest	Cash
Australia
31 December 2013	AMP Life	29%	10%	40%	21%
	NMLA	37%	13%	35%	15%
31 December 2012	AMP Life	30%	11%	39%	20%
	NMLA	37%	13%	35%	15%
New Zealand
31 December 2013	AMP Life	40%	17%	37%	6%
	NMLA	48%	2%	40%	10%
31 December 2012	AMP Life	40%	17%	37%	6%
	NMLA	48%	2%	40%	10%

1 The asset mix above includes both conventional and investment account business for AMP Life, but only conventional business for NMLA. As described in note 1(s), 100 per cent of investment profi ts on NMLA’s investment account business are allocated to policyholders.

Where an assumption used is net of tax, the tax on investment income is allowed for at rates appropriate to the class of business and asset sector, including any allowance for imputation credits on equity income. For this purpose, the total return for each asset sector is split between income and capital gains. The actual split has varied at each valuation date as the total return has varied.

(iii) Future participating benefi ts

For participating business, the total value of future bonuses (and the associated shareholder’s profi t margin) included in life insurance contract liabilities is the amount supported by the value of the supporting assets, after allowing for the assumed future experience. The pattern of bonuses and shareholder profi t margin assumed to emerge in each future year depends on the assumed relationship between reversionary bonuses (or interest credits) and terminal bonuses. This relationship is set to refl ect the philosophy underlying actual bonus declarations.

Actual bonus declarations are determined to refl ect, over time, the investment returns of the particular fund and other factors in the emerging experience and management of the business. These factors include:

allowance for an appropriate degree of benefi t smoothing
reasonable expectations of policyholders
equity between generations of policyholders applied across different classes and types of business
ongoing capital adequacy.

Given the many factors involved, the range of bonus structures and rates for participating business is extremely diverse.

AMP 2013 annual report 77

Notes to the fi nancial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

20. Life insurance contracts continued

Typical supportable bonus rates on major product lines are as follows for AMP Life and NMLA (31 December 2012 in parentheses).

		Bonus on sum insured	Bonus on existing bonuses
Reversionary bonus
Australia	AMP Life	1.0%–1.4%(0.4%–0.9%)	1.4%–2.1%(0.7%–0.9%)
	NMLA	0.6%–1.3%(0.6%–1.2%)	1.2%–1.9%(1.2%–1.8%)
New Zealand	AMP Life	0.9%–1.3%(0.4%–0.7%)	0.9%–1.3%(0.4%–0.7%)
	NMLA	1.2% (0.9%)	1.7% (1.3%)
Terminal bonus
The terminal bonus scales are complex and vary by duration, product line, class of business and country for AMP Life and NMLA.
Crediting rates (investment account)
Australia	AMP Life	2.4%–6.7%(2.2%–4.6%)
	NMLA	2.7%–8.8%(3.9%–7.8%)
New Zealand	AMP Life	3.9%–5.2%(2.9%–3.1%)
	NMLA	3.0%–6.8%(3.0%–5.0%)

(iv) Future maintenance and investment expenses

Unit maintenance costs are based on budgeted expenses in the year following the reporting date (including GST, as appropriate, and excluding one-off expenses). For future years, these are increased for infl ation as described in (v) below. These expenses include fees charged to the life statutory funds by service companies in the AMP group. Unit costs vary by product line and class of business based on an apportionment that is supported by expense analyses.

Future investment expenses are based on the fees currently charged by the asset managers.

(v) Infl ation and indexation

Benefi ts and premiums under many regular premium policies are automatically indexed by the published consumer price index (CPI). Assumed future take-up of these indexation options is based on AMP Life and NMLA’s own experience with the annual future CPI rates derived from the difference between long-term government bonds and indexed government bonds.

The assumptions for expense infl ation have regard to these rates, recent expense performance, AMP Life and NMLA’s current plans and the terms of the relevant service company agreement, as appropriate.

					Australia		New Zealand
31	December	2013	AMP Life and NMLA	2.6% CPI,	3.0% expenses	2.5% CPI,	3.0% expenses
31	December	2012	AMP Life and NMLA	2.7% CPI,	3.0% expenses	2.5% CPI,	3.0% expenses

(vi) Bases of taxation

The bases of taxation (including deductibility of expenses) are assumed to continue in accordance with legislation current at the valuation date.

(vii) Voluntary discontinuance

Assumptions for the incidence of withdrawals, paid ups and premium dormancy are primarily based on investigations of AMP Life’s and NMLA’s own historical experience. These rates are based upon the assessed global rate for each of the individual products (or product groups) and then, where appropriate, further adjusted for duration, premium structure, smoker status, age attained or short-term market and business effects. Given the variety of infl uences affecting discontinuance for different product groups, the range of voluntary discontinuance rates across AMP Life and NMLA are extremely diverse.

The assumptions for future rates of discontinuance for the major classes of life insurance contracts are shown in the following table. The table includes the short-term voluntary discontinuance assumptions for Australian risk business.

		31	December 2013	31 December 2012	31 December 2012
Business type	Life company	Australia	New Zealand	Australia	New Zealand
Conventional	AMP Life	2.1%–3.0%	1.1%–1.9%	2.1%–3.0%	1.3%–2.5%
	NMLA	3.5%–4.0%	4.1%–4.7%	3.6%–4.1%	4.2%–4.9%
Retail risk (lump sum)	AMP Life1	12.1%–17.7%	12.0%–13.0%	11.9%–14.6%	10.5%–12.0%
	NMLA	13.3%–16.4%	12.1%	11.5%–13.4%	11.3%
Retail risk (income benef t)	AMP Life	9.1%–21.5%	7.0%–12.0%	8.0%–20.0%	7.0%–12.0%
	NMLA	12.0%–14.6%	9.2%–13.4%	8.8%–9.4%	10.3%–10.6%
Flexible Lifetime	AMP Life	10.2%–20.0%	n/a	8.8%–22.7%	n/a
Super (FLS) risk business
Investment account	AMP Life	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a
	NMLA	4.6%–21.9%	7.0%–8.0%	4.8%–22.7%	7.0%–8.0%

1 Excludes a small mortgage insurance product for which rates are typically higher than other products.

20. Life insurance contracts continued

(viii) Surrender values

The surrender bases assumed for calculating surrender values are those current at the reporting date. There have been no changes to the bases during the year (or the prior year) that would materially affect the valuation results.

(ix) Mortality and morbidity

Standard mortality tables, based on national or industry wide data, are used. These are then adjusted by factors that take account of AMP Life and NMLA’s own experience.

Rates of mortality assumed at 31 December 2013 for AMP Life and NMLA are as follows:

conventional in Australia and New Zealand and Wealth Protection in New Zealand are unchanged from those assumed at 31 December 2012 in Australia and New Zealand. The rates are based on IA95-97 for AMP Life and IA90-92 for NMLA with an allowance for future mortality improvements for Conventional business
annuitant mortality rates are unchanged from those assumed in December 2012
AMP Life and NMLA Australian Retail Risk mortality rates have changed to be based on the new Industry standard IA04-08 Death Without Riders table modifi ed based on our aggregated experience but with overall product specifi c adjustment factors.

For TPD and Trauma business the Australian AMPL and NMLA Retail Risk products assumptions have been changed to use the latest industry table IA04-08 modifi ed based on our aggregated experience but with overall product specifi c adjustment factors. No changes have been made to the New Zealand assumptions.

For Income Protection business the assumptions have been updated to use the IAD89-93 standard table modifi ed for AMPL and NMLA Australia and New Zealand combined experience with overall product specifi c adjustment factors. The adjustment factors include age, gender, occupation, waiting period, duration on claim, benefi t band and benefi t period.

The assumptions are summarised in the following table:

		Conventional –	Conventional –
	% of IA95-97 (AMP Life)		% of IA90-92 (NMLA)
Conventional	Male	Female	Male Female
Australia	67.5%	67.5%	60.0% 68.0%
New Zealand	73.0%	73.0%	81.0% 95.0%
	Retail lump sum –		Retail lump sum –
	%	of table (AMP Life)	% of table (NMLA)
Risk products	Male	Female	Male Female
Australia1	86%–118%	86%–118%	88%–104% 88%–104%
New Zealand2,3	63.0%	63.0%	68.0% 60%–77.0%

1 Base IA04-08 Death Without Riders table modifi ed based on our aggregated experience but with overall product specifi c adjustment factors.
2 AMP Life: Base IA95-97 Death Without Riders table modifi ed based on our aggregated experience but with overall product specifi c adjustment factors.
3 NMLA: Base IA90-92 Death Without Riders table modifi ed based on our aggregated experience but with overall product specifi c adjustment factors.

		AMP Life		NMLA
	Male –	Female –	Male –	Female –
Annuities	% of IML00*	% of IFL00*	% of PNML00	% of PNFL00
Australia and New Zealand1	95%	80%	80%	80%
1 Annuities tables modif ed for future mortality improvements.

Typical morbidity assumptions, in aggregate, are as follows:

			Termination rates	Termination rates
	Incidence rates –	Incidence rates –	(ultimate) –	(ultimate) –
	% of IAD 89-93	% of IAD 89-93	% of IAD 89-93	% of IAD 89-93
Income protection	(AMP Life)	(NMLA)	(AMP Life)	(NMLA)
Australia	24%–138%	60%–122%	44%–68%	42%–72%
New Zealand	45%–67%	41%–80%	57%–67%	33%–46%
	Male %	Male %	Female %	Female %
	of IA04-08	of IA04-08	of IA04-08	of IA04-08
Retail lump sum	(AMP Life)	(NMLA)	(AMP Life)	(NMLA)
Australia TPD1	140%–155%	125%–138%	177%–196%	158%–175%
Australia Trauma2	105%–110%	96%–116%	105%–121%	96%–111%

1 Base IA04-08 TPD table modifi ed based on our aggregated experience but with overall product specifi c adjustment factors.
2 Base IA04-08 Trauma table modifi ed based on our aggregated experience but with overall product specifi c adjustment factors.

AMP 2013 annual report 79

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

20. Life insurance contracts continued

The actuarial tables used were as follows:

IA95-97 A mortality table developed by the Actuaries Institute of Australia based on Australian insured lives experience from 1995–1997. The table has been modifi ed to allow for future mortality improvement. IA90-92 A mortality table developed by the Actuaries Institute of Australia based on Australian insured lives experience from 1990–1992. IML00/IFL00 IML00 and IFL00 are mortality tables developed by the Actuaries Institute and the Faculty of Actuaries based on United Kingdom annuitant lives experience from 1999–2002. The tables refer to male and female lives respectively and incorporate factors that allow for mortality improvements since the date of the investigation. IML00 and IFL00 are these published tables amended for some specifi c AMP experience. PNML/PNFL The UK 00 series tables represent the latest annuitant/pensioner experience and therefore replace the 80 series tables, which are based on experience from 1979 to 1982. Pensioner tables are used given that the NZ annuitants did not voluntarily obtain annuities as they received one automatically from their pension plan. IA04-08 DTH This was published by The Actuaries Institute under the name A graduation of the 2004–2008 Lump Sum Investigation Data. We refer to this table as IA04-08. The table contains separate graduations for Smokers, Non Smokers, Males and Females and Death With and Without Riders. IA04-08 TPD This is the TPD graduation published in the same paper as above. IAD04-08 Trauma This is the trauma graduation published in the same paper as above. IAD 89-93 A disability table developed by Actuaries Institute of Australia based on the Australian disability income experience for the period 1989–1993. This table has been extensively modifi ed based on our aggregate experience.

(x) Impact of changes in assumptions

Under MoS, for life insurance contracts valuations using the projection method, changes in assumptions are recognised by adjusting the value of future profi t margins in life insurance contract liabilities. Future profi t margins are released over future periods.

Changes in assumptions do not include market related changes in discount rates such as changes in benchmark market yields caused by changes in investment markets and economic conditions. These are refl ected in both life insurance contract liabilities and asset values at the reporting date.

The impact on future profi t margins of changes in assumptions from 31 December 2012 to 31 December 2013 in respect of life insurance contracts (excluding new business contracts which are measured using assumptions at reporting date) is as shown in the table below for the two life companies.

the table below for the two life companies.
		AMP Life			NMLA
		Change			Change
		in life	Change in		in life	Change in
	Change in	insurance	shareholders’	Change in	insurance	shareholders’
	future profit	contract	profit and	future profit	contract	profit and
	margins	liabilities	equity	margins	liabilities	equity
Assumption change	$m	$m	$m	$m	$m	$m
Non-market related changes to discount rates	2	–	–	–	(1)	1
Mortality and morbidity	(52)	–	–	(78)	109	(76)
Discontinuance rates	(179)	–	–	(40)	68	(47)
Maintenance expenses	10	–	–	23	(43)	30
Other assumptions1	40	–	–	21	(62)	44

1 Other assumption changes include the impact of product and premium rate changes.

In most cases, the overall amount of life insurance contract liabilities and the current period profi t are not affected by changes in assumptions. However, where in the case of a particular related product group, the changes in assumptions at the end of a period eliminate any future profi t margins for the related product group, and results in negative future profi t margins, this negative balance is recognised as a loss in the current period. If the changes in assumptions in a period are favourable for a product group currently in loss recognition, then the previously recognised losses are reversed in the period.

20. Life insurance contracts continued

(g) Insurance risk sensitivity analysis – life insurance contracts

For life insurance contracts that are accounted for under MoS, amounts of liabilities, income or expense recognised in the period are unlikely to be sensitive to changes in variables even if those changes may have an impact on future profi t margins.

This table shows information about the sensitivity of life insurance contract liabilities for AMP Life and NMLA, current period shareholder profi t after income tax, and equity, to a number of possible changes in assumptions relating to insurance risk.

		Change in life insurance	Change in life insurance	Change in shareholder profit	Change in shareholder profit
		contract liabilities		after income	tax, and equity
		Gross of	Net of	Gross of	Net of
	reinsurance		reinsurance	reinsurance	reinsurance
Variable	Change in variable	$m	$m	$m	$m
AMP Life
Mortality	10% increase in mortality rates	–	–	–	–
Annuitant mortality	50% increase in the rate
	of mortality improvement	–	–	–	–
Morbidity – lump sum disablement	20% increase in lump sum disablement rates	–	–	–	–
Morbidity – disability income	10% increase in incidence rates	11	7	(8)	(5)
Morbidity – disability income	10% decrease in recovery rates	25	18	(17)	(13)
Discontinuance rates	10% increase in discontinuance rates	–	–	–	–
Maintenance expenses	10% increase in maintenance expenses	1	1	(1)	(1)
NMLA
Mortality	10% increase in mortality rates	–	–	–	–
Annuitant mortality	50% increase in the rate
	of mortality improvement	–	–	–	–
Morbidity – lump sum disablement	20% increase in lump sum disablement rates	–	–	–	–
Morbidity – disability income1	10% increase in incidence rates	116	98	(81)	(69)
Morbidity – disability income1	10% decrease in recovery rates	183	150	(128)	(105)
Discontinuance rates1	10% increase in discontinuance rates	20	20	(14)	(14)
Maintenance expenses1	10% increase in maintenance expenses	20	20	(14)	(14)

1 At 31 December 2012, changes in assumptions fully absorbed future profi t margins on NMLA’s retail ordinary disability income products and these products remain in a capitalised loss position at 31 December 2013. Any improvement in the assumptions for these products would be recognised initially as a reversal of the previously recognised loss.

(h) Life insurance risk

The life insurance activities of AMP Life and NMLA involve a number of non-fi nancial risks concerned with the pricing, acceptance and management of the mortality, morbidity and longevity risks accepted from policyholders, often in conjunction with the provision of wealth management products.

The design of products carrying insurance risk is managed to ensure that policy wording and promotional materials are clear, unambiguous and do not leave AMP Life and NMLA open to claims from causes that were not anticipated. Product prices are set through a process of fi nancial analysis, including review of previous AMP Life and NMLA and industry experience and specifi c product design features. The variability inherent in insurance risk, including concentration risk, is managed by having a large geographically diverse portfolio of individual risks, underwriting and the use of reinsurance.

Underwriting is managed through a dedicated underwriting department, with formal underwriting limits and appropriate training and development of underwriting staff. Individual policies carrying insurance risk are underwritten on their merits and are generally not issued without having been examined and underwritten individually. Individual policies which are transferred from a group scheme are generally issued without underwriting. Group risk insurance policies meeting certain criteria are underwritten on the merits of the employee group as a whole.

Claims are managed through a dedicated claims management team, with formal claims acceptance limits and appropriate training and development of staff to ensure payment of all genuine claims. Claims experience is assessed regularly and appropriate actuarial reserves are established to refl ect up-to-date experience and any anticipated future events. This includes reserves for claims incurred but not yet reported.

AMP Life and NMLA reinsure (cede) to specialist reinsurance companies a proportion of their portfolio or certain types of insurance risk, including catastrophe. This serves primarily to:

reduce the net liability on large individual risks
obtain greater diversifi cation of insurance risks
provide protection against large losses.

The specialist reinsurance companies are regulated by APRA or industry regulators in other jurisdictions and have strong credit ratings from A- to AA+.

AMP 2013 annual report 81

Notes to the fi nancial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

20. Life insurance contracts continued

Terms and conditions of life insurance contracts

The nature of the terms of the life insurance contracts written by AMP Life and NMLA is such that certain external variables can be identifi ed on which related cash fl ows for claim payments depend. The following table provides an overview of the key variables upon which the timing and uncertainty of future cash fl ows of the various life insurance contracts issued by AMP Life and NMLA depend.

Type of contract	Detail of contract workings	Nature of compensation for claims	Key variables affecting future cash flows
Non-participating	These policies provide	Benef ts, def ned by the	Mortality, morbidity, lapses,
life insurance	guaranteed benef ts, which	insurance contract, are	expenses and market earning
contracts with f xed	are paid on death or ill-health,	not directly affected by the	rates on assets backing
and guaranteed	that are f xed and not at the	performance of any underlying	the liabilities.
terms (term life	discretion of the Life Company.	assets or the performance
and disability and	Premium rates for yearly	of any associated investment
yearly renewable)	renewable business are not	contracts as a whole.
	guaranteed and may be changed
	at the Life Company’s discretion
	for the portfolio as a whole.
Life annuity contracts	In exchange for an initial single	The amount of the guaranteed	Longevity, expenses and market
	premium, these policies provide	regular income is set at	earning rates on assets backing
	a guaranteed regular income for	inception of the policy	the liabilities.
	the life of the insured.	including any indexation.
Conventional life	These policies combine life	Benef ts arising from the	Market earning rates on
insurance contracts	insurance and savings. The	discretionary bonuses are	assets backing the liabilities,
with discretionary	policyholder pays a regular	based on the performance	interest rates, lapses, expenses,
participating benef ts	premium and receives the	of a specif ed pool of contracts	and mortality.
(endowment and	specif ed sum insured plus any	and the assets supporting
whole of life)	accruing bonuses on death	these contracts.
	or maturity. The sum insured
	is specif ed at inception and
	guaranteed. Reversionary
	bonuses are added annually,
	which once added (vested) are
	guaranteed. A further terminal
	bonus may be added on
	surrender, death or maturity.
Investment account	The gross value of premiums	Payment of the account	Fees, lapses, expenses and
contracts with	received is invested in the	balance is generally	market earning rates on the
discretionary	investment account with fees	guaranteed, although it may	assets backing the liabilities,
participating features	and premiums for any associated	be subject to certain penalties	interest rates.
	insurance cover being deducted	on early surrender or limited
	from the account balance when	adjustment in adverse markets.
	due. Interest is credited regularly.	Operating prof t arising from
		these contracts is allocated
		between the policyholders
		and shareholders with not
		less than 80% allocated to
		policyholders. Distribution of
		policyholder prof t is through
		an interest rate mechanism.

(i) Liquidity risk and future net cash outfl ows

The following table shows the estimated timing of future net cash outfl ows resulting from insurance contract liabilities. This includes estimated future surrenders, death/disability claims and maturity benefi ts, offset by expected future premiums or contributions and reinsurance recoveries. All values are discounted to the reporting date using the assumed future investment earning rate for each product.

earning rate for each product.
	Up to 1 year	1 to 5 years	Over 5 years	Total
Total AMP Life and NMLA	$m	$m	$m	$m
2013	1,208	2,479	8,225	11,912
2012	1,026	2,411	8,169	11,606

21. Other life insurance and investment contract disclosures

Consolidated
2013
2012
$m
$m
(a) Analysis of life insurance and investment contract prof t
Components of prof t related to life insurance and investment contract liabilities:
– planned margins of revenues over expenses released
535
498
– prof ts (losses) arising from difference between actual and assumed experience
(49)
70
– prof ts (losses) arising from changes in assumptions
1
(102)
– capitalised (losses) reversals
(46)
21
Prof t related to life insurance and investment contract liabilities
441
487
Attributable to:
– life insurance contracts
249
324
– investment contracts
192
163
~~Investment earnings on assets in excess of life insurance and investment contract liabilities~~
~~109~~
~~134~~

(b) Restrictions on assets in statutory funds

AMP Life and NMLA conduct investment linked and non-investment linked business. For investment linked business, deposits are received from policyholders, the funds are invested on behalf of the policyholders and the resulting liability to policyholders is linked to the performance and value of the assets that back those liabilities.

The Life Act requires the life insurance business of AMP Life and NMLA to be conducted within life statutory funds.

AMP Life has three statutory funds as set out below:

No. 1 fund	Australia Capital guaranteed business (whole of life, endowment, investment account, retail and group risk and immediate annuities).
	New Zealand All business (whole of life, endowment, investment account, retail and group risk, investment-linked and immediate annuities).
No. 2 fund	Australia Investment-linked superannuation business (retail and group investment-linked and deferred annuities).
No. 3 fund	Australia Investment-linked ordinary business.
NMLA has six statutory funds as set out below:
No. 1 fund	Australia Capital guaranteed ordinary business (whole of life, endowment, investment account and retail and group risk).
	New Zealand All business (whole of life, endowment, investment account, retail and group risk, retail and group investment-linked and immediate annuities).
No. 2 fund	Australia Investment-linked superannuation business (retail and group investment-linked and deferred annuities).
No. 3 fund	Taiwan All business (individual whole of life, endowment and term and group life).
No. 4 fund	Australia Capital guaranteed superannuation business (whole of life, endowment, investment account and retail (lump sum only) and group risk).
No. 5 fund	Australia Investment-linked ordinary business.
No. 6 fund	Australia North longevity guarantee.

AMP 2013 annual report 83

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

21. Other life insurance and investment contract disclosures continued

Investments held in the life statutory funds can only be used in accordance with the relevant regulatory restrictions imposed under the Life Act and associated rules and regulations. The main restrictions are that the assets in a life statutory fund can only be used to meet the liabilities and expenses of that life statutory fund, to acquire investments to further the business of the life statutory fund or as distributions provided solvency, capital adequacy and other regulatory requirements are met. See further details about solvency and capital adequacy in note 21(d).

Australian Accounting Standards require the income, expenses, assets and liabilities in the fi nancial statements of AMP Life and NMLA to include amounts attributable to policyholders in investment linked and non-investment linked business of the life statutory funds. The following table shows a summary of the balances in the life statutory funds disaggregated between non-investment linked and investment linked business:

2013
AMP Life and NMLA
2012
AMP Life and NMLA
Assumption change
Non-
investment
linked
$m
Investment
linked
$m
Total life
entities’
statutory
funds
$m
Non-
investment
linked
$m
Investment
linked
$m
Total life
entities’
statutory
funds
$m
Assets of life entities’ statutory funds
Net assets of life entities’ statutory funds
attributable to policyholders and shareholders
31,510
62,786
94,296
32,297
54,731
87,028
Attributable to policyholders
Life insurance contract liabilities
24,934
–
24,934
25,055
–
25,055
Investment contract liabilities1
3,463
62,547
66,010
4,093
54,207
58,300
28,397
62,547
90,944
29,148
54,207
83,355
~~Attributable to shareholders~~
~~3,113~~
~~239~~
~~3,352~~
~~3,149~~
~~524~~
~~3,673~~

1 Investment contract liabilities in the table above exclude the investment contract liability for the North capital guarantee which is held outside the life companies.

The net assets of life statutory funds attributable to shareholders represent the interests of shareholders including funds required to meet regulatory requirements as well as further amounts of shareholder funds in excess of regulatory requirements.

Impact of the life statutory fund amounts on the AMP group consolidated fi nancial statements

To the extent that investments by the life statutory funds are held through wholly or partly owned controlled entities of the life statutory funds, the balances of those controlled entities are consolidated by AMP Life and NMLA and therefore become part of the consolidated balances of this AMP group fi nancial report. The consolidated balances include 100 per cent of the underlying investments in fi nancial assets, investment property, and other net operating assets of the controlled entities of AMP life entities’ statutory funds. Most of the controlled entities are managed investment schemes and the share of the consolidated profi t and net assets of those managed investment schemes attributable to unitholders other than the AMP Life statutory funds is recognised in the consolidated income statement as Movement in external unitholders’ liabilities and in the consolidated Statement of fi nancial position as External unitholders’ liabilities.

21. Other life insurance and investment contract disclosures continued

The following table shows a summary of the consolidated balances of AMP life entities’ statutory funds and the entities controlled by AMP life entities’ statutory funds.

Life entities’ statutory
funds consolidated
Restated
2013
2012
$m
$m
Income statement
Insurance premium and related revenue
2,283
2,218
Fee revenue
1,200
1,006
Other revenue
215
640
Investment gains and (losses)
14,312
11,475
Insurance claims and related expenses
(2,084)
(2,049)
Operating expenses including f nance costs
(2,670)
(2,897)
Movement in external unitholders’ liabilities
(1,615)
(922)
Change in life insurance contract liabilities
(381)
(934)
Change in investment contract liabilities
(9,937)
(6,997)
Income tax (expense)/credit
(751)
(840)
~~Prof t~~
~~572~~
~~700~~
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
5,061
7,430
Investments in f nancial assets measured at fair value through prof t or loss
98,106
86,210
Investment property
7,220
6,829
Other assets
3,180
3,388
~~Total assets of policyholders, shareholders and non-controlling interests~~
~~113,567~~
~~103,857~~
Liabilities
Life insurance contract liabilities
24,934
25,055
Investment contract liabilities
66,010
58,300
Other liabilities
8,124
7,004
External unitholders’ liabilities
11,098
9,753
~~Total liabilities of policyholders, shareholders and non-controlling interests~~
~~110,166~~
~~100,112~~
~~Net assets~~
~~3,401~~
~~3,745~~
Consolidated
2013
2012
$m
$m
(c) Capital guarantees
Life insurance contracts with a discretionary participating feature
– amount of the liabilities that relate to guarantees
19,402
19,856
Investment linked contracts
– amount of the liabilities subject to investment performance guarantees
1,061
1,228
Other life insurance contracts with a guaranteed termination value
– current termination value
137
154

AMP 2013 annual report 85

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

21. Other life insurance and investment contract disclosures continued

(d) Capital requirements

Registered life insurance entities are required to hold prudential reserves, over and above their life insurance contract and investment contract liabilities, as a buffer against adverse experience and poor investment returns. New prudential capital standards for Australian Life and General Insurance Companies (LAGIC) were introduced effective 1 January 2013. This LAGIC framework is intended to take account of the full range of risks to which a regulated institution is exposed and introduces the prescribed capital amount (PCA) requirement. The PCA is the minimum level of capital that the regulator deems must be held to meet policyholder obligations. The regulatory capital base and prescribed capital amounts at 31 December 2013 have been calculated based on the new standards. Capital disclosures prior to 1 January 2013 were based on the capital standards in place at the time and have not been restated to refl ect the LAGIC requirements.

In addition to the regulatory capital requirements, the Company maintains a target surplus providing additional capital buffer against adverse events. The Company uses internal capital models to determine its target surplus, with the models refl ecting the risks of the business, principally the risk of adverse asset movements relative to the liabilities and of worse than expected claims costs.

The excess of the Company’s capital base over the prescribed capital amount under LAGIC as at 31 December 2013 was $865m and $315m for AMP Life and NMLA respectively.

The Appointed Actuaries of AMP Life and NMLA have confi rmed that the available assets of each life statutory fund have exceeded PCA at all times during 2013 and exceeded the previous capital adequacy and the solvency reserve required at all times during 2012.

AMP Life
NMLA
$m
$m
2013
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
1,563
681
Adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
–
–
Additional Tier 1 Capital
–
–
Adjustments to Additional Tier 1 Capital
–
–
Tier 2 Capital
215
85
Adjustments to Tier 2 Capital
–
–
~~Total capital base~~
~~1,778~~
~~766~~
~~Total prescribed capital amount (PCA)~~
~~913~~
~~451~~
~~Capital adequacy multiple~~
~~194%~~
~~170%~~

Prior to 1 January 2013, Life companies were required to hold prudential reserves based on the greater of the requirements under solvency and capital adequacy standards. The purpose of the solvency requirement was to ensure, as far as practicable, that at any time the life company was able to meet all existing liabilities as they became due. The capital adequacy requirement was a separate requirement (usually greater), taking into account also viability as an ongoing concern. These were specifi ed in the Life Insurance Act 1995 , the previous LPS 2.04 Solvency Standard and LPS 3.04 Capital Adequacy Standard .

	AMP Life	NMLA
	$m	$m
2012
Solvency requirement	75,423	13,266
Assets available for solvency	4,121	1,460
Solvency reserve	3.7%	4.3%
Coverage of solvency reserve (times)	1.5	2.7

(e) Actuarial information

Mr Rocco Mangano, BA, FIA, FIAA, as the Appointed Actuary of AMP Life and Mr Anton Kapel, BEc, MAppFin, FIAA, FSA, FFin, CERA, as the Appointed Actuary of NMLA, are satisfi ed as to the accuracy of the data used in the valuations in the fi nancial report and in the tables in this note and note 20.

The liabilities to policyholders (being the sum of the life insurance contract and investment contract liabilities, including any asset or liability arising in respect of the management services element of an investment contract) and solvency reserves have been determined at the reporting date in accordance with the Life Act .

(f) Amounts which may be recovered or settled within 12 months after the reporting date

Based on assumptions as to likely withdrawal patterns of the various product groups, it is estimated that approximately $12,632m (2012: $11,936m) of policy liabilities may be settled within 12 months of the reporting date.

22. Risk management and fi nancial instruments disclosures

Financial risk management

Financial risk management (FRM) at AMP is an integral part of AMP group’s enterprise risk management framework. The Audit Committee, supported by the Group Asset and Liability Committee (Group ALCO), is responsible for ensuring fi nancial risks are appropriately managed.

(a) Risks and mitigation

Financial risks arising in the AMP group include market risk (investment risk, interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk, currency risk, property risk, and equity price risk); liquidity and refi nancing risk; and credit risk. These risks are managed according to the Enterprise Risk Management Policy and individual policies for each risk category. This fi nancial risk management includes the use of derivative fi nancial instruments such as cross-currency and interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, futures, options and foreign currency contracts to hedge risk exposures arising from changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates.

Financial risk management includes decisions made about the allocation of investment assets across asset classes and/or markets and the management of risks within these asset classes. Financial risk for investments in the AMP group is managed by reference to the probability of loss relative to expected income over a one-year time horizon at a 90 per cent confi dence level (profi t at risk). In respect of investments held in the shareholder fund and in the life statutory funds, the loss tolerance over the discretionary investments is set at a low level because AMP has equity market exposure in its businesses (for example through fees on assets under management).

Market risk is the risk that the fair value of assets and liabilities, or future cash fl ows of a fi nancial instrument will fl uctuate due to movements in the fi nancial markets. These movements include foreign exchange rates, interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices or property prices. Market risk in the AMP group arises from the management of insurance contracts and investment of shareholder capital including investments in equities, property, interest bearing investments and corporate debt.

(b) Market risk sensitivity analysis

The paragraphs below include sensitivity analysis tables showing how the profi t after tax and equity would have been impacted by changes in market risk variables including interest rate risk and currency risk as defi ned in AASB 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures . They show the direct impact on the profi t after tax or equity of a reasonably possible change in factors which affect the carrying value of fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities held at the end of the reporting period.

The sensitivity is required to show the impact of a reasonably possible change in market rate (it is not intended to illustrate a remote, worst case, stress test scenario nor does it represent a forecast. In addition it does not include the impact of any mitigating management actions) over the period to the subsequent reporting date. The categories of risks faced and methods used for deriving sensitivity information did not change from previous periods.

The only market risk relating to the parent entity is in relation to the AMP Notes 2 subordinated debt instruments issued in December 2013 which have been on-lent to other AMP subsidiaries on the same terms and conditions.

(i) Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk of an impact on AMP group’s profi t after tax and equity from movements in market interest rates, including changes in the absolute levels of interest rates, the shape of the yield curve, the margin between different yield curves and the volatility of interest rates.

Interest rate risk arises from interest bearing fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities in various activities of the AMP group. Management of those risks is decentralised according to the activity. Details are as follows:

A MP group’s long-term borrowings and AMP group’s and the parent entity’s subordinated debt – interest rate risk arises in relation to long-term borrowings and subordinated debt raised through a combination of Australian dollar, New Zealand dollar and pound sterling denominated fi xed-rate and fl oating-rate facilities. Most of AMP group’s debt is Australian dollar denominated and AMP group’s foreign denominated debt is converted to fl oating-rate Australian dollars through cross-currency swaps. Interest rate risk is managed by entering fl oating-to-fi xed interest rate swaps, which have the effect of converting borrowings from fl oating rates to fi xed rates. Under the interest rate swaps, the AMP group agrees with other parties to exchange, at specifi ed intervals (mainly quarterly), the difference between fi xed contract rates and fl oating-rate interest amounts calculated by reference to the agreed notional principal amounts.
AMP group policy is to maintain between 40–60 per cent of borrowings and subordinated debt at fi xed rates. At the reporting date, 40 per cent (2012: 50 per cent) of the AMP group’s borrowings and subordinated debt were effectively at fi xed rates.
AMP Life and NMLA – as discussed in note 1(b), AMP Life and NMLA conduct their wealth management and life insurance business through separate life statutory funds. Investment assets of the life statutory funds including interest bearing fi nancial assets are held to back investment contract liabilities, life insurance contract liabilities, retained profi ts and capital.
The interest rate risk of AMP Life and NMLA which impacts shareholders arises in respect of fi nancial assets and liabilities held in the shareholder fund and in the life statutory funds. A risk arises to the extent that there is an economic mismatch between the timing of payments to life policyholders and the duration of the assets held in the life statutory funds to back the policyholder liabilities. Where a liability in respect of investment contracts is directly linked to the value of the assets (where applicable, net of related liabilities) held to back that liability (investment-linked business), there is no residual interest rate exposure which would impact shareholders.

AMP 2013 annual report 87

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

22. Risk management and fi nancial instruments disclosures continued

Management of various risks associated with investments undertaken by life statutory funds and the life shareholder fund, such as interest rate risk is subject to the relevant regulatory requirements governed by the Life Act . AMP Life and NMLA are required to satisfy capital adequacy requirements, including holding statutory reserves to cater for interest rate risk to the extent that assets are not matched against liabilities.

AMP Life and NMLA manage interest rate and other market risks pursuant to an asset and liability management policy that has regard to policyholder expectations and risks to the AMP Life and NMLA Board’s target surplus philosophy for capital as advised by the appointed actuaries.
AMP Bank – interest rate risk arises in AMP Bank from mismatches of repricing terms (for example, a three-year fi xed rate loan funded with a 90 day term deposit – term risk) and variable rate short-term repricing bases (basis risk). AMP Bank uses natural offsets, interest-rate swaps and basis swaps to hedge the mismatches within exposure limits. Group Treasury manages the interest rate exposure in AMP Bank by maintaining a position, which is generally neutral, within the limits delegated and approved by the AMP Bank Board.

Interest rate risk sensitivity analysis

This analysis demonstrates the impact of a 100 basis point change in Australian and International interest rates, with all other variables held constant, on profi t after tax and equity. It is assumed that all underlying exposures and related hedges are included in the sensitivity analysis, that the 100 basis point change occurs as at the reporting date and that there are concurrent movements in interest rates and parallel shifts in the yield curves. The impact on equity includes both the impact on profi t after tax as well as the impact of amounts that would be taken directly to equity in respect of the portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that qualify as cash fl ow hedges for hedge accounting. A sensitivity level of 100 basis points is determined considering the range of interest rates applicable to interest bearing fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities in the AMP group.

		2013		2012
	Impact on		Impact on
	profit after	Impact on	profit after	Impact on
	tax	equity	tax	equity
	increase	increase	increase	increase
	(decrease)	(decrease)	(decrease)	(decrease)
Change in variables	$m	$m	$m	$m
+100 basis points	(45)	(23)	(44)	(28)
-100 basis points	61	39	39	23

(ii) Currency risk

Currency risk is the risk of an impact on AMP group’s profi t after tax and equity from movements in foreign exchange rates. Changes in value would occur in respect of translating the AMP group’s capital invested in overseas operations into Australian dollars at reporting date (translation risk) or from foreign exchange rate movements on specifi c cash fl ow transactions (transaction risk).

Other than where the impact would be immaterial, corporate debt is typically converted to Australian dollars through crosscurrency swaps, individual investment assets in shareholder capital (excluding the international equities portfolio attributable to shareholders within the AMP Life Statutory Fund No. 1 fund) and seed and sponsor capital investments are hedged, and expected foreign currency receipts and payments are hedged once the value and timing of the expected cash fl ow is known. Subject to Group ALCO approval, Group Treasury may allow for natural hedging of foreign exchange risk through unhedged foreign currency borrowings, or enter into discretionary foreign exchange transactions to hedge enterprise-wide exposures.

AMP group does not hedge the capital invested in overseas operations (other than foreign seed and sponsor capital investments), thereby accepting the foreign currency translation risk on invested capital.

22. Risk management and fi nancial instruments disclosures continued

Currency risk sensitivity analysis

This analysis demonstrates the impact of a 10 per cent movement of currency rates against the Australian dollar, with all other variables held constant, on the profi t after tax and equity due to changes in fair value of currency sensitive monetary assets and liabilities at the reporting date. It is assumed that the 10 per cent change occurs as at the reporting date. A sensitivity level of 10 per cent is determined considering the range of currency exposures in the AMP group.

		2013		2012
	Impact on		Impact on
	profit after	Impact on	profit after	Impact on
	tax	equity	tax	equity
	increase	increase	increase	increase
	(decrease)	(decrease)	(decrease)	(decrease)
Change in variables	$m	$m	$m	$m
10% depreciation of AUD	10	10	2	2
10% appreciation of AUD	(4)	(4)	(3)	(3)

(iii) Equity price risk

Equity price risk is the risk of an impact on AMP group’s profi t after tax and equity from movements in equity prices. The AMP group measures equity securities at fair value through profi t or loss. Group Treasury may, with Group ALCO approval, use equity exposures or equity futures or options to hedge other enterprise-wide equity exposures.

Equity price risk sensitivity analysis

The analysis demonstrates the impact of a 10 per cent movement in Australian and International equities held at the reporting date. This sensitivity analysis has been performed to assess the direct risk of holding equity instruments. Any potential indirect impact on fees from AMP group’s investment linked business is not included. A sensitivity level of 10 per cent is determined considering the widely spread portfolios held by the AMP group and the range of movements in equity markets for the periods.

		2013		2012
	Impact on		Impact on
	profit after	Impact on	profit after	Impact on
	tax	equity	tax	equity
	increase	increase	increase	increase
	(decrease)	(decrease)	(decrease)	(decrease)
	$m	$m	$m	$m
10% increase in Australian equities	18	18	19	19
10% increase in International equities	17	17	13	13
10% decrease in Australian equities	(14)	(14)	(17)	(17)
10% decrease in International equities	(12)	(12)	(6)	(6)

(c) Liquidity and refi nancing risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the AMP group is not able to meet its debt obligations or other cash outfl ows as they fall due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding when required. Refi nancing risk is the risk that AMP group is not able to refi nance the full quantum of its ongoing debt requirements on appropriate terms and pricing. This includes the AMP group corporate debt portfolio, AMP Bank and AMP Capital through various investment funds, entities or mandates that it manages or controls or in which AMP Capital, AMP Life or NMLA has signifi cant ownership interest or infl uence.

To ensure that the AMP group has suffi cient funds available, in the form of cash, liquid assets, borrowing capacity and un-drawn committed funding facilities to meet its liquidity requirements, Group Treasury maintains a defi ned surplus of cash plus six months of debt maturities to mitigate refi nancing risk, satisfy regulatory requirements and protect against liquidity shocks in accordance with the liquidity risk management policy approved by the AMP Limited Board.

Financiers of loans owing by controlled entities of the life statutory funds do not have legal recourse beyond the operating subsidiary borrower and there is no direct effect on any other AMP group debt.

AMP 2013 annual report 89

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

22. Risk management and fi nancial instruments disclosures continued

The following table summarises the maturity profi les of AMP group’s undiscounted fi nancial liabilities and off-balance sheet items at the reporting date. The maturity profi les are based on contractual undiscounted repayment obligations. Repayments that are subject to notice are treated as if notice were to be given immediately.

Maturity profi les of undiscounted fi nancial liabilities and off balance sheet items

Up to 1
year or
1 to 5
Over 5
no term
years
years
Other2
Total
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
2013
Non-derivative f nancial liabilities1
Payables
1,893
17
–
–
1,910
Borrowings
9,371
5,550
1,101
–
16,022
Subordinated debt
340
910
519
–
1,769
Investment contract liabilities
1,190
960
1,717
62,829
66,696
External unitholders’ liabilities
–
–
–
10,724
10,724
Derivative f nancial instruments
Cross currency swaps
– outf ows
18
231
5
–
254
– inf ows
(14)
(207)
(14)
–
(235)
Interest rate swaps
26
6
(11)
–
21
Off balance sheet items
Credit-related commitments – AMP Bank4
1,898
–
–
–
1,898
Credit-related commitments – Securitisation vehicles4
906
–
–
–
906
Total undiscounted f nancial liabilities
and off balance sheet items3
15,628
7,467
3,317
73,553
99,965
2012 – restated
Non-derivative f nancial liabilities1
Payables
2,279
9
–
–
2,288
Borrowings
5,548
6,325
2,835
–
14,708
Subordinated debt
79
1,198
88
–
1,365
Investment contract liabilities
1,579
1,075
1,790
54,426
58,870
External unitholders’ liabilities
–
–
–
9,702
9,702
Derivative f nancial instruments
Cross currency swaps
– outf ows
11
318
74
–
403
– inf ows
(13)
(240)
(154)
–
(407)
Interest rate swaps
(9)
203
(399)
–
(205)
Off balance sheet items
Credit-related commitments – AMP Bank4
1,619
–
–
–
1,619
Credit-related commitments – Securitisation vehicles4
1,012
–
–
–
1,012
Total undiscounted f nancial liabilities
and off balance sheet items3
12,105
8,888
4,234
64,128
89,355

1 The table provides maturity analysis of AMP group fi nancial liabilities including fi nancial liabilities of controlled entities of the life entities’ statutory funds and non-linked investment contracts including term annuities.

2 Investment contract liabilities are liabilities to policyholders for investment linked business linked to the performance and value of assets that back those liabilities. If all those policyholders claimed their funds, there may be some delays in settling the liability as assets are liquidated, but the shareholder has no direct exposure to any liquidity risk. External unitholders’ liabilities all relate to controlled entities of the life entities’ statutory funds and would only be paid when the corresponding assets are realised.

3 Estimated net cash outfl ow profi le of life insurance contract liabilities, disclosed in note 21, are excluded from the above table.

4 Loan commitments relate to commitments to provide credit to customers of AMP Bank.

22. Risk management and fi nancial instruments disclosures continued

(d) Credit risk

Credit risk includes both settlement credit exposures and traded credit exposures. Credit default risk is the risk of an adverse impact on results and asset values relative to expectations due to a counterparty failing to meet their contractual commitments in full and on time (obligator’s non-payment of a debt). Traded credit risk is the risk of an adverse impact on results and asset values relative to expectations due to changes in the value of a traded fi nancial instrument as a result of changes in credit risk on that instrument.

The AMP concentration risk policy sets out the assessment and determination of what constitutes credit risk. The policy has set exposure limits for each counterparty and credit rating. Compliance with this policy is monitored and exposures and breaches are reported to senior management and the Audit Committee through monthly and quarterly FRM reports.

Credit risk management is decentralised in business units within the AMP group. However, credit risk directly and indirectly (ie in the participating business) impacting shareholder capital is measured and managed by Group Treasury on a group basis, by aggregating risk from credit exposures taken in business units, as detailed below.

AMP Life and NMLA – Credit risk on the invested fi xed income portfolios in the AMP Life and NMLA statutory funds is managed by the AMP Capital Risk and Compliance Committee (AMP Capital R&C) and reported to the fund managers, within specifi ed credit criteria in the mandate approved by the AMP Life and NMLA Boards. The shareholder portion of credit risk in AMP Life and NMLA is reported to Group ALCO by Group Treasury.
AMP Capital – Credit risk, including portfolio construction, in the fi xed income portfolios managed by AMP Capital is the responsibility of the individual investment teams. There is also a dedicated credit research team and a specifi c credit investment committee. The investment risk and performance team provides reports to the AMP Capital Investment Committee. This credit risk in the cash and fi xed income portfolios relating directly to shareholders’ funds is included in the aggregation by Group Treasury and reported to Group ALCO and the AMP Limited Audit Committee.
AMP Bank – Credit risk arising in AMP Bank as part of lending activities and management of liquidity is managed as prescribed by AMP Bank’s Risk Management Systems Description (RMSD) and reported to AMP Bank ALCO monthly. Wholesale credit exposures in AMP Bank’s liquidity portfolio are included in the aggregation by Group Treasury and reported to Group ALCO.

(i) Management of credit risk concentration

Concentration of credit risk arises when a number of fi nancial instruments or contracts are entered into with the same counterparty or where a number of counterparties are engaged in similar business activities that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions. Concentration of credit risk is managed through both aggregate credit rating limits and individual counterparty limits, which are determined predominantly on the basis of the counterparty’s credit rating.

At reporting date, there is no specifi c concentration of credit risk with a single counterparty arising from the use of fi nancial instruments, other than the normal clearing-house exposures associated with dealings through recognised exchanges.

The counterparties to non-exchange traded contracts, at the time of entering those contracts, are limited to companies with investment grade credit (BBB- or greater). The credit risks associated with these counterparties are assessed under the same management policies as applied to direct investments in AMP group’s portfolio.

Compliance is monitored and exposures and breaches are reported to senior management and the AMP AC through the monthly and quarterly FRM Report.

(ii) Exposure to credit risk

The exposures on interest bearing securities and cash equivalents which impact the AMP group’s capital position are managed by AMP Treasury within limits set by the AMP Concentration Risk Policy. The following table provides information regarding the credit risk exposures for items monitored by AMP Treasury according to the credit rating of the counterparties.

	2013 2012 $m $m AAA 5,266 3,609 AA- to AA+ 9,836 12,078 A- to A+ 3,847 3,098 BBB- to BBB+1 2,464 1,298 BB+ and below 375 83 ~~Total f nancial assets with credit risk exposure monitored by AMP Treasury~~ ~~21,788~~ ~~20,166~~

1 The increase in the BBB- to BBB+ exposure was principally due to changes in the fi xed income portfolios in AMP Life statutory fund No. 1.

AMP 2013 annual report 91

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

22. Risk management and fi nancial instruments disclosures continued

(iii) Credit risk of the loan portfolio in AMP Bank

The Bank is predominantly a lender for residential properties – both owner occupied and for investment. In every case the Bank completes a credit assessment, which includes cost of living allowance and requires valuation of the proposed security property. About 30 per cent of the Bank’s residential loan portfolio is securitised and all loans in securitisation vehicles are mortgage insured thereby further mitigating the risk. The Bank’s Credit Committee and board oversee trends in lending exposures and compliance with concentration limits as a further basis of limiting lending risk. The Bank secures its loan with mortgages over relevant properties and as a result manages credit risk on its loan with conservative lending policies and particular focus on the loan to value ratio (LVR). The LVR is calculated by dividing the total loan amount outstanding by the lower of the Bank’s approved valuation amount or the purchase price. Loans with LVR greater than 80 per cent are fully mortgage insured. The potential credit exposure to the loan mortgage insurers has been assessed to be minimal due to the stable historical relationship with the Bank and minimal level of historic claims rejections and reductions. The minimum level credit rating for the loans and lender mortgage insurers is AA- under Standard & Poor’s rating and A3 under Moody’s rating. The average LVR of the Bank’s loan portfolio for existing and new business is set out in the following table:

business is set out in the following table:
	Existing	New	Existing	New
	business	business	business	business
LVR	2013	2013	2012	2012
0–50	17%	9%	17%	11%
51–60	10%	7%	11%	8%
61–70	15%	12%	15%	12%
71–80	41%	52%	40%	50%
81–90	14%	15%	14%	17%
91–95	2%	4%	2%	1%
> 95	1%	1%	1%	1%

(iv) Past due but not impaired fi nancial assets

The following table provides an ageing analysis of fi nancial assets that are past due as at reporting date but not impaired. No disclosures are required for the parent entity as the parent entity does not have any fi nancial assets that are past due but not impaired at reporting date.

Past due but not impaired
Less than
31 to
61 to
More than
31 days
60 days
90 days
91 days
Total
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
2013
Receivables
– Trade debtors
8
1
3
1
13
– Other receivables
17
–
–
–
17
Debt securities
– Loans and advances
331
55
17
44
447
~~Total1~~
~~356~~
~~56~~
~~20~~
~~45~~
~~477~~
2012
Receivables
– Trade debtors
12
3
–
15
30
– Other receivables
11
2
–
2
15
Debt securities
– Loans and advances
332
55
16
52
455
~~Total1~~
~~355~~
~~60~~
~~16~~
~~69~~
~~500~~

1 For investment-linked business in AMP Life and NMLA, the liability to policyholders is linked to the performance and value of the assets that back those liabilities. The shareholder has no direct exposure to any credit risk in those assets. Therefore, the tables in this section do not show the past due fi nancial assets backing investment-linked business in AMP Life.

22. Risk management and fi nancial instruments disclosures continued

(v) Adjustment for own credit risk in the determination of the fair value of life investment contract policy liabilities

The fair value of non-investment linked investment contract liabilities includes the following allowance for the credit risk that an external party would ascribe to an amount due from AMP Life and NMLA:

	2013	2012
	$m	$m
Cumulative adjustment	11	20
Change during the period	(9)	(7)

The adjustment has been determined as the difference between the fair value recognised and an amount calculated on the same basis using a risk-free interest rate in place of the fair value discount rate.

(vi) Impaired fi nancial assets and impairment assessment

Individual provisions and collective provisions are recognised in respect of impaired loans in AMP Bank. The amounts in the provision are not material to the AMP group.

The AMP Bank Credit Committee reviews the portfolio for provisioning at least quarterly. The review considers:

current provisioning amount
portfolio growth and performance – for both on and off balance sheet exposures
current arrears position and specifi c loan provisions
current and forecast state of economy, interest rate movements etc.

It also makes recommendations to the AMP Bank Board and Audit Committee.

Collective impairment loan loss provision

The collective impairment loan loss provision methodology is a statistically based model that removes subjectivity from the provisioning process and makes the provision refl ective of historical loss performance.

The model utilises historical losses incurred by AMP Bank and researches external data sources to develop a series of probability of default and loss, given default factors that can be applied to loans and advances in arrears. The model also includes the ability to apply a management overlay if it is deemed that the economic environment is not representative of historical loss performance.

The model is reviewed quarterly and specifi c factors are formally validated every six months and reported to the AMP Bank Audit Committee.

Specifi c provision

The specifi c provision is created when there is clear evidence that AMP Bank will suffer a loss with little chance of recovery and the amount of the loss is measurable. This provision is reviewed quarterly and recommendations are made to the AMP Bank Audit Committee.

(vii) Collateral

AMP Life enters into debt security repurchase agreements and part of the agreement includes the receipt of collateral which is required to be returned to the counterparty on settlement.

AMP Bank uses residential property as collateral against its loans to customers. AMP Bank may take control of the collateral in the event the customer defaults.

(e) Derivative fi nancial instruments

Derivative fi nancial instruments are measured at fair value in the Statement of fi nancial position as assets and liabilities. Asset and liability values on individual transactions are only netted if the transactions are with the same counterparty and the cash fl ows will be settled on a net basis. Changes in values of derivative fi nancial instruments are recognised in the Income statement unless they qualify as effective cash fl ow hedges or net investment hedges for accounting purposes, as set out in note 1(q).

(i) Derivative transactions undertaken by AMP life insurance entities as part of life insurance operations

The AMP group uses derivative fi nancial instruments including fi nancial futures, forward foreign exchange contracts, exchange traded and other options and forward rate agreements to hedge the impact of market movements on the value of assets in the investment portfolios, and to effect a change in the asset mix of investment portfolios.

In respect of the risks associated with the use of derivative fi nancial instruments, price risk is controlled by exposure limits, which are subject to monitoring and review. Foreign exchange hedges are monitored on a regular basis to ensure they are effective in the reduction of price risk.

AMP 2013 annual report 93

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

22. Risk management and fi nancial instruments disclosures continued

(ii) Derivative transactions undertaken in relation to the North product capital guarantee

AMP group supports the North product (North) which enables clients to invest their superannuation, pension and ordinary savings in a range of managed funds, with part or all of the total value of the investments guaranteed. The North guarantees are either term-based capital guarantees or provide a guaranteed level of income throughout the life of a client’s retirement. At 31 December 2013 $1,748m (2012:$1,510m) of funds under management were invested subject to the North guarantees. A fair value of $35m (2012: $85m) was recorded for the North guarantee liability at 31 December 2013.

Hedging techniques are used to protect the AMP group against changes in the expected guarantee claim payments from market movements. AMP group also has the ability to review the periodic charge for new and existing clients. To the extent that the fair value of the guarantee is based on assumptions that may not be borne out in practice and that the hedge instruments used are not a perfect match for the expected guarantee payments, there is a residual risk that deviations from these assumptions may result in a profi t or loss to shareholders.

Hedging of the North capital guarantee is performed based on the economic value of the guarantee. The economic value is consistent with the accounting fair value except that the calculation of accounting fair value applies a minimum liability, on a contract by contract basis, of the amount that would be payable on demand at reporting date, whereas the economic value does not include this minimum. The difference in the movement of accounting fair value and the movement in the economic value of the guarantee also results in a profi t or loss to the shareholder.

(iii) Other derivative transactions undertaken by non-life insurance controlled entities

AMP Treasury, AMP Capital and AMP Bank use derivative fi nancial instruments to hedge fi nancial risk from movements in interest rates and foreign exchange rates. Swaps, forwards, futures and options in the interest rate and foreign exchange markets may be used. A description of each of these derivatives is given below.

Swaps – a swap transaction obliges the two parties to the contract to exchange a series of cash fl ows at specifi ed payment or settlement dates. Swap transactions undertaken by the AMP group include interest rate swaps, which involve the contractual exchange of fi xed and fl oating interest rate payments in a single currency based on a notional amount and a reference rate (for example BBSW), and cross-currency swaps which involve the exchange of interest payments based on two different currency principal balances and reference interest rates, and generally also entail exchange of principal amounts at the start and/or end of the contract.
Forward and futures contracts – these are agreements between two parties establishing a contractual interest rate on a notional principal over a specifi ed period, commencing at a future date. Forward contracts are tailor-made agreements that are transacted between counter parties in the over-the-counter market (OTC), whereas futures are standardised contracts transacted on regulated exchanges.
Options – an option contract gives the option buyer the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell a specifi ed amount of a given commodity or fi nancial instrument at a specifi ed price during a certain period or on a specifi c date. The seller of the option contract is obliged to perform if the holder exercises the right contained therein. Options may be traded OTC or on a regulated exchange.

(iv) Risk relating to derivative fi nancial instruments

The market risk of derivatives is managed and controlled as an integral part of the fi nancial risk of the AMP group. The credit risk of derivatives is also managed in the context of the AMP group’s overall credit risk policies.

(f) Accounting for hedges

The accounting treatment of hedge transactions varies according to the nature of the instrument hedged and whether the hedge qualifi es for hedge accounting.

Derivative transactions may qualify as fair value hedges, cash fl ow hedges or hedges of net investments in foreign operations. The AMP group’s accounting policies for derivatives designated and accounted for as hedging instruments are explained in note 1(q), where terms used in the following section are also explained.

The AMP group also enters into derivative transactions that provide economic hedges but do not meet the requirements for hedge accounting treatment.

(i) Derivative instruments accounted for as fair value hedges

Fair value hedges are used to protect against changes in the fair value of fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities due to movements in exchange rates and interest rates.

During 2013, the AMP group recognised a net loss of $5m (2012: $7m loss) on hedging instruments designated as fair value hedges. The net gain on hedged items attributable to the hedged risks amounted to $5m (2012: $6m gain).

22. Risk management and fi nancial instruments disclosures continued

(ii) Derivative instruments accounted for as cash fl ow hedges

The AMP group is exposed to variability in future cash fl ows on non-trading assets and liabilities which can bear interest at fi xed and variable rates. The AMP group uses interest rate swaps and cash fl ow hedges to manage these risks.

The following schedule shows, as at reporting date, the periods when the hedged cash fl ows are expected to occur and when they are expected to affect profi t and loss:

0–1 year
1–2 years
2–3 years
3–4 years
4–5 years
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
2013
Cash inf ows
154
87
42
9
6
Cash outf ows
(178)
(87)
(38)
(11)
(8)
~~Net cash inf ow/(outf ow)~~
~~(24)~~
~~–~~
~~4~~
~~(2)~~
~~(2)~~
2012
Cash inf ows
139
77
44
9
4
Cash outf ows
(173)
(95)
(48)
(10)
(5)
~~Net cash inf ow/(outf ow)~~
~~(34)~~
~~(18)~~
~~(4)~~
~~(1)~~
~~(1)~~

Nil (2012: nil) was recognised in the Income statement due to hedge ineffectiveness from cash fl ow hedges.

(iii) Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

AMP group hedges its exposure to changes in exchange rates on the value of its foreign currency denominated seed pool investments. Gains or losses on effective seed pool hedges are transferred to equity to offset any gains or losses on translation of the net investment in foreign operations.

AMP group recognised a profi t of nil (2012: nil) due to the ineffective portion of hedges relating to investments in seed pool foreign operations.

(g) Master netting or similar agreements

(i) Derivative fi nancial assets and liabilities

Certain derivative assets and liabilities are subject to legally enforceable master netting arrangements, such as an International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master netting agreement. In certain circumstances, for example, when a credit event such as a default occurs, all outstanding transactions under an ISDA agreement are terminated, the termination value is assessed and only a single net amount is payable in settlement of all transactions.

An ISDA agreement does not meet the criteria for offsetting in the Statement of fi nancial position as the AMP group does not have any currently legally enforceable right to offset recognised amounts, as the right to offset is enforceable only on the occurrence of future events such as a default.

As at 31 December 2013, if these netting arrangements were applied to the derivative portfolio, the derivative assets of $1,648m would be reduced by $171m to the net amount of $1,477m and derivative liabilities of $1,041m would be reduced by $171m to the net amount of $870m (31 December 2012: derivative assets of $2,144m reduced by $105m to the net amount of $2,039m and derivative liabilities of $1,283m reduced by $105m to the net amount of $1,178m).

(ii) Repurchase agreements

Included within debt securities are assets held to back the liability for collateral deposits held in respect of debt security repurchase arrangements entered into by the life entities’ statutory funds and controlled entities of the life entities’ statutory funds. Collateral deposits held includes the obligation to repay collateral held in respect of debt security repurchase arrangements entered into. As at 31 December 2013, if repurchase arrangements were netted, debt securities of $32,628m would be reduced by $1,351m to the net amount of $31,277m and collateral deposits held of $1,428m would be reduced by $1,351m to the net amount of $77m (31 December 2012: debt securities of $31,012m reduced by $1,054m to the net amount of $29,958m and collateral deposits held of $1,054m reduced by $1,054m to the net amount of nil).

(h) Other collateral

The AMP group has collateral arrangements in place with some counterparties in addition to collateral deposits held with respect to repurchase agreements. Collateral generally consists of 11am loans and deposits and is exchanged between the counterparties to reduce the exposure from the net fair value of derivative assets and liabilities between the counterparties. As at 31 December 2013 there was $175m of collateral deposits due to other fi nancial institutions (2012: $405m) and $231m of collateral loans due from other fi nancial institutions relating to derivative assets and liabilities (2012: $147m).

AMP 2013 annual report 95

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

23. Fair value information

(a) Fair values

The following table summarises the carrying amounts and fair values of those fi nancial assets and liabilities not presented on the Statement of fi nancial position at fair value. Bid prices are used to estimate the fair value of assets, whereas offer prices are applied for liabilities.

Carrying
Aggregate
Carrying
Aggregate
amount
fair value
amount
fair value
Restated
Restated
2013
2013
2012
2012
$m
$m
$m
$m
Financial assets
Debt securities – held to maturity
2,800
2,805
1,839
1,866
Loans and advances
13,418
13,436
12,462
12,236
~~Total f nancial assets~~
~~16,218~~
~~16,241~~
~~14,301~~
~~14,102~~
Financial liabilities
Deposits
5,442
5,442
4,687
4,687
AMP Bank and securitisation vehicles
7,028
7,450
5,099
5,303
Corporate and other shareholder activities
711
714
706
734
Investment entities controlled by AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds
1,641
1,641
1,870
1,870
Subordinated debt1
1,421
1,473
1,111
1,124
~~Total f nancial liabilities~~
~~16,243~~
~~16,720~~
~~13,473~~
~~13,718~~

1 The parent has fi nancial liabilities of $325m, the fair value of this subordinated debt as at 31 December 2013 was $329m.

Fair value represents the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

(i) Debt securities

The estimated fair value of loans and interest bearing securities represents the discounted amount of estimated future cash fl ows expected to be received, based on the maturity profi le of the loans and interest bearing securities. As the loans are unlisted, the discount rates applied are based on the yield curve appropriate to the remaining term of the loans.

The loans may be measured at an amount in excess of fair value due to fl uctuations on fi xed rate loans. As the fl uctuations in fair value do not represent a permanent diminution and the carrying amounts of the loans are recorded at recoverable amounts after assessing impairment, it is not appropriate to restate their carrying amount.

(ii) Borrowings

Borrowings comprise domestic commercial paper, drawn liquidity facilities and various fl oating-rate and medium-term notes. The fair values of borrowings are predominantly hedged by derivative instruments – mainly cross-currency and interest rate swaps. The estimated fair value of borrowings is determined with reference to quoted market prices. For borrowings where quoted market prices are not available, a discounted cash fl ow model is used, based on a current yield curve appropriate for the remaining term to maturity.

(iii) Subordinated debt

Subordinated debt comprises listed securities and their fair value is determined with reference to the actual quoted market prices at reporting date. The fair value of subordinated debt is predominantly hedged by derivative instruments – mainly cross-currency and interest rate swaps.

(b) Fair value measures

AMP group’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value are categorised under a three level hierarchy, refl ecting the availability of observable market inputs when estimating the fair value. If different levels of inputs are used to measure a fi nancial instrument’s fair value, the classifi cation within the hierarchy is based on the lowest level input that is signifi cant to the fair value measurement. The three levels are:

Level 1: Valued by reference to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. These quoted prices represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis.

Level 2: Valued using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices), including: quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets in which there are few transactions for identical or similar assets or liabilities, and other inputs that are not quoted prices but are observable for the asset or liability, for example interest rate yield curves observable at commonly quoted intervals, currency rates, option volatilities, credit risks, and default rates.

Level 3: Valued in whole or in part using valuation techniques or models that are based on unobservable inputs that are neither supported by prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument nor based on available market data. Unobservable inputs are determined based on the best information available, which might include the AMP group’s own data, refl ecting the AMP group’s own estimates about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques are used to the extent that observable inputs are not available, and include estimates about the timing of cash fl ows, discount rates, earnings multiples and other inputs.

23. Fair value information continued

The following table shows an analysis of AMP group’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value by each level of the fair value hierarchy.

Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
fair value
$m
$m
$m
$m
2013
Assets
Measured at fair value on a recurring basis
Equity securities and listed managed investment schemes1
45,251
–
2,480
47,731
Debt securities
–
32,124
556
32,680
Investments in unlisted managed investment schemes
–
15,744
612
16,356
Derivative f nancial assets
386
1,262
–
1,648
Investment properties2
–
–
6,889
6,889
Other f nancial assets
–
146
–
146
~~Total f nancial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis~~
~~45,637~~
~~49,276~~
~~10,537~~
~~105,450~~
Other assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis
Assets of disposal groups3
–
–
42
42
Total other assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis
–
–
42
42
~~Total assets measured at fair value~~
~~45,637~~
~~49,276~~
~~10,579~~
~~105,492~~
Liabilities
Measured at fair value on a recurring basis
Derivative f nancial liabilities
156
885
–
1,041
Collateral deposits held
1,428
–
–
1,428
Investment contract liabilities
–
2,901
63,148
66,049
~~Total f nancial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis~~
~~1,584~~
~~3,786~~
~~63,148~~
~~68,518~~
Other liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis
Liabilities of disposal groups2
–
–
8
8
Total other liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis
–
–
8
8
~~Total liabilities measured at fair value~~
~~1,584~~
~~3,786~~
~~63,156~~
~~68,526~~
2012 – restated4
Assets
Measured at fair value on a recurring basis
Equity securities and listed managed investment schemes
35,778
248
2,138
38,164
Debt securities
–
30,534
478
31,012
Investments in unlisted managed investment schemes
–
14,774
592
15,366
Derivative f nancial assets
180
1,964
–
2,144
Other f nancial assets
–
145
–
145
~~Total f nancial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis~~
~~35,958~~
~~47,665~~
~~3,208~~
~~86,831~~
Liabilities
Recurring
Derivative f nancial liabilities
62
1,221
–
1,283
Collateral deposits held
1,054
–
–
1,054
Investment contract liabilities
–
3,566
54,819
58,385
~~Total f nancial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis~~
~~1,116~~
~~4,787~~
~~54,819~~
~~60,722~~

2 Refer to note 11 Investment property for valuation techniques and key unobservable inputs.

3 Refer to note 30 Group controlled entity holdings for disposal groups.

4 AASB 13 introduced fair value information disclosure requirements for non-fi nancial assets and liabilities. Retrospective application was not required therefore comparatives have not been presented.

AMP 2013 annual report 97

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

23. Fair value information continued

The following table shows a reconciliation of the movement in the fair value of fi nancial instruments categorised within Level 3 between the beginning and the end of the reporting date:

								Total gains
								and losses on
								assets and
								liabilities
	Balance at					Net	Balance at	held at
	the beginning	FX gains	Total gains/	Purchases/	Sales/	transfers	the end of	reporting
	of the period	or losses2	losses2,4	deposits	withdrawals	in/(out)1,3	the period	date
	$m	$m	$m	$m	$m	$m	$m	$m
2013
Assets classif ed as level 35
Equity securities and listed
managed investment schemes	2,138	133	104	66	(117)	156	2,480	104
Debt securities	478	67	13	59	(31)	(30)	556	13
Investments in unlisted
managed investment schemes	592	–	34	55	(73)	4	612	34
Liabilities classif ed as level 3
Investment contract liabilities	54,819	41	8,935	9,388	(10,040)	5	63,148	8,394
2012 – restated
Assets classif ed as level 35
Equity securities and listed
managed investment schemes	1,982	28	(70)	225	(22)	(5)	2,138	(70)
Debt securities	460	10	47	122	(187)	26	478	47
Investments in unlisted
managed investment schemes	730	–	(47)	86	(23)	(154)	592	(47)
Liabilities classif ed as level 3
Investment contract liabilities	49,875	5	6,029	8,618	(9,614)	(94)	54,819	5,732

1 AMP group recognises transfers as at the end of the reporting period during which the transfer has occurred. Transfers are recognised when there are changes in the observability of the pricing of the relevant securities or where the AMP group cease to consolidate a controlled entity.

2 Gains and losses are classifi ed in investment gains and losses or change in policyholder liabilities in the Income statement.

3 Transfers in primarily relate to the reduced ownership on the controlled entities of Aged Care 1&2 which ceased to be controlled during the period. There have been no signifi cant transfers from Level 1 to Level 2 or vice versa.

4 As at 31 December 2013, net unrealised gains and losses relating to fi nancial assets was $116m.

5 Movements relating to Investment properties are disclosed in note 11.

23. Fair value information continued

The following table shows the sensitivity of the fair value of Level 3 instruments to changes in key assumptions:

	Effect of reasonably possible	Effect of reasonably possible	Effect of reasonably possible
	alternative assumptions3
	Carrying
	amount1,2	(+)	(–)
	$m	$m	$m	Valuation technique	Key unobservable inputs
2013
Assets
Equity securities and listed	2,480	200	(200)	Discounted cash f ow	Discount rate.
managed investment schemes				approach utilising cost of	Terminal value growth rate.
				equity as the discount rate.	Cash f ow forecasts.
Debt securities	556	–	–	Discounted cash f ow	Discount rate.
				approach.	Cash f ow forecasts.
Investments in unlisted	612	–	–	Published redemption prices.	Valuation of the unlisted
managed investment schemes					managed investment
					schemes.
					Suspension of redemptions
					of the managed investment
					schemes.
Assets of disposal groups	42	–	–	Discounted cash f ow	Discount rate.
				approach utilising cost	Cash f ow forecasts.
				of equity as the discount
				rate or where available, an
				indicative sale price received
				from a potential buyer.
Liabilities
Investment contract liabilities4	63,148	6	(6)	Valuation model based on	Fair value of f nancial
				published unit prices and the	instruments.
				fair value of backing assets.	Cash f ow forecasts.
				Fixed retirement-income	Credit risk.
				policies – discounted
				cash f ow.
Liabilities of disposal groups	8	–	–	Discounted cash f ow	Discount rate.
				approach and utilising a cost	Cash f ow forecasts.
				of equity as the discount
				rate or where available, an
				indicative sale price received
				from a potential buyer.
2012
Assets
Equity securities and listed	785	29	(29)
managed investment schemes
Debt securities	212	–	–
Investments in unlisted	662	–	–
managed investment schemes
Liabilities
Investment contract liabilities	54,819	6	(6)

1 The fair value of the asset or liability would increase/decrease if the discount rate decreases/increases. The fair value of the asset or liability would increase/decrease if the other inputs increase/decrease.

2 Each individual asset and industry profi le will determine the appropriate valuation inputs to be utilised in each specifi c valuation and can vary from asset to asset. The discount rate ranges for equity securities fall within (8%–14%) and earnings multiple ranges fall within (9.7x to 10.3x).
3 Reasonably possible alternative assumptions have been calculated by changing one or more of signifi cant unobservable inputs for individual assets to reasonably possible alternative assumptions. On fi nancial assets this included adjusting earnings multiples by 0.5x and discount Rate 25bps–100bps. On investment contract liabilities this included adjustments to credit risk by 50bps.
4 Backing fi nancial instruments include level 3 assets.

Financial asset valuation process

For fi nancial assets categorised within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, the valuation processes applied in valuing such assets is governed by the AMP Capital asset valuation policy. This policy outlines the asset valuation methodologies and processes applied to measure non-exchange traded assets which have no regular market price, including investment property, infrastructure, private equity, alternative assets, and illiquid debt securities. All signifi cant level 3 assets are referred to the appropriate valuation committee who meet at least every six months, or more frequently if required.

AMP 2013 annual report 99

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

24. Capital management

The AMP group holds capital to protect customers, creditors and shareholders against unexpected losses to a level that is consistent with AMP’s risk appetite, approved by the board.

The AMP group’s capital resources include ordinary equity and interest bearing liabilities. The AMP group excludes the interest bearing liabilities of its banking subsidiary, AMP Bank Limited, and controlled investment subsidiaries and trusts from the AMP group capital resources. Included within interest bearing liabilities are subordinated debt and other instruments that would qualify as regulatory capital under Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) standards, or have received transitional arrangements approved by APRA.

The AMP group makes adjustments to the statutory shareholder equity. Under Australian Accounting Standards, some assets held on behalf of the policyholders (and related tax balances) are recognised in the fi nancial report at different values to the values used in the calculation of the liability to policyholders in respect of the same assets. Therefore, movements in these policyholder assets result in accounting mismatches which impact AMP statutory equity attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited. Mismatch items include:

treasury shares (AMP Limited shares held by the statutory funds on behalf of policyholders)
AMP Life Limited statutory funds’ investments in controlled entities
other – AMP Life Limited statutory funds’ superannuation products invested in AMP Bank Limited assets.

Adjustments are also made relating to cash fl ow hedge reserves and an adjustment for AMP Foundation to exclude the net assets of the AMP Foundation from capital resources.

The table below shows the AMP group’s current capital resources at reporting date:

	Restated 2013 2012 $m $m AMP statutory equity attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited 8,090 7,508 Accounting mismatch, cash f ow hedge resources and other adjustments 64 236 AMP shareholder equity 8,154 7,744 Subordinated debt1 1,274 879 Senior debt1 700 700 ~~Total AMP capital resources~~ ~~10,128~~ ~~9,323~~

1 Amounts shown for subordinated debt and senior debt are the amounts to be repaid on maturity. Amounts recognised in the Statement of fi nancial position in respect of these debts are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

The AMP group assesses the adequacy of its capital requirements against regulatory capital requirements. The AMP group’s capital management plan forms part of the AMP group’s broader strategic planning process.

In addition to managing the level of capital resources, the AMP group also attempts to optimise the mix of capital resources to minimise the cost of capital and maximise shareholder value.

100

24. Capital management continued

A number of the operating entities within the AMP group of companies are regulated. The AMP group of companies includes an authorised deposit-taking institution, life insurance companies and approved superannuation trustees all regulated by APRA. A number of companies also hold Australian Financial Services Licences.

The minimum regulatory capital requirements (MRR) is the amount of capital required by each of AMP’s regulated businesses to meet their capital requirements as set by the appropriate regulator. The main requirements are as follows:

AMP Life Limited and The National Mutual Life Association of Australasia Limited (NMLA) – capital adequacy requirements as specifi ed under the APRA Life Insurance Prudential Standards.
AMP Bank Limited – capital requirements as specifi ed under APRA ADI Prudential Standards.
AMP Capital Investors Limited and other ASIC regulated businesses – capital requirements under Australian Financial Services Licence requirements and for risks relating to North.

APRA is developing prudential standards relating to capital adequacy for conglomerate groups. The revised prudential standards are expected to commence 1 January 2015.

All of the AMP group regulated entities have at all times during the current and prior fi nancial year complied with the externally imposed capital requirements to which they are subject.

AMP holds a level of capital above its MRR. At reporting date the shareholder regulatory capital resources above MRR were $2,080m (2012: $1,372m after allowing for the impact of LAGIC of $272m). The shareholder regulatory capital resources above MRR will vary throughout the year due to investment market movements, dividend payments and the retention of profi ts.

Policyholder retained profi ts continue to be resources supporting the participating business. The total policyholder retained profi ts of AMP Life and NMLA were $2,049m at 31 December 2013 (2012: $1,773m).

AMP’s businesses and the AMP group maintain capital targets (target surplus), refl ecting their material risks (including fi nancial risk, insurance and product risk and operational risk) and AMP’s risk appetite. The target surplus is a management guide to the level of excess capital that AMP seeks to carry to reduce the risk of breaching MRR.

AMP Limited, AMP Life, NMLA and AMP Bank have Board minimum capital levels above APRA requirements, with additional capital targets held above these amounts. Within the life insurance businesses, the capital targets above Board minimums have been set to a less than 10 per cent probability of capital resources falling below the Board minimum over a 12 month period. Capital targets are also set for AMP Capital to cover risk associated with seed and sponsor capital investments and operational risk. Other components of AMP group’s capital targets include amounts relating to Group Offi ce investments, defi ned benefi t funds and other operational risks.

Following the fi nalisation of the conglomerate capital adequacy standards by APRA, AMP will review the appropriateness of its capital targets for the AMP group.

In addition, the participating business of the life insurance companies is managed to target a very high level of confi dence that the business is self-supporting and that there are suffi cient assets to support policyholder liabilities.

APRA has confi rmed transition arrangements with AMP relating to the subordinated debt (excluding AMP Notes 2 to the extent that it is not used to fund the refi nancing of AMP Notes), held at a group level continuing to be 100 per cent recognised as eligible capital under the revised conglomerate capital standards until the earlier of each relevant instrument’s fi rst call date or March 2016.

AMP 2013 annual report 101

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

Consolidated
Parent
Restated
2013
2012
2013
2012
$m
$m
$m
$m
(a) Reconciliation of the net prof t after income tax
to cash f ows from operating activities
Net prof t after income tax
716
699
1,687
301
Depreciation of operating assets
44
61
–
–
Amortisation and impairment of intangibles
228
274
–
–
Investment gains and losses and movements in external unitholder liabilities
(6,363)
(6,407)
–
–
Dividend and distribution income reinvested
(2,031)
(1,702)
–
–
Share-based payments
30
26
3
5
Decrease (increase) in receivables, intangibles and other assets
688
155
56
(56)
(Decrease) increase in net policy liabilities
7,543
6,101
–
–
(Decrease) increase in income tax balances
593
596
–
115
(Decrease) increase in other payables and provisions
(590)
1,182
(33)
(63)
~~Cash f ows from (used in) operating activities~~
~~858~~
~~985~~
~~1,713~~
~~302~~
(b) Reconciliation of cash
Comprises:
Cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the Statement of f nancial position1
2,938
4,388
6
1
Bank overdrafts (included in Borrowings)
(3)
(7)
–
–
Short-term bills and notes (included in Debt securities)
4,222
4,971
–
–
~~Cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the Statement of cash f ows~~
~~7,157~~
~~9,352~~
~~6~~
~~1~~
(c) Financing arrangements
(i) Overdraft facilities
Bank overdraft facility available
716
377
–
–
(ii) Loan facilities
In addition to facilities arranged through bond and note issues
(refer notes 16 and 17), f nancing facilities are provided through
bank loans under normal commercial terms and conditions.
Available
2,514
2,490
–
–
Used
(1,430)
(1,256)
–
–
~~Unused~~
~~1,084~~
~~1,234~~
~~–~~
~~–~~
(iii) Bond and note funding programs
Available
16,846
13,385
–
–
Used
(8,306)
(6,651)
–
–
~~Unused~~
~~8,540~~
~~6,734~~
~~–~~
~~–~~

1 The decrease in Cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the Statement of fi nancial position is predominantly due to the investment of $1,685m of liquid resources of controlled funds into a cash fund which does not meet the defi nition of Cash and cash equivalents.

(d) Acquisitions and disposal of controlled entities

Operating entities

During the year ended 31 December 2013, AMP acquired the following entities:

on 1 November 2013, AMP acquired 100 per cent of Supercorp Administration Pty Ltd and its controlled entities;

During the year ended 31 December 2012, AMP acquired the following entities:

on 3 July 2012, AMP acquired 100 per cent of the self-managed superannuation fund administration and investment administration business of Cavendish Pty Limited and its controlled entities for $20m, consisting of $18m cash and a $2m deferred payment;
in June 2012, AMP increased its ownership interest in Exford Pty Limited and in AMP Capital Brookfi eld Limited (previously associates) from 50 per cent to 100 per cent, for cash consideration of $4m in each case. The principal activities of these entities are fi nancial planning and asset management, respectively.

There were no other signifi cant acquisitions or disposals of operating entities in 2012 or 2013.

102

continued

The impact of acquisitions of operating entities is as follows:

Impact in
Impact in
2013
2012
Operating entities
$m
$m
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
(4)
(14)
Receivables
–
3
Investments in f nancial assets measured at fair value through prof t or loss
–
–
Investments in f nancial assets measured at amortised cost
–
–
Investments in associates accounted for using the equity method
–
(14)
Investment property
–
–
Intangible assets
4
36
~~Total assets~~
~~–~~
~~11~~
Liabilities
Payables and provisions
–
11
Borrowings
–
–
Deferred tax liabilities
–
–
External unitholders liabilities
–
–
Minority interest
–
–
~~Total liabilities~~
~~–~~
~~11~~

Controlled entities of AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds

In the course of normal operating investment activities, the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds acquire equity interests in entities which, in some cases, result in AMP holding a controlling interest in the investee entity.

Most acquisitions and disposals of controlled entities are in relation to managed investment schemes with underlying net assets typically comprising investment assets including cash. The consideration for acquisitions or disposals refl ects the fair value of the investment assets at the date of the transactions after taking into account minority interests.

Certain controlled entities of the life entities’ statutory funds are operating companies which carry out business operations unrelated to the core wealth management operations of the AMP group.

Acquisitions of controlled entities of AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds

From 1 July 2013, AMP Life consolidated Student Housing Accommodation Growth Trust 1 and 2 and their controlled entities.

Impact in
Impact in
2013
2012
Acquisitions
$m
$m
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
8
–
Receivables
–
–
Investments in f nancial assets measured at fair value through prof t or loss
(42)
–
Investments in f nancial assets measured at amortised cost
–
–
Investments in associates accounted for using the equity method
–
–
Investment property
71
–
Intangible assets
15
–
~~Total assets~~
~~52~~
~~–~~
Liabilities
Payables and provisions
5
–
Borrowings
7
–
Deferred tax liabilities
12
–
External unitholders liabilities
23
–
Minority interest
5
–
~~Total liabilities~~
~~52~~
~~–~~

AMP 2013 annual report 103

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

continued

Disposals of controlled entities of AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds

On 16 August 2013, AMP reduced its ownership interest in the controlled entities of Aged Care Investment Trust 1&2. On that same date AMP increased its ownership interest in Aged Care Investment Trust 1&2.
During 2012 AMP ceased to have control over the AMP Capital Pacifi c Fair and Macquarie Shopping Centre Fund as a result of a reduction in its ownership interest.

The impacts of these transactions were as follows:

Impact in
Impact in
2013
2012
Disposals
$m
$m
Assets
Cash
(28)
(7)
Receivables
(48)
–
Investment property
–
(793)
Investments in f nancial assets measured at fair value through prof t or loss
149
438
Deferred tax assets
(26)
–
Property, plant and equipment
(560)
–
Intangibles
(322)
–
Other assets
–
(12)
~~Total assets~~
~~(835)~~
~~(374)~~
Liabilities
Payables and provisions
(430)
(9)
Borrowings
(301)
(208)
Deferred tax liabilities
(31)
–
Other f nancial liabilities
–
(19)
External unitholder liabilities
(73)
(138)
~~Total liabilities~~
~~(835)~~
~~(374)~~

26. Earnings per share

(a) Classifi cation of equity securities

Ordinary shares have been included in the calculation of basic earnings per share.

In accordance with AASB 133 Earnings per Share , options over unissued ordinary shares and performance rights have been classifi ed as potential ordinary shares and have been considered in the calculation of diluted earnings per share. Performance rights have been determined to be dilutive in 2013 and 2012. Although performance rights have been determined to be dilutive in accordance with AASB 133 Earnings per Share , if these instruments vest and are exercised, it is AMP’s policy to buy AMP shares ‘on market’ so there will be no dilutive effect on the value of AMP shares.

Of the AMP Limited ordinary shares on issue 29,177,280 (2012: 57,599,493) are held by controlled entities of AMP Limited. AMP’s life insurance entities hold 27,050,893 (2012: 53,720,838) shares on behalf of policyholders. The Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) has granted relief from restrictions in the Corporations Act 2001 to allow AMP’s life insurance entities to hold and trade shares in AMP Limited as part of the policyholder funds’ investment activities. The cost of the investment in these ‘treasury shares’ is refl ected as a deduction from total contributed equity.

	Consolidated	Consolidated
		Restated
	2013	2012
	million	million
	shares	shares
(b) Weighted average number of ordinary shares used
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculation of basic earnings per share	2,900	2,843
Add: potential ordinary shares considered dilutive	29	22
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculation of diluted earnings per share	2,929	2,865
	$m	$m
(c) Level of earnings used – restated
Basic	672	689
Diluted	672	689
	cents	cents
(d) Earnings per share
Basic	23.2	24.2
Diluted	22.9	24.0

104

27. Superannuation funds

AMP contributes to funded employer-sponsored superannuation funds that exist to provide benefi ts for employees and their dependants on resignation, retirement, disability or death of the employee. The funds consist of both defi ned contribution sections

The defi ned contribution sections receive fi xed contributions from AMP group companies and the group’s legal obligation is limited to these contributions. The defi ned benefi t sections provide members with a choice of lump sum benefi ts or pension benefi ts based on years of membership and fi nal salary. New employees are only offered defi ned contribution style benefi ts. The disclosures in this note relate only to the defi ned benefi t sections of the plans.

The following tables summarise the components of the net amount recognised in the Income statement, Statement of comprehensive income, the movements in the defi ned benefi t obligation and plan assets and the net amounts recognised in the consolidated Statement of fi nancial position for the defi ned benefi t funds, determined in accordance with AASB 119 Employee Benefi ts . However, for the purposes of recommending contributions to the defi ned benefi t funds, fund actuaries consider a range of other factors which do not refl ect the fi nancial position presented in the fi nancial statements.

(a) Summary information of defi ned benefi t funds

Australian defi ned benefi t plans

Active members of AMP’s Australian defi ned benefi t plans are entitled to a lump sum or pension on retirement. Pensions provided are lifetime indexed pensions with a reversionary spouse pension. The plans are now closed to new members.

The Superannuation Industry Supervision (SIS) legislation governs the superannuation industry and provides the framework within which superannuation plans operate. The SIS legislation generally requires an actuarial valuation to be performed every year for defi ned benefi t plans.

The plans are sub-funds within the AMP Superannuation Savings Trust (the Trust). The Trust’s trustees are responsible for the governance of the plans. The trustees have a legal obligation to act solely in the best interests of plan benefi ciaries. The trustees’ responsibilities include administration of the plan, management and investment of the plan assets, and compliance with superannuation laws and other applicable regulations.

The plans are exposed to a number of risks. Other than the risks of actual outcomes being different to the actuarial assumptions used to estimate the defi ned benefi t obligation as set out in note 27(g), the most signifi cant risks include investment risk and legislative risk. These risks apply to all superannuation plans and are not specifi c to AMP.

During 2013, approximately 15 per cent (AMP Australia) and 50 per cent (AMP AAPH Australia) of the assets backing current pension liabilities were invested in a fi xed-income investment option with a benchmark duration based on the estimated duration of the pension liability.

As at the most recent actuarial update, 31 December 2013, the fund actuary recommended contributions to be made at the normal superannuation rates applicable to the various members and did not identify any defi cit for funding purposes, and therefore no additional contributions are required.

New Zealand defi ned benefi t plans

Active members of AMP’s New Zealand defi ned benefi t plans are entitled to accumulation benefi ts and a lump sum payment on retirement. The plans are now closed to new members.

The Superannuation Scheme Act (1989) governs the superannuation industry and provides the framework within which the superannuation schemes operate. The Act requires an actuarial valuation to be performed every three years.

The plans’ trustees are responsible for the governance of the plan. This includes administration of the plan, management and investment of the plan assets, and looking after the interests of all benefi ciaries.

There are no specifi c asset liability matching strategies for the New Zealand defi ned benefi t plans.

AMP has adopted the funds’ actuaries’ recommendations for AMP to make additional contributions of $1m per annum (AMP New Zealand defi ned benefi t plan) and $4m per annum (AMP AAPH New Zealand defi ned benefi t plan) until the fi nancial positions of the plans are suffi ciently improved.

AMP 2013 annual report 105

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

27. Superannuation funds continued

Consolidated
Restated
2013
2012
$m
$m
(b) Def ned benef t plan income (expense)
Current service cost
(8)
(7)
Interest cost
(24)
(30)
Interest income
18
25
Foreign currency gains and losses
(13)
(3)
~~Total def ned benef t plan income (expense)~~
~~(27)~~
~~(15)~~
(c) Movements in def ned benef t obligation
Balance at the beginning of the year
(964)
(988)
Current service cost
(8)
(7)
Interest cost
(24)
(30)
Contributions by plan participants
(1)
(1)
Actuarial gains and losses1
– change in demographic assumptions
(17)
27
– change in f nancial assumptions
137
(1)
– experience gain (loss)
37
(12)
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
(28)
(7)
Benef ts paid
66
51
Other expenses
1
4
~~Balance at the end of the year~~
~~(801)~~
~~(964)~~
(d) Movement in fair value of plan assets
Balance at the beginning of the year
678
618
Interest income
18
25
Actuarial gains and losses – actual return on plan assets less interest income
61
59
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
15
4
Employer contributions
22
26
Contributions by plan participants
1
1
Benef ts paid
(66)
(51)
Other expenses
(1)
(4)
~~Balance at the end of the year~~
~~728~~
~~678~~
(e) Def ned benef t (liability) asset
Present value of wholly funded def ned benef t obligations
(801)
(964)
Less: Fair value of plan assets
728
678
~~Def ned benef t (liability) asset recognised on the Statement of f nancial position2~~
~~(73)~~
~~(286)~~
Movement in def ned benef t (liability) asset
(Def cit) surplus at the beginning of the year
(286)
(370)
Plus: Total income (expenses) recognised in income
(27)
(15)
Plus: Employer contributions
22
26
Plus: Actuarial gains (losses) recognised in Other comprehensive income3
218
73
~~Def ned benef t (liability) asset recognised at the end of the year~~
~~(73)~~
~~(286)~~

1 As explained in note 1(dd), actuarial gains and losses are recognised directly in Other comprehensive income.

2 The defi ned benefi t liability is measured in accordance with the requirements of AASB 119 Employee Benefi ts and does not represent a current obligation to provide additional funding to the plans. Refer to note 27(a) for details of the funding of the AMP defi ned benefi t funds.

3 The cumulative amount of the net actuarial gains and losses recognised in the Statement of comprehensive income is a $129m gain (2012 restated: $89m loss).

106

27. Superannuation funds continued

Consolidated
Restated
2013
2012
$m
$m
(f) Analysis of def ned benef t (def cit) surplus by plan
AMP Australian def ned benef t (liability) asset
Present value of wholly funded def ned benef t obligations
(311)
(333)
Less: Fair value of plan assets
264
244
~~Net def ned benef t (liability) asset recognised in the Statement of f nancial position~~
~~(47)~~
~~(89)~~
Actuarial gains and (losses)
44
47
AMP AAPH Australian def ned benef t (liability) asset
Present value of wholly funded def ned benef t obligations
(355)
(451)
Less: Fair value of plan assets
362
348
~~Net def ned benef t (liability) asset recognised in the Statement of f nancial position~~
~~7~~
~~(103)~~
Actuarial gains and (losses)
101
36
AMP New Zealand def ned benef t (liability) asset
Present value of wholly funded def ned benef t obligations
(26)
(32)
Less: Fair value of plan assets
23
19
~~Net def ned benef t (liability) asset recognised in the Statement of f nancial position~~
~~(3)~~
~~(13)~~
Actuarial gains and (losses)
10
–
AMP AAPH New Zealand def ned benef t (liability) asset
Present value of wholly funded def ned benef t obligations
(109)
(148)
Less: Fair value of plan assets
79
67
~~Net def ned benef t (liability) asset recognised in the Statement of f nancial position~~
~~(30)~~
~~(81)~~
Actuarial gains and (losses)
63
(10)

(g) Principal actuarial assumptions

The following table sets out the principal actuarial assumptions used as at the reporting date in measuring the defi ned benefi t obligations of the Australian and New Zealand defi ned benefi t funds:

						AMP	AAPH
		Australia	New	Zealand		Australia	New	Zealand
	2013	2012	2013	2012	2013	2012	2013	2012
Weighted average discount rate	5.1%	4.3%	4.8%	2.6%	5.4%	4.5%	5.4%	4.5%
Expected rate of pension increases	2.5%	2.5%	1.9%	1.9%	2.5%	2.5%	2.5%	2.5%
Expected rate of salary increases	4.0%	4.0%	4.0%	4.0%	4% plus	4% plus	4.0%	4.0%
					age scale	age scale
Cash crediting rate	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	3.5%	2.5%	n/a	n/a

(h) Allocation of assets

The asset allocations of the defi ned benefi t funds are shown in the following table:

						AMP	AAPH
		Australia1	New	Zealand1		Australia1	New	Zealand1
	2013	2012	2013	2012	2013	2012	2013	2012
Equity	45%	37%	47%	55%	34%	37%	40%	44%
Property	5%	5%	10%	8%	1%	5%	7%	6%
Fixed interest	18%	39%	25%	26%	33%	39%	33%	33%
Cash	9%	12%	14%	11%	7%	12%	20%	17%
Other	23%	7%	4%	0%	25%	7%	0%	0%

1 The investment assets of the plans may at times include either direct or indirect investments in AMP Limited shares. These investments are part of normal investment mandates within the plans and are not signifi cant in relation to total plan assets. The plans do not hold any other assets which are occupied or used by AMP group.

AMP 2013 annual report 107

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

27. Superannuation funds continued

(i) Sensitivity analysis

The defi ned benefi t obligation has been recalculated for each scenario by changing only the specifi ed assumption as outlined below, whilst retaining all other assumptions as per the base case. The table shows the increase (decrease) for each assumption change.

		AMP	AMP AAPH	AMP AAPH
	Australia	New Zealand	Australia	New Zealand
	$m	$m	$m	$m
Higher discount rate (0.5%)	(18)	n/a	(24)	(6)
Lower discount rate (0.5%)	20	1	27	6
Higher expected salary increase rate (0.5%)	n/a	n/a	2	1
Lower expected salary increase rate (0.5%)	n/a	n/a	(2)	(1)
Higher expected deferred benef t crediting rate (0.5%)	n/a	n/a	3	n/a
Lower expected deferred benef t crediting rate (0.5%)	n/a	n/a	(3)	n/a
Increase to Pensioner Indexation assumption (0.5%)	20	n/a	21	n/a
Decrease to Pensioner Indexation assumption (0.5%)	(19)	1	(19)	n/a
Increase to Pensioner Mortality assumption (10.0%)	(7)	n/a	(6)	n/a
Decrease to Pensioner Mortality assumption (10.0%)	7	n/a	7	n/a
1 year additional life expectancy	n/a	1	n/a	n/a

1 Not all assumptions are material for each fund. Immaterial assumptions have been marked as n/a.

		AMP		AMP AAPH
	Australia	New Zealand	Australia	New Zealand
	$m	$m	$m	$m
(j) Expected contributions
Expected employer contributions	–	1	4	4
		AMP		AMP AAPH
	Australia	New Zealand	Australia	New Zealand
	$m	$m	$m	$m
(k) Maturity prof le of def ned benef t obligation
Expected benef t payments for the f nancial year ending on
31 December 2014	20	–	20	6
31 December 2015	20	–	20	5
31 December 2016	21	–	21	6
31 December 2017	21	–	22	6
31 December 2018	22	–	22	5
Following f ve years	116	–	120	–
		AMP	AMP AAPH
	Australia	New Zealand	Australia	New Zealand
Weighted average duration of the def ned benef t obligation	11 years	10 years	14 years	12 years

108

28. Share-based payments

(a) Summary of AMP’s share-based payment plans

AMP has a number of employee share-based payment plans. Share-based payments place employees participating in those plans (participants) in the position of the shareholder, and in doing so, reward employees for the generation of value to shareholders. Information on plans which AMP currently offers is provided below.

The following table shows the expense recorded for AMP share-based payment plans during the year:

	Consolidated 2013 2012 $’000 $’000 Plans currently offered Performance rights 11,121 13,137 Share rights 18,115 9,524 Restricted shares 1,224 4,123 Employee share acquisition plan – matching shares 1 68 ~~Total share-based payments expense~~ ~~30,461~~ ~~26,852~~

(b) Performance rights

Plan description

The CEO and his direct reports, as well as selected senior executives, are required to take their long-term incentive (LTI) awards in the form of performance rights. This is to ensure that those executives, who are most directly able to infl uence company performance, are appropriately aligned with the interests of shareholders. The LTI awards of other participants are comprised of either a mix of performance rights and share rights, or share rights only.

A performance right is a right to acquire one fully paid ordinary share in AMP Limited after a three-year performance period at no cost to the participant (ie effectively a share option with a zero exercise price), provided a specifi c performance hurdle is met. Prior to conversion into shares (vesting), performance rights holders do not receive dividends or have other shareholder benefi ts (including any voting rights). From September 2011, performance rights may be settled through a cash payment in lieu of shares, at the discretion of the board.

AMP has, from time to time historically, offered share bonus rights to employees in overseas domiciles when it is not possible or tax-effi cient to grant performance rights. The terms and conditions of the share bonus rights are identical to the terms and conditions of the performance rights, except settlement is in cash rather than equity instruments. These share bonus rights were last granted to employees in 2010.

The performance hurdle

Historically, LTI awards in the form of performance rights were subject to a single relative total shareholder return (TSR) performance hurdle. After an extensive review of market practices, conducted in 2012, the board determined that AMP should introduce a return on equity (RoE) performance measure, in addition to a TSR measure.

The vesting of performance rights granted since the 2013 LTI award are now based on two performance hurdles as follows:

50 per cent of the LTI award value, granted as performance rights, will be subject to AMP’s TSR performance relative to the top industrial companies in the S&P/ASX 100 Index (TSR tranche), and
50 per cent of the LTI award value, granted as performance rights, will be subject to an RoE measure (RoE tranche).

The number of performance rights that vest is determined as follows:

RoE tranche: Vesting of these performance rights is based on AMP’s RoE performance for the year ending 31 December 2015. Prior to the 2013 grant being awarded, the board determined the threshold and maximum RoE performance targets (expressed as percentage outcomes) to be achieved for the year ending 31 December 2015. An RoE hurdle was chosen as it drives a strong capital discipline which is a key contributor to creating sustainable shareholder value.

Conversion to shares

If the awards vest, they are automatically converted to shares on behalf of participants. Upon conversion, participants become entitled to shareholder benefi ts, including dividends and voting rights. The board has the discretion to satisfy vested rights by either acquiring shares on market or through the issuance of shares. AMP’s practice has been, and intention is to continue, to source the shares to satisfy LTI awards on market, so that the issue of LTIs does not dilute the value of AMP Limited shares. In the case of the CEO, the vesting of shares may only be provided by AMP procuring the transfer of shares purchased on market.

Treatment of performance rights on ceasing employment and change of control

AMP 2013 annual report 109

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

28. Share-based payments continued

Plan valuation

The fair value of a TSR performance right has been calculated as at the grant date, by external consultants using a simulation technique known as a Monte Carlo simulation. Fair value of the TSR performance rights has been discounted for the probability of not meeting the TSR performance hurdles. The fair value of an RoE performance right has been calculated as at the grant date, by external consultants using a ‘discounted cash fl ow’ methodology. Fair value has been discounted for the present value of dividends expected to be paid during the vesting period to which the participant is not entitled. RoE is a non-market based performance hurdle and therefore, in accordance with AASB 2, allowance cannot be made for the impact of this hurdle in determining the award’s fair value.

In determining the share-based payments expense, the number of instruments expected to vest has been adjusted to refl ect the number of employees expected to remain with AMP until the end of the performance period.

For the purposes of the valuation it is assumed performance rights are exercised as soon they have vested. Assumptions regarding the dividend yield and volatility have been estimated based on AMP’s actual historic dividend yield and volatility over an appropriate period.

The following table shows the factors which were considered in determining the independent fair value of the performance rights granted during 2013 and the comparative period (2012):

						TSR	RoE	TSR	RoE
						performance	performance	performance	performance
		Contractual	Dividend		Risk-free	hurdle	hurdle	rights fair	rights fair
Grant date	Share price	life	yield	Volatility1	rate1	discount	discount2	value	value
09/09/2013	$4.62	2.5 years	4.9%	24%	2.8%	60%	0%	$1.33	$4.09
06/06/2013	$4.97	3.0 years	5.6%	23%	2.5%	60%	0%	$2.00	$4.21
07/06/2012	$3.85	2.7 years	6.3%	26%	2.3%	67%	n/a	$1.28	n/a
09/09/2011	$4.15	2.9 years	5.9%	34%	3.7%	54%	n/a	$1.92	n/a
09/06/2011	$4.88	2.8 years	5.5%	36%	4.8%	51%	n/a	$2.39	n/a
09/06/2011	$4.88	2.1 years	5.5%	36%	4.8%	55%	n/a	$2.19	n/a

1 Applies to performance rights subject to a relative TSR performance hurdle only. These factors do not apply to performance rights subject to an RoE performance hurdle.

2 In accordance with the accounting standard AASB 2, allowance cannot be made for the impact of a non-market based performance hurdle in determining fair value.

The following table shows the movement in performance rights (and share bonus rights with performance conditions) outstanding during the period:

during the period:
				Exercised	Granted	Lapsed
		Exercise	Balance at	during the	during the	during the	Balance at
Grant date	Exercise period	price	1 Jan 2013	year	year	year	31 Dec 20131
08/09/2010	01/08/2013–31/07/2015	Nil	4,109,348	–	–	4,109,348	–
09/06/2011	01/08/2013–31/07/2015	Nil	88,040	–	–	88,040	–
09/06/2011	01/05/2014–30/04/2016	Nil	729,167	–	–	–	729,167
09/09/2011	n/a2	Nil	5,706,880	–	–	92,839	5,614,041
07/06/2012	n/a2	Nil	7,133,636	–	–	27,410	7,106,226
06/06/2013	n/a2	Nil	–	–	4,793,936	–	4,793,936
09/09/2013	n/a2	Nil	–	–	29,047	–	29,047
Total			17,767,071	–	4,822,983	4,317,637	18,272,417

1 The weighted average remaining contractual life of performance rights outstanding at the end of the period is 1.3 years.

2 The performance rights granted during 2011, 2012 and 2013 have no exercise period as they are automatically exercised upon vesting.

110

28. Share-based payments continued

From the end of the fi nancial year and up to the date of this report, no performance rights have been issued, no performance rights have been exercised, and no performance rights have lapsed. Of the performance rights outstanding at the end of the period, none have vested or become exercisable.

(c) Share rights

Plan description

As described above, LTI participants below the CEO and his direct reports may be awarded share rights as part of their overall LTI award.

A share right is a right to acquire one fully paid ordinary share in AMP Limited after a specifi ed service period at no cost to the participant, provided a specifi c service condition is met. The service period is typically three years, but may vary where the share rights are awarded to retain an employee for a critical period. Prior to conversion into shares (vesting), share rights holders do not receive dividends or have other shareholder benefi ts (including any voting rights).

As this program is designed as a means of recognising and retaining employees, no performance hurdles apply, other than continued service for the duration of the three-year period.

AMP has, from time to time historically, offered share bonus rights without performance conditions to employees in overseas domiciles when it is not possible or tax-effi cient to grant share rights or restricted shares. The terms and conditions of the share bonus rights are identical to the terms and conditions of the share rights, except settlement is in cash rather than equity instruments. These share bonus rights were last granted to employees in 2011.

Conversion to shares

Treatment of share rights on ceasing employment and change of control

Typically, unvested share rights lapse if the participant resigns from AMP or is terminated for misconduct or inadequate performance. In other cases, such as retirement and redundancy, the participant typically retains their share rights at the board’s discretion. In the event that AMP is subject to a takeover change of control, treatment of unvested share rights is subject to the board’s discretion.

Plan valuation

The fair value of share rights has been calculated as at the grant date, by external consultants using a ‘discounted cash fl ow’ methodology. Fair value has been discounted for the present value of dividends expected to be paid during the vesting period to which the participant is not entitled.

For the purposes of the valuation it is assumed share rights are exercised as soon they have vested. Assumptions regarding the dividend yield have been estimated based on AMP’s actual historic dividend yield over an appropriate period.

STI deferral plan

The nominated executives, and selected other senior leaders who have the ability to impact AMP’s fi nancial soundness, participate in the AMP STI deferral plan. The plan requires that 40 per cent of a participant’s STI award be delivered in rights to AMP shares (share rights). The share rights convert to AMP Limited shares (ie vest) after a two-year deferral period. Vesting is subject to ongoing employment, compliance with AMP policies and the board’s discretion.

STI match plan

For each given year, high potential employees at a senior leader level are eligible for nomination to participate in the STI match plan, which provides an award of share rights to the value of 50 per cent of the individual’s STI. The STI match award is provided in addition to the STI cash opportunity. Employees at this level are not eligible to participate in AMP’s long-term incentive plan. As the STI match is based on the STI plan, the number of share rights awarded to the participant depends on the individual’s contribution to company performance during the fi nancial year.

STI match share rights convert to AMP Limited shares (ie vest) after a two-year deferral period. Vesting is subject to ongoing employment, compliance with AMP policies and the board’s discretion.

AMP 2013 annual report 111

Notes to the fi nancial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

28. Share-based payments continued

The following table shows the factors which were considered in determining the independent fair value of the share rights granted during 2013 and the comparative period (2012):

	Share	Contractual	Dividend	Dividend	Fair
Grant date	price	life	yield	discount	value
09/09/2013	$4.62	2.5 years	4.9%	11%	$4.09
09/09/2013	$4.62	0.9 years	4.9%	4%	$4.42
09/09/2013	$4.62	1.9 years	4.9%	9%	$4.20
09/09/2013	$4.62	2.9 years	4.9%	13%	$4.00
27/06/2013	$4.39	1.7 years	5.6%	9%	$4.00
06/06/2013	$4.97	0.8 years	5.6%	5%	$4.74
06/06/2013	$4.97	1.8 years	5.6%	10%	$4.48
06/06/2013	$4.97	0.9 years	5.6%	5%	$4.72
06/06/2013	$4.97	1.9 years	5.6%	10%	$4.46
06/06/2013	$4.97	3.0 years	5.6%	15%	$4.21
30/04/2013	$5.40	1.8 years	5.6%	10%	$4.87
07/06/2012	$3.85	2.7 years	6.3%	17%	$3.19
22/05/2012	$3.87	1.7 years	6.3%	11%	$3.46
27/04/2012	$4.25	1.8 years	6.3%	11%	$3.78

The following table shows the movement in share rights (and share bonus rights without performance conditions) outstanding during the period.

the period.
				Exercised	Granted	Lapsed
			Balance at	during	during the	during the	Balance at
Grant date	Exercise period	Exercise price	1 Jan 2013	the year	year	year	31 Dec 20131
08/09/2010	01/08/2013–	Nil	115,575	107,059	–	8,516	–
	31/07/2015
09/09/2011	n/a2	Nil	35,630	35,630	–	–	–
09/09/2011	n/a2	Nil	2,740,465	–	–	62,134	2,678,331
27/04/2012	n/a2	Nil	1,902,884	–	–	7,020	1,895,864
27/04/2012	n/a2	Nil	999,335	–	–	46,248	953,087
22/05/2012	n/a2	Nil	247,513	–	–	–	247,513
07/06/2012	n/a2	Nil	2,220,558	–	–	41,496	2,179,062
30/04/2013	n/a2	Nil	–	–	2,619,301	3,786	2,615,515
30/04/2013	n/a2	Nil	–	–	15,723	–	15,723
30/04/2013	n/a2	Nil	–	–	808,750	10,969	797,781
06/06/2013	n/a2	Nil	–	–	1,537,634	4,329	1,533,305
06/06/2013	n/a2	Nil	–	–	80,482	–	80,482
06/06/2013	n/a2	Nil	–	–	31,512	–	31,512
27/06/2013	n/a2	Nil	–	–	9,392	–	9,392
09/09/2013	n/a2	Nil	–	–	107,178	–	107,178
09/09/2013	n/a2	Nil	–	–	18,181	–	18,181
Total			8,261,960	142,689	5,228,153	184,498	13,162,926

1 The weighted average remaining contractual life of share rights (and share bonus rights without performance conditions) outstanding at the end of the period is one year.

2 The share rights granted during 2011, 2012 and 2013 have no exercise period as they are automatically exercised upon vesting.

From the end of the fi nancial year and up to the date of this report, no share rights have been issued, no share rights have been exercised, and 26,918 share rights have lapsed. Of the share rights outstanding at the end of the period, none have vested or become exercisable.

112

28. Share-based payments continued

(d) Restricted shares

Plan description

From time to time, AMP awards restricted shares to retain critical employees. Additionally, prior to 2011, Australian LTI participants were eligible to take some of their award in restricted shares (rather than share rights).

A ‘restricted share’ is an ordinary AMP share that has a holding lock in place until the specifi ed vesting period ends. The vesting period is typically three years, but may vary where the restricted shares are awarded to retain an employee for a critical period. During this time, the holder is eligible for dividends, but is unable to sell, transfer or hedge their award.

As this program is designed as a means of recognising and retaining employees, no performance hurdles apply, other than continued service for the duration of the three-year holding lock. If the individual resigns from AMP (or employment is terminated for misconduct or inadequate performance) during the holding period, the shares are forfeited.

In cases such as retirement and redundancy, the individual retains their restricted shares; however the holding lock remains in place until the end of the three-year vesting period. Restricted shares are bought on market and granted at no cost to employees.

Plan valuation

The fair value of restricted shares has been determined as the market price of AMP ordinary shares on the grant date. As employees holding restricted shares are entitled to dividend payments, no adjustment has been made to the fair value in respect of future dividend payments. In determining the share-based payments expense for the period, the number of instruments expected to vest has been adjusted to refl ect the number of employees expected to remain with AMP until the end of the vesting period.

The following table shows the number of restricted shares that were granted during 2013 and the comparative period (2012), and the fair value per instrument of restricted shares as at the grant date.

	Number	Weighted
Grant date	granted	average fair value
2013	nil1	n/a1
20/08/2012	65,211	$4.42

1 No restricted shares were granted during 2013.

(e) Employee Share Acquisition Plan

Plan description

From time to time, AMP has provided employees and executives with the opportunity to become shareholders in AMP through the employee share acquisition plan (ESAP), typically by way of salary sacrifi cing their fi xed remuneration or short-term incentive to acquire shares. Depending on the terms of the particular award, participants may be entitled to receive matching shares for shares acquired under the ESAP (eg the most recent awards provided one free share for every 10 shares acquired via salary sacrifi ce). Additionally, AMP can provide employees with free shares under the ESAP. Where the awards are acquired at no cost to the participant, service-based conditions must be met for the participant to receive their full entitlement. There are no performance hurdles applying to the plan as it is primarily designed to encourage employee share ownership.

The plan was suspended mid-way through 2009 in Australia due to the changes to the taxation treatment of employee share plan awards. Consequently, no shares have been acquired by Australian employees under the ESAP plan since mid-2009. The plan continues to operate in New Zealand.

If applicable, matching shares are bought on market through an independent third party.

Participants who cease to be employed within the AMP group within the three-year holding period may lose their entitlement to some or all of their matching shares or free shares, depending on the reason for leaving the company. To receive the maximum entitlement, participants must be employed by AMP for the whole three-year period.

Plan valuation

All awards made during 2013, and the comparative year (2012), were offers to salary sacrifi ce to acquire shares, with matching shares awarded on a one-for-ten basis after a three-year vesting period. Each matching share has been valued by external consultants as the face value of an AMP ordinary share at the date the salary sacrifi ce shares were acquired, less the present value of the expected dividends (to which the participant is not entitled until the end of the vesting period). The number of matching shares expected to be granted is estimated based on the average number of shares held in the ESAP by each employee at the beginning of each year. In determining the share-based payments expense for the period, the number of matching shares expected to be granted has been adjusted to refl ect the number of employees expected to remain with AMP until the end of the three-year vesting period.

The following table shows the number of matching shares expected to be granted based on the shares purchased by employees under the ESAP during the current period and the comparative period, and the fair value.

	Estimated number of matching	Weighted
Grant date	shares to be granted	average fair value
2013 – various	421	$4.14
2012 – various	535	$3.51

AMP 2013 annual report 113

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

29. Impact from adoption of new accounting standards

(a) Restatement of comparatives

As set out in note 1(a), AMP adopted AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements and the revised AASB 119 Employee Benefi ts from 1 January 2013. Comparatives have been restated as if these standards had always been applied.

The impact of this change on individual line items for the comparative period on the Income statement, Statement of other comprehensive income, Statement of fi nancial position and Statement of cash fl ows is as follows:

Income statement
As published
AASB 10
AASB 119
Restated
2012
impact
impact
2012
$m
$m
$m
$m
Income and expenses of shareholders, policyholders,
external unitholders and non-controlling interests
Life insurance premium and related revenue
2,218
–
–
2,218
Fee revenue
2,268
(16)
–
2,252
Other revenue
312
391
(7)
696
Investment gains and (losses)
12,084
174
–
12,258
Share of prof t or (loss) of associates accounted for using the
equity method
5
–
–
5
Life insurance claims and related expenses
(2,048)
–
–
(2,048)
Operating expenses
(3,824)
(365)
(13)
(4,202)
Finance costs
(817)
(72)
–
(889)
Movement in external unitholder liabilities
(880)
(89)
–
(969)
Change in policyholder liabilities
– life insurance contracts
(934)
–
–
(934)
– investment contracts
(7,000)
–
–
(7,000)
Income tax (expense) credit
(697)
3
6
(688)
~~Prof t for the period~~
~~687~~
~~26~~
~~(14)~~
~~699~~
Prof t attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited
704
(1)
(14)
689
Prof t (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests
(17)
27
–
10
~~Prof t for the period~~
~~687~~
~~26~~
~~(14)~~
~~699~~
As published
AASB 10
AASB 119
Restated
2012
impact
impact
2012
cents
cents
cents
cents
Earnings per share for prof t attributable
to ordinary shareholders of AMP Limited
Basic
24.7
–
(0.5)
24.2
Diluted
24.6
–
(0.6)
24.0

114

29. Impact from adoption of new accounting standardscontinued
Statement of comprehensive income
As published
AASB 10
AASB 119
Restated
2012
impact
impact
2012
$m
$m
$m
$m
~~Prof t~~
~~687~~
~~26~~
~~(14)~~
~~699~~
Other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassif ed subsequently to prof t or loss
Available for sale f nancial assets
– gains and (losses) in fair value of available for sale f nancial assets
–
5
–
5
–
5
–
5
Cash f ow hedges
– gains and (losses) in fair value of cash f ow hedges
(44)
–
–
(44)
– income tax (expense) credit
13
–
–
13
– transferred to prof t for the period
20
–
–
20
– transferred to prof t for the period – income tax (expense) credit
(6)
–
–
(6)
(17)
–
–
(17)
Exchange difference on translation of foreign operations
– exchange gains (losses)
30
–
–
30
– transferred to prof t for the period
3
–
–
3
– transferred to prof t for the period – income tax (expense) credit
(1)
–
–
(1)
32
–
–
32
Revaluation of hedge of net investments
– gains and (losses) in fair value of hedge of net investments
(1)
–
–
(1)
– transferred to prof t for the period – gross
(3)
–
–
(3)
– transferred to prof t for the period – income tax (expense) credit
1
–
–
1
(3)
–
–
(3)
Items that will not be reclassif ed subsequently to prof t or loss
Def ned benef t plans
– actuarial gains and (losses)
53
–
20
73
– income tax (expense) credit
(16)
–
(6)
(22)
37
–
14
51
Owner-occupied property revaluation
– gains (losses) in valuation of owner-occupied property
12
–
–
12
– income tax (expense) credit
(1)
–
–
(1)
11
–
–
11
Other comprehensive income for the period
60
5
14
79
~~Total comprehensive income for the period~~
~~747~~
~~31~~
~~–~~
~~778~~
Total comprehensive income attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited
764
4
–
768
Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests
(17)
27
–
10
~~Total comprehensive income for the period~~
~~747~~
~~31~~
~~–~~
~~778~~

AMP 2013 annual report 115

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

29. Impact from adoption of new accounting standards continued

Statement of fi nancial position

31 December 2012
31 December 2011
As
AASB 10
As
AASB 10
published
impact
Restated
published
impact
Restated
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
4,207
181
4,388
4,652
164
4,816
Receivables
2,043
34
2,077
2,221
95
2,316
Current tax assets
22
–
22
248
–
248
Inventories and other assets
201
9
210
276
18
294
Investments in f nancial assets
99,674
1,458
101,132
89,433
1,249
90,682
Investment properties
6,508
–
6,508
7,424
–
7,424
Investments in associates accounted for
using the equity method
81
–
81
115
–
115
Property, plant and equipment
468
572
1,040
479
537
1,016
Deferred tax assets
1,185
32
1,217
1,095
30
1,125
Intangibles
4,175
327
4,502
4,347
330
4,677
Assets of disposal groups
187
–
187
–
–
–
Total assets of shareholders of AMP Limited,
~~policyholders, external unitholders and~~
non-controlling interests
118,751
2,613
121,364
110,290
2,423
112,713
Liabilities
Payables
1,868
420
2,288
1,932
400
2,332
Current tax liabilities
82
–
82
86
–
86
Provisions
578
36
614
556
28
584
Other f nancial liabilities
2,317
20
2,337
2,604
3
2,607
Borrowings
11,382
980
12,362
11,410
963
12,373
Subordinated debt
1,111
–
1,111
949
–
949
Deferred tax liabilities
1,392
33
1,425
923
38
961
External unitholder liabilities
8,690
1,012
9,702
7,224
902
8,126
Life insurance contract liabilities
25,055
–
25,055
24,399
–
24,399
Investment contract liabilities
58,385
–
58,385
52,940
–
52,940
Def ned benef t plan liabilities
286
–
286
370
–
370
Liabilities of disposal groups
74
–
74
–
–
–
Total liabilities of shareholders of AMP Limited,
~~policyholders, external unitholders and~~
non-controlling interests
111,220
2,501
113,721
103,393
2,334
105,727
Net assets of shareholders of AMP Limited
and non-controlling interests
7,531
112
7,643
6,897
89
6,986
Equity
Contributed equity
9,339
(6)
9,333
9,080
(6)
9,074
Reserves
(2,156)
(1)
(2,157)
(2,534)
(6)
(2,540)
Retained earnings
251
81
332
283
81
364
Total equity of shareholders of AMP Limited
7,434
74
7,508
6,829
69
6,898
Non-controlling interests
97
38
135
68
20
88
Total equity of shareholders of AMP Limited
and non-controlling interests
7,531
112
7,643
6,897
89
6,986

116

29. Impact from adoption of new accounting standardscontinued
Statement of cash f ows
As published
AASB 10
Restated
2012
impact
2012
$m
$m
$m
Cash f ows from operating activities
Cash receipts in the course of operations
18,135
458
18,593
Interest and other items of a similar nature received
2,391
11
2,402
Dividends and distributions received
996
22
1,018
Cash payments in the course of operations
(19,689)
(363)
(20,052)
Finance costs
(749)
(72)
(821)
Income tax refunded/(paid)
(151)
(4)
(155)
~~Cash f ows from operating activities~~
~~933~~
~~52~~
~~985~~
Cash f ows from investing activities
Net proceeds from sale of/(payments to acquire):
– investment property
989
–
989
– investments in f nancial assets
(2,054)
(56)
(2,110)
– operating and intangible assets
(175)
3
(172)
Payments to acquire other subsidiaries and other businesses
(14)
–
(14)
Loan to controlled entities
–
–
–
Payments to option holders in AMP AAPH Limited
–
–
–
~~Cash f ows from (used in) investing activities~~
~~(1,254)~~
~~(53)~~
~~(1,307)~~
Cash f ows from f nancing activities
Proceeds from borrowings – non-banking operations
500
17
517
Net movement in deposits from customers
416
–
416
Repayment of borrowings – non-banking operations
(984)
–
(984)
Net movement in borrowings – banking operations
(30)
–
(30)
Proceeds from issue of subordinated debt
150
–
150
Proceeds from the sale of 15% of AMP Capital Holdings Limited
425
–
425
Dividends paid
(437)
1
(436)
~~Cash f ows from (used in) f nancing activities~~
~~40~~
~~18~~
~~58~~
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
(281)
17
(264)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
9,436
164
9,600
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
16
–
16
~~Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year~~
~~9,171~~
~~181~~
~~9,352~~

(b) Impact on the current period

The adoption of the revised AASB 119 Employee Benefi ts decreased profi t in 2013 by $16m and increased Other comprehensive income in 2013 by $16m.

The adoption of AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements increased profi t for the period by $21m consisting of a loss of $2m attributable to shareholders of AMP Limited and a profi t of $23m attributable to non-controlling interests. The adoption of AASB 10 will have impacted individual line items of the fi nancial statements in a similar manner to that disclosed on the preceding pages for the restatement of comparatives.

AMP 2013 annual report 117

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

30. Group controlled entity holdings

Details of signifi cant investments in controlled entities are as follows:

Details of signif cant investments in controlled entities are	as follows:
					% Holdings
	Country of				Restated
Name of entity	registration	Share type	Footnote	2013	2012
Companies
140 St Georges Terrace Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
255 George Street Investment A Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
255 George Street Investment B Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
35 Ocean Keys Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AAPH Australia Staff Superannuation Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
AAPH Executive Plan (Australia) Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
AAPH GESP Exempt (Australia) Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord	2	–	100
AAPH Hong Kong Finance Limited	Hong Kong	Ord		100	100
AAPH New Zealand Finance Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
AAPH New Zealand HJV Limited	New Zealand	Ord	2	–	100
Abbey Capital Real Estate Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
Accountants Resourcing (Australia) Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
ACIT Finance Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	3	50	100
ACN 100 509 993 Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
ACN 154 462 334 Pty Ltd
(formerly AMP SMSF Investments Pty Limited)	Australia	Ord	2	–	100
ACN 155 075 040 Pty Limited	Australia	Ord, Class A Pref.		100	100
ACPP Industrial Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		85	85
ACPP Off ce Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		85	85
ACPP Retail Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		85	85
AdviceFirst Limited	New Zealand	Ord		65	67
Adviser Resourcing Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
Aged Care Investment Services No. 1 Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
Aged Care Investment Services No. 2 Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AIMS AMP Capital Industrial REIT
Management Australia Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	1	85	–
Allmarg Corporation Limited	New Zealand	Ord, Pref		100	100
AMP (UK) Finance Services Plc	UK	Ord		100	100
AMP AAPH Finance Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP AAPH Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP ASAL Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Bank Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Capital AA REIT Investments (Australia) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	1	85	–
AMP Capital AB Holdings Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Advisors India Private Limited	India	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Asia Limited	HK	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Bayfair Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Core Infrastructure Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Finance Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Funds Management Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Holdings Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Investment Management (UK) Limited	UK	Ord A & B		85	85
AMP Capital Investment Management Pty Limited	Australia	Ord A & B		85	85
AMP Capital Investments No. 11 Limited	New Zealand	Ord A & B	2	–	100
AMP Capital Investments No. 14 Limited	New Zealand	Ord A & B, Pref		100	100
AMP Capital Investments No. 2 Limited	New Zealand	Ord A & B, Pref		100	100
AMP Capital Investments No. 8 Limited	New Zealand	Ord A & B, Pref		100	100
AMP Capital Investors (Angel Trains EU No.1) S.à r.l.	Luxembourg	Ord	3	42	41
AMP Capital Investors (Angel Trains EU No.2) S.à r.l.	Luxembourg	Ord	3	42	41
AMP Capital Investors (Angel Trains UK No.1) S.à r.l.	Luxembourg	Ord	3	42	41
AMP Capital Investors (Angel Trains UK No.2) S.à r.l.	Luxembourg	Ord	3	42	41
AMP Capital Investors (CLH No. 1) S.à r.l.	Luxembourg	Ord	3	42	41
AMP Capital Investors (CLH No. 2) B.V.	Luxembourg	Ord	3	42	41
AMP Capital Investors (Hong Kong) Limited	Hong Kong	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Investors (IDF II GP) S.à.r.l.	Luxembourg	Ord	1	85	–
AMP Capital Investors (Infrastructure No.1) S.à r.l.	Luxembourg	Ord	3	42	41
AMP Capital Investors (Infrastructure No.2) S.à r.l.	Luxembourg	Ord	3	42	41
AMP Capital Investors (Infrastructure No.3) S.à r.l.	Luxembourg	Ord	3	42	41
AMP Capital Investors (Infrastructure No.4) S.à r.l.	Luxembourg	Ord	3	42	41
AMP Capital Investors (Jersey No. 2) Limited	Jersey	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Investors (Kemble Water) S.à r.l.	Luxembourg	Ord	3	42	41
AMP Capital Investors (Luxembourg No. 3) S.à r.l.	Luxembourg	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Investors (Luxembourg No. 4) S.à r.l.	Luxembourg	Ord		85	85

118

30. Group controlled entity holdings continued

30. Group controlled entity holdingscontinued
					% Holdings
	Country of				Restated
Name of entity	registration	Share type	Footnote	2013	2012
AMP Capital Investors (Luxembourg No. 5) S.à r.l.	Luxembourg	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Investors (Luxembourg No. 6) S.à r.l.	Luxembourg	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Investors (Luxembourg) S.à r.l.	Luxembourg	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Investors (New Zealand) Limited	New Zealand	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Investors
(Property Funds Management Jersey) Limited	Jersey	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Investors (Singapore)
Private Property Trust Limited	Singapore	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Investors (Singapore) Pte Ltd	Singapore	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Investors (UK) Limited	UK	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Investors (US) Limited	USA	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Investors Airport S.à r.l.	Luxembourg	Ord	3	42	41
AMP Capital Investors Advisory (Beijing) Limited	R.O.C.	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Investors International Holdings Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Investors Japan KK	Japan	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Investors KK	Japan	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Investors Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Investors Property Japan KK	Japan	Ord	2	–	85
AMP Capital Investors Real Estate Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Investors UK Cable Limited	Luxembourg	Ord	3	42	41
AMP Capital Off ce & Industrial (Singapore) Pte Limited	Singapore	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Off ce and Industrial Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Palms Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Property Nominees Ltd	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital SA Schools No. 1 Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital SA Schools No. 2 Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Capital Shopping Centres Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP CMBS No. 1 Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP CMBS No. 2 Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Crossroads Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Custodian Services (NZ) Limited	New Zealand	Ord		85	85
AMP Davidson Road Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Direct Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Finance Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Finance Services Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Financial Investment Group Holdings Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Financial Planning Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Financial Services Holdings Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Foundation Income Benef ciary Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord	3	–	–
AMP GBS Limited	Australia	Fixed		100	100
AMP GDPF Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Global Property Investments Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Group Finance Services Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Group Holdings Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Group Services Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Holdings Limited	Australia	Ord A, Ord B,
		Red Pref B Class		100	100
AMP Insurance Investment Holdings Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Investment Management (NZ) Limited	New Zealand	Ord		85	85
AMP Investment Services No. 2 Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Investment Services Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Lending Services Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Life (NZ) Investments Holdings Limited	New Zealand	Ord		100	100
AMP Life (NZ) Investments Limited	New Zealand	Ord		100	100
AMP Life Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Macquarie Holding Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Macquarie Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP New Zealand Holdings Limited	New Zealand	Ord		100	100
AMP Pacif c Fair Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Personal Investment Services Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Planner Register Company Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Private Capital New Zealand Limited	New Zealand	Ord		85	85
AMP Private Capital No. 2 Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Private Capital Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Private Investments Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85

AMP 2013 annual report 119

Notes to the fi nancial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

30. Group controlled entity holdings continued

30. Group controlled entity holdingscontinued
					% Holdings
	Country of				Restated
Name of entity	registration	Share type	Footnote	2013	2012
AMP Property Investments (Qld) Pty. Ltd.	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Real Estate Advisory Holdings Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Remuneration Reward Plans Nominees Pty. Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Riverside Plaza Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Royal Randwick Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Services (NZ) Limited	New Zealand	Ord		100	100
AMP Services Holdings Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Services Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP SMSF Holding Co Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP SMSF Investments No. 2 Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord	1	100	–
AMP SMSF Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord	1	100	–
AMP Superannuation (NZ) Limited	New Zealand	Ord	2	–	100
AMP Superannuation Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AMP Warringah Mall Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		85	85
AMP Wealth Management New Zealand Limited	New Zealand	Ord		100	100
AMP/ERGO Mortgage and Savings Limited	New Zealand	Ord		100	100
Arrive Wealth Management Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
Associated Planners Financial Services Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		96	96
Associated Planners Strategic Finance Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		96	96
Auburn Mega Mall Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
Australian Mutual Provident Society Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
Australian Securities Administration Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
AWOF New Zealand Off ce Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
AXA APH GESP Deferred (Australia) Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord	2	–	100
AXA Funds Management Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord	2	–	100
Baystar Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
BCG Finance Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	1	100	61
BMRI Financial Services Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
Carillon Avenue Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord	1,3	34	–
Carter Bax Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
Cavendish Administration Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
Cavendish Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
Cavendish Superannuation Holdings Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
Cavendish Superannuation Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
CBD Financial Planning Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
Charter Financial Planning Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
Clientcare Financial Planning Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
Coffs Harbour Aged Care Developments Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Collins Place No. 2 Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
Collins Place Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
DAC Finance Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
DAC Finance (Aust) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
DAC Finance (NSW/QLD) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
DAC Finance (VIC) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Didus Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
Domain Aged Care No 2 Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Domain Aged Care (TM) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Domain Aged Care (Ashmore) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Domain Aged Care (Kirra Beach) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Domain Aged Care (Operations) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Domain Aged Care (Parklands) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Domain Aged Care (Services) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Domain Aged Care (Victoria) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Domain Aged Care Management Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Domain Aged Care No 3 Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Domain Aged Care Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Domain Aged Care Developments Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Domain Aged Care Investments Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Domain Aged Care (QLD) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Domain Annex Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Domain Group Holdings Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Domain Group Investments Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
DPG Canada Bay Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
DPG Canada Bay (Holdings) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Exford Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100

120

30. Group controlled entity holdings continued

30. Group controlled entity holdingscontinued
					% Holdings
	Country of				Restated
Name of entity	registration	Share type	Footnote	2013	2012
Financial Composure Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		96	96
Financially Yours Holdings Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	80
Financially Yours Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	80
First Quest Capital Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		96	96
Focus Property Services Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		92	92
Foundation Wealth Advisers Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		57	57
Garrisons (Rosny) Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
Genesys Group Holdings Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
Genesys Group Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		96	96
Genesys Holdings Limited	Australia	Ord		96	96
Genesys Kew Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		96	96
Genesys Wealth Advisers (WA) Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
Genesys Wealth Advisers Ltd	Australia	Ord		96	96
Glendenning Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
Global Mataf on S.L.	Luxembourg	Ord	3	42	41
Greater Gabbard OFTO Ltd	Luxembourg	Ord	3	42	41
Greater Gabbard OFTO Holdings Limited	Luxembourg	Ord	3	42	41
Greater Gabbard OFTO Interm Ltd	Luxembourg	Ord	3	42	41
GWM Spicers Limited	New Zealand	Ord		100	100
Hillross Alliances Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
Hillross Financial Services Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
Hillross Innisfail Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
Hillross Wealth Management Centre Melbourne Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
Hindmarsh Square Financial Services Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
Hindmarsh Square Wealth Advisers Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		73	73
Honeysuckle 231 Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		60	60
Hospital Car Parking Holdings Limited	New Zealand	Ord	2	–	85
INSSA Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
ipac Asset Management Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
ipac Financial Care Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
ipac Group Services Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
Ipac Portfolio Management Limited	Australia	Converting Class A		85	85
ipac Securities Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
ipac Taxation Services Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		75	75
Jeminex Limited	Australia	Ord		51	51
Jigsaw Support Services Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
John Coombes & Company Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		55	55
Kent Street Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
King Financial Services Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	88
Kiwi Kat Limited	New Zealand	Ord		70	70
Lake Macquarie Aged Care Developments Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Knox City Shopping Centre Investments (No. 2) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
LifeFX Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
Lindwall Group Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
Marrickville Metro Shopping Centre Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
Monitor Money Corporation Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
Mortgage Backed Bonds Limited	New Zealand	Ord		100	100
Mowla Pty. Ltd.	Australia	Ord		100	100
Multiport Malaysia SDN BHD	Malaysia	Ord		100	100
Multiport Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
Multiport Resources Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
N.M. Superannuation Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
National Fire Holdings Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		51	51
National Mutual Funds Management (Global) Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
National Mutual Funds Management Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
National Mutual Life Nominees Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
NM Computer Services Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
NM New Zealand Nominees Limited	New Zealand	Ord		100	100
NM Rural Enterprises Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
NMMT Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
Northstar Lending Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
Omega (Australia) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
One Group Retail Holdings Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		52	52
Pajoda Investments Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		55	55
Parkside Investorplus Solutions Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100

AMP 2013 annual report 121

Notes to the fi nancial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

30. Group controlled entity holdings continued

30. Group controlled entity holdingscontinued
					% Holdings
	Country of				Restated
Name of entity	registration	Share type	Footnote	2013	2012
PHF No. 3 Finance Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
PHFT Finance Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	100
PPS Lifestyle Solutions Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
PremierOne Mortgage Advice Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
Principal Healthcare Finance Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Principal Healthcare Apartments Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Principal Healthcare Finance No 2 Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Principal Healthcare Finance (NZ) Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Principal Healthcare Finance No. 3 Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Principal Healthcare Holdings Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
Priority One Agency Services Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
Priority One Financial Services Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
Private Wealth Managers Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
Project Care Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Quadrant Securities Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		96	96
Quantum Financial Solutions Limited	New Zealand	Ord	2	–	100
Quay Mining (No. 2) Limited	Bermuda	Ord, Red Pref		100	100
Quay Mining Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
S.G. Holdings Limited	New Zealand	Ord	2	–	100
SG (Aust) Holdings Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord	2	–	100
Silverton Securities Proprietary Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
SMSF Advice Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
Solar Risk Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
Spicers Portfolio Management Ltd	New Zealand	Ord		100	100
SPP No. 1 (Alexandra Canal) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		86	86
SPP No. 1 (Cowes) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		86	86
SPP No. 1 (H) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		86	86
SPP No. 1 (Hawthorn) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		86	86
SPP No. 1 (Mona Vale) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		86	86
SPP No. 1 (Mornington) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		86	86
SPP No. 1 (Mt. Waverley Financing) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		86	86
SPP No. 1 (Mt. Waverley) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		86	86
SPP No. 1 (Newcastle) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		86	86
SPP No. 1 (North Melbourne) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		86	86
SPP No. 1 (Pakenham) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		86	86
SPP No. 1 (Point Cook) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		86	86
SPP No. 1 (Port Melbourne) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		86	86
SPP No. 1 (Q Stores) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		86	86
SPP No. 1 (Rosebery) Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		86	86
SPP No. 1 Holdings Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		86	86
SPP No. 3A Investments Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
Strategic Infrastructure Trust of Europe UK SPV Limited	Luxembourg	Ord	3	42	41
Strategic Planning Partners Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
Strategic Wealth Solutions Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
Sugarland Shopping Centre Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
Sunshine West Development Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		75	75
Sunshine West Income Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		85	85
Supercorp Administration Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord	1	100	–
Suwaraow Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
Synergy Capital Management Limited	Australia	Ord		96	96
TFS Financial Planning Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
The India Infrastructure Fund LLC	Mauritius	Red Pref	2	–	100
The National Mutual Life Association of Australasia Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
TM Securities Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		100	100
TOA Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100
Tweed Heads Aged Care Developments Pty Limited	Australia	Ord	2	–	61
Tynan Mackenzie Holdings Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		73	73
Tynan Mackenzie Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		98	98
United Equipment Holdings Pty Limited	Australia	Ord		56	56
Waterfront Place (No. 2) Pty. Ltd.	Australia	Ord		100	100
Waterfront Place (No. 3) Pty. Ltd.	Australia	Ord		100	100
Wilsanik Pty Ltd	Australia	Ord		100	100

1 Controlling interest acquired in 2013.
2 Controlling interest lost in 2013.
3 Not more than 50 per cent holding, but consolidated because AMP is exposed or has rights to variable returns from its investment with the entity and has the ability to affect these returns through its power over the entity.

122

30. Group controlled entity holdings continued

Details of signifi cant investments in controlled trusts are as follows:

Details of signif cant investments in controlled trusts are as follows:
				% Holdings
	Country of			Restated
Name of entity	registration	Footnote	2013	2012
Trusts and other entities
140 St Georges Terrace Trust	Australia		100	100
ACPP Holding Trust	Australia		100	100
ACPP Industrial Trust	Australia		100	100
ACPP Off ce Trust	Australia		100	100
ACPP Retail Trust	Australia		100	100
Active Quant Share Fund	Australia		75	76
AFS Alternative Fund 1	Australia		100	100
AFS Australian Equity Enhanced Index Fund 1	Australia		100	100
AFS Australian Equity Growth Fund 1	Australia		100	100
AFS Australian Equity Value Plus Fund 1	Australia	1	100	–
AFS Australian Property Securities Fund 1	Australia		100	100
AFS Australian Share Fund 8	Australia		100	100
AFS Extended Alpha Fund
(formerly AMP Capital Sustainable Extended Alpha Fund)	Australia		100	100
AFS Global Property Securities Fund 1	Australia		100	100
AFS International Fixed Interest Enhanced Index Fund	Australia	1	100	–
AFS International Share Fund 1	Australia		100	100
Aged Care Investment Trust No.1	Australia		100	61
Aged Care Investment Trust No.2	Australia		100	61
Aged Care Investment Trust No 3	Australia	2	–	61
Aggressive Enhanced Index Fund	Australia		100	100
AHGI Martineau Fund	Australia		100	100
AHGI Martineau Galleries Fund	Australia		100	100
AMP Capital 1950s Fund	Australia	1	100	–
AMP Capital 1960s Fund	Australia	1	100	–
AMP Capital 1970s Fund	Australia	1	100	–
AMP Capital 1980s Fund	Australia	1	100	–
AMP Capital 1990s Fund	Australia	1	100	–
AMP Capital Absolute Return – Passive Fund	Australia	1	100	–
AMP Capital Alternative Defensive Fund	Australia		100	100
AMP Capital Alternative Defensive Fund – Delayed Redemption	Australia		84	85
AMP Capital Asia ex-Japan Fund	Australia		100	100
AMP Capital Asia Local Currency Bond Fund	Australia		100	100
AMP Capital Asian Equity Growth Fund	Australia		75	73
AMP Capital Australian Equity Concentrated Fund	Australia	1	100	–
AMP Capital Australian Equity Income Fund	Australia		100	100
AMP Capital Australian Index Fund	Australia	1	54	–
AMP Capital Australian Equity Long Short Fund	Australia		100	100
AMP Capital Australian Equity Opportunities Fund	Australia		68	81
AMP Capital Australian Small Companies Fund	Australia		55	54
AMP Capital Business Space REIT	Singapore		85	100
AMP Capital China Growth Fund	Australia	3	37	38
AMP Capital Corporate Bond Fund	Australia		70	76
AMP Capital Credit Strategies Fund	Australia		87	91
AMP Capital Direct Property Fund	Australia	1	100	–
AMP Capital Diversif ed Balanced Fund	Australia	1	100	–
AMP Capital Extended Multi-Asset Fund	Australia		69	71
AMP Capital Global Equities Sector Rotation Fund	Australia		100	100
AMP Capital Global Infrastructure Securities Fund (Hedged)	Australia		75	80
AMP Capital Global Infrastructure Securities Fund (Unhedged)	Australia		74	80
AMP Capital Global Resource Fund	Australia		100	100
AMP Capital Infrastructure Trust 1	Australia		100	100
AMP Capital International Equity Index Fund Hedged	Australia	1	100	–
AMP Capital Macro Strategies Fund	Australia		84	85
AMP Capital Multi-Asset Fund	Australia	2	–	73
AMP Capital Shell Fund 1	Australia	2	–	65
AMP Capital Shell Fund 2	Australia	2	–	100
AMP Capital Shell Fund 3	Australia	1	100	–
AMP Capital Stable Fund	Australia	1	100	–
AMP Capital Sustainable Share Fund	Australia		69	66
AMP Capital Wholesale Off ce Fund	Australia	3	35	37
AMP Foundation	Australia	3	–	–
AMP Life Cash Management Trust	Australia		100	100

AMP 2013 annual report 123

Notes to the fi nancial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

30. Group controlled entity holdings continued

30. Group controlled entity holdingscontinued
				% Holdings
	Country of			Restated
Name of entity	registration	Footnote	2013	2012
AMP Private Capital Trust No. 9	Australia		100	100
AMP Shareholder Cash Fund	Australia		100	100
AMP Shareholder Fixed Interest Fund	Australia		100	100
AMP UK Shopping Centre Fund	Australia		100	100
AMPCI FD Infrastructure Trust	Australia		97	97
Australian Credit Fund	Australia		99	99
Australian Government Fixed Interest Fund	Australia		100	100
Australian Pacif c Airports Fund	Australia		77	66
Australian Pacif c Airports Fund No.3	Australia	3	33	33
AWOF New Zealand Off ce Trust	New Zealand	3	35	37
Balanced Enhanced Index Fund	Australia		100	100
Booragoon Trust	Australia		100	100
Bourke Place Unit Trust	Australia	3	23	25
Cautious Enhanced Index Fund	Australia		100	100
Cavendish Administration Unit Trust	Australia	1	100	–
China Strategic Growth Fund	Australia		100	100
Commercial Loan Pool No. 1	Australia		100	100
Conservative Enhanced Index Fund	Australia		99	98
Core Plus Fund	Australia		100	100
Crossroads Trust	Australia		100	100
Davidson Road Trust	Australia		100	100
Domain Group Aged Care Unit Trust No 2	Australia	2	–	61
Domain Group Aged Care Unit Trust No 3	Australia	2	–	61
EFM Australian Share Fund 1	Australia		96	97
EFM Australian Share Fund 2	Australia		99	99
EFM Australian Share Fund 3	Australia		98	98
EFM Australian Share Fund 4	Australia		94	94
EFM Australian Share Fund 6	Australia		99	99
EFM Australian Share Fund 7	Australia		98	98
EFM Fixed Interest Fund 2	Australia		97	96
EFM Fixed Interest Fund 3	Australia		95	96
EFM Fixed Interest Fund 4	Australia		94	94
EFM Infrastructure Fund 1	Australia		94	95
EFM International Share Fund 3	Australia		97	97
EFM International Share Fund 5	Australia		96	97
EFM International Share Fund 7	Australia		91	92
EFM Listed Property Fund 1	Australia		96	96
Enhanced Index International Share Fund	Australia		90	81
Enhanced Index Share Fund	Australia		89	90
Executive Share Plan Trust	Australia		100	100
FD Australian Share Fund 1	Australia		97	97
FD Australian Share Fund 3	Australia		94	93
FD International Share Fund 1	Australia		96	95
FD International Share Fund 3	Australia		98	99
FD International Share Fund 4	Australia		96	97
Floating Rate Income Fund	Australia		96	97
Future Direction Australian Bond Fund	Australia		96	96
Future Directions Asia ex Japan Fund	Australia		98	74
Future Directions Australian Share Fund	Australia		93	94
Future Directions Australian Small Companies Fund	Australia		93	90
Future Directions Balanced Fund	Australia		98	98
Future Directions Conservative Fund	Australia		95	94
Future Directions Core International Share Fund 2	Australia		59	58
Future Directions Credit Opportunities Fund	Australia		96	95
Future Directions Diversif ed Alternatives Fund	Australia		98	97
Future Directions Enhanced Index Australian Share Fund	Australia		97	97
Future Directions Enhanced Index Global Property Securities Fund	Australia		97	96
Future Directions Enhanced Index International Bond Fund	Australia		95	81
Future Directions Geared Australian Share Fund	Australia		93	92
Future Directions Global Credit Fund (formerly FD International Bond Fund 3) Australia			95	89
Future Directions Global Government Bond Fund	Australia		92	92
Future Directions Growth Fund	Australia		97	96
Future Directions Hedged Core International Share Fund	Australia		61	63
Future Directions High Growth Fund	Australia		95	95
Future Directions Inf ation Linked Bond Fund	Australia		97	95

124

30. Group controlled entity holdings continued

30. Group controlled entity holdingscontinued
				% Holdings
	Country of			Restated
Name of entity	registration	Footnote	2013	2012
Future Directions Infrastructure Fund	Australia		97	97
Future Directions International Bond Fund	Australia		95	93
Future Directions International Share Fund	Australia		60	58
Future Directions Moderately Conservative Fund	Australia		95	95
Future Directions Opportunistic Fund	Australia		98	97
Future Directions Private Equity Fund 1A	Australia		97	97
Future Directions Private Equity Fund 1B	Australia		100	100
Future Directions Private Equity Fund 2A	Australia		99	97
Future Directions Private Equity Fund 2B	Australia		100	100
Future Directions Private Equity Fund 3A	Australia		97	100
Future Directions Private Equity Fund 3B	Australia		100	100
Future Directions Property (Feeder) Fund	Australia		96	97
Future Directions Total Return Fund	Australia		96	98
Future Directors Emerging Markets Share Fund	Australia	2	–	51
Genesys Participation Trust	Australia		100	100
Global Credit Fund	Australia		100	100
Global Credit Strategies Fund	Australia		87	87
Global Government Fixed Interest Fund	Australia		100	100
Global Growth Opportunities Fund	Australia		96	96
Global Listed Infrastructure Fund	Australia		100	100
Hindmarsh Square Financial Services Trust	Australia		100	100
Infrastructure Equity Fund	Australia	3	31	31
International Bond Fund	Australia		93	91
Investment Services Unit Trust	Australia		100	100
ipac Diversif ed Investment Strategy No.2	Australia	2	–	63
ipac Diversif ed Investment Strategy No.4	Australia	1	52	69
Kent Street Investment Trust	Australia		100	100
Kent Street Unit Trust	Australia		100	100
Loftus Street Trust	Australia	3	35	37
Macquarie Balanced Growth Fund	Australia		84	83
Managed Treasury Fund	Australia		88	92
Moderately Aggressive Enhanced Index Fund	Australia		100	100
Moderately Conservative Enhanced Index Fund	Australia		100	100
Monash House Trust	Australia		100	100
Multi-Manager Portfolio – Australian Equities Sector	Australia		100	100
Multi-Manager Portfolio – Balanced	Australia		100	100
Multi-Manager Portfolio – Growth	Australia		100	100
Multi-Manager Portfolio – High Growth	Australia		100	100
Multi-Manager Portfolio – International Equities Sector	Australia		100	100
Multi-Manager Portfolio – International Shares-Hedged	Australia		100	100
Multi-Manager Portfolio – Property Sector	Australia		100	100
Multi-Manager Portfolio – Secure	Australia		100	100
Multi-Manager Portfolio – Secure Growth	Australia		100	100
Principal Healthcare Finance Trust	Australia	2	–	61
Principal Healthcare Finance Trust No. 2	Australia	2	–	61
Principal Healthcare Holdings Trust	Australia		100	100
Private Equity Fund IIIA	Australia		94	94
Private Equity Fund IIIB	Australia		94	94
Progress 2005-1 Trust	Australia		100	100
Progress 2005-2 Trust	Australia		100	100
Progress 2006-1 Trust	Australia		100	100
Progress 2007-1G Trust	Australia		100	100
Progress 2008-1R Trust	Australia		100	100
Progress 2009-1 Trust	Australia		100	100
Progress 2010-1 Trust	Australia		100	100
Progress 2011-1 Trust	Australia		100	100
Progress 2012-1 Trust	Australia	1	100	–
Progress 2012-2 Trust	Australia	1	100	–
Progress Warehouse Trust No1	Australia		100	100
Progress Warehouse Trust No2	Australia	2	–	100
Responsible Investment Leaders Conservative Fund	Australia		91	95
Responsible Investment Leaders Growth Fund	Australia		97	97
Responsible Investment Leaders High Growth Fund	Australia		100	100
Riverside Plaza Trust	Australia		100	100
Select Property Portfolio No. 1	Australia		86	86

AMP 2013 annual report 125

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

30. Group controlled entity holdings continued

30. Group controlled entity holdingscontinued
				% Holdings
	Country of			Restated
Name of entity	registration	Footnote	2013	2012
Strategic Infrastructure Trust of Europe 1	Luxembourg	3	42	41
Strategic Infrastructure Trust of Europe 2	Luxembourg	3	42	41
Strategic Infrastructure Trust of Europe 3	Luxembourg	3	42	41
Strategic Infrastructure Trust of Europe 4	Luxembourg	3	42	41
Student Housing Accommodation Growth Trust	Australia	1,3	34	–
Student Housing Accommodation Growth Trust No.2	Australia	1,3	34	–
Short Term Credit Fund	Australia		100	100
Sydney Cove Trust	Australia		100	100
The Glendenning Trust	Australia		100	100
The Pinnacle Fund	Australia		100	99
Warringah Mall Trust	Australia	3	50	67
Wholesale Australian Bond Fund	Australia		90	93
Wholesale Global Diversif ed Yield Fund	Australia		100	99
Wholesale Global Equity – Growth Fund	Australia	2	–	84
Wholesale Global Equity – Growth Fund (Hedged)	Australia		100	100
Wholesale Global Equity – Index Fund (Hedged)	Australia		100	100
Wholesale Global Equity – Index Fund (Unhedged)	Australia		100	100
Wholesale Global Equity – Value Fund (Hedged)	Australia	2	–	100
Wholesale Unit Trusts NZ Shares Fund	New Zealand		100	100

1 Controlling interest acquired in 2013.

2 Controlling interest lost in 2013.

3 Not more than 50 per cent holding, but consolidated because AMP is exposed or has rights to variable returns from its investment with the entity and has the ability to affect these returns through its power over the entity.

In the course of its normal operating investments activities the AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds acquire equity interests in entities which, in some cases, results in AMP holding a controlling interest in some of these investees. Certain controlled entities of the AMP life entities’ statutory funds are operating companies which carry out business operations unrelated to the core wealth management operation of the AMP group.

The AMP group has classifi ed operating companies, which are controlled entities of the AMP life entities’ statutory funds, as disposal groups held for sale where they are subject to active sale processes at 31 December 2013 and a sale is expected to be completed within a year. These operating companies are being disposed in accordance with the investment strategy of the fund which holds the investment in these entities. Subsequent to being classifi ed as disposal groups an impairment of $7m to the assets of disposal groups was recognised due to a decrease in their fair value. All disposal groups are held within the Australian Wealth Management operating segment.

During the fi nancial year ended 31 December 2013, realised gains of $20m arose with respect to the sale of disposal groups classifi ed as held for sale (2012: nil).

The major classes of assets and liabilities of the disposal groups as at 31 December 2013 are as follows:

2013
2012
$m
$m
Assets
Receivables
11
55
Inventory and other assets
9
44
Property, plant and equipment
5
15
Intangibles
17
73
~~Total assets of the disposal groups~~
~~42~~
~~187~~
Liabilities
Payables
8
47
Current tax liability
–
2
Provisions
–
12
Borrowings
–
13
~~Total liabilities of the disposal groups~~
~~8~~
~~74~~
~~Net assets of the disposal groups~~
~~34~~
~~113~~

Refer to note 23 Fair value information for details regarding fair value measurement.

126

31. Associates

(a) Investments in associates accounted for using the equity method

Ownership interest
Carrying amount
2013
2012
2013
2012
Country of
Principal activities
%
%
$m
$m
incorporation
AIMS AMP Capital Industrial REIT1,2
Industrial property trust
5
5
33
26
Singapore
China Life AMP Asset
Management Company Ltd3
Investment management
15
–
16
–
China
Other (each less than $10m)
64
55
Total investments in associates
accounted for using the equity method
113
81

1 The combination of the 5 per cent investment in AIMS AMP Capital Industrial REIT and the joint control of the manager companies is considered to represent signifi cant infl uence by AMP.
2 The value of AMP’s investment in AIMS AMP Capital Industrial REIT based on published quoted prices as at 31 December 2013 is $31m (31 December 2012: $26m).
3 Became an associate entity during 2013.

Aggregated fi nancial information extracted from the fi nancial statements of AIMS AMP Capital Industrial REIT:

	2013 2012 $m $m Current assets 14 11 Non-current assets 968 964 Current liabilities 19 20 Non-current liabilities 254 308 Revenues 58 65 Expenses – including tax 23 24 Prof t/(loss) 35 41 ~~Share of contingent liabilities incurred in relation to associates accounted for using the equity method~~ ~~nil~~ ~~nil~~

Aggregated fi nancial information extracted from the fi nancial statements of China Life AMP Asset Management Company Ltd

	2013 2012 $m $m Current assets 108 – Non-current assets – – Current liabilities 1 – Non-current liabilities – – Revenues 1 – Expenses – including tax 1 – Prof t/(loss) – – ~~Share of contingent liabilities incurred in relation to associates accounted for using the equity method~~ ~~nil~~ ~~nil~~

AMP 2013 annual report 127

Notes to the fi nancial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

31. Associates continued

(b) Investments in associates held by the life entities’ statutory funds measured at fair value through profi t or loss[1,2,3]

		Ownership	interest	Carrying	amount
		2013	2012	2013	2012
	Principal activity3	%	%	$m	$m
AFS Property Enhanced Index Fund4	Investment trusts	43	–	634	–
AMP Capital Community Infrastructure Fund4	Investment trusts	29	–	34	–
AMP Capital Global Property Securities Fund	Investment trusts	38	36	513	466
AMP Capital Multi-Asset Fund4	Investment trusts	49	–	94	–
AMP Capital NZ Shares Fund (formally AIF Equity Units)5	Investment trusts	–	23	–	75
AMP Capital NZ Shares Index Fund	Investment trusts	35	38	87	74
AMP Capital Pacif c Fair and
Macquarie Shopping Centre Fund	Investment trusts	26	26	297	304
AMP Capital Property Portfolio	Investment trusts	40	27	291	244
AMP Capital Shopping Centre Fund	Investment trusts	31	34	644	632
AMP Capital Strategic NZ Shares Fund	Investment trusts	38	28	124	121
AMP Equity Trust	Investment trusts	42	42	206	189
Asian Giants Infrastructure	Infrastructure investment	37	37	18	20
Darling Park Property Trust	Investment trusts	50	50	239	228
Diversif ed Investment Strategy No 24	Investment trusts	38	–	126	–
Esplanade Property Trust	Investment trusts	50	50	159	165
Future Directions Emerging Markets Share Fund4	Investment trusts	36	–	304	–
Gove Aluminium Finance Limited	Investment company	30	30	84	122
Hyperion Australian Growth Companies Fund4	Investment trusts	23	–	57	–
K2 Australian Absolute Return Fund4	Investment trusts	22	–	94	–
Listed Property Trust Fund	Investment trusts	30	31	57	57
Marrickville Metro Trust	Investment trusts	50	50	82	83
NMFM Wholesale Global Equity Value Fund5	Investment trusts	–	37	–	76
Pimco Diversif ed Fixed Interest Fund4	Investment trusts	25	–	73	–
Property Income Fund	Investment trusts	29	30	69	126
Responsible Investments Leader Balanced Fund	Investment trusts	32	44	272	229
Responsible Investments Leaders Australian Share Fund	Investment trusts	46	26	133	33
Schroder Fixed Income Fund5	Investment trusts	–	24	–	178
Specialist Investment Strategies – Australian
Strategies – Australian Cash Strategy No 1	Investment trusts	24	21	194	123
Specialist Investment Strategies – Australian
Strategies – Australian Share Strategy No 1	Investment trusts	25	24	844	808
Specialist Investment Strategies – International
Strategies – Alternative Income Strategy No 1	Investment trusts	24	26	311	333
Specialist Investment Strategies – International
Strategies – Global Emerging Markets Strategy No 15	Investment trusts	–	24	–	69
Specialist Investment Strategies – International
Strategies – International Fixed Interest Strategy No 25	Investment trusts	–	25	–	190
Specialist Investment Strategies – International
Strategies – International Share Strategy No 2	Investment trusts	24	23	233	191
Specialist Investment Strategies – International
Strategies – International Smaller Companies No.1	Investment trusts	27	20	148	–
Sugarland Shopping Centre Trust	Investment trusts	50	50	55	52
Templeton Global Trust Fund4	Investment trusts	29	–	65	–
Value Plus Australia Share Fund	Investment trusts	29	23	57	52
Wholesale Cash Management Trust	Investment trusts	28	33	193	129
Wholesale Global Equity Value Fund5	Investment trusts	–	33	–	76

1 Investments in associated entities that back investment contract and life insurance contract liabilities are treated as fi nancial assets and are measured at fair value. Refer to note 1(g).

2 The reporting date for all signifi cant associated entities is 31 December.

3 In the course of normal operating investment activities, the life statutory fund holds investments in various operating businesses. Investments in associated entities refl ect investments where the life statutory fund holds between a 20 per cent and 50 per cent equity interest. 4 Trust became an associated entity during 2013.

5 Trust ceased being an associated entity during 2013.

128

32. Operating lease commitments

	Consolidated Parent 2013 2012 2013 2012 $m $m $m $m Operating lease commitments (non-cancellable) Due within one year 85 79 – – Due within one year to f ve years 296 360 – – Due later than f ve years 97 169 – – ~~Total operating lease commitments~~ ~~478~~ ~~608~~ ~~–~~ ~~–~~

Lease commitments are in relation to AMP group’s offi ces in various locations. Under these arrangements AMP generally pays rent on a period basis at rates agreed at the inception of the lease.

At 31 December 2013, the total of future minimum sublease payments expected to be received under non-cancellable subleases was $50m (2012: $68m).

33. Contingent liabilities

The AMP group and the parent entity from time to time may incur obligations arising from litigation or various types of contracts entered into in the normal course of business; including guarantees issued by the parent for performance obligations to controlled entities in the AMP group.

The parent entity has entered into deeds to provide capital maintenance and liquidity support to AMP Bank Limited. At the reporting date the likelihood of any outfl ow in settlement of these obligations is considered to be remote.

Where it is determined that the disclosure of information in relation to a contingent liability can be expected to prejudice seriously the position of the AMP group (or its insurers) in a dispute, accounting standards allow AMP group not to disclose such information and it is AMP group’s policy that such information is not to be disclosed in this note.

At the reporting date there were no other material contingent liabilities where the probability of any outfl ow in settlement was greater than remote.

129

AMP 2013 annual report

Notes to the fi nancial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

34. Related-party disclosures

(a) Key management personnel (KMP) details

AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures defi nes key management personnel as including all non-executive directors (NEDs), the Chief Executive Offi cer (CEO) and other persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the entity (group executives). The following non-executive directors, CEO and group executives of AMP Limited held offi ce during the year:

Chairman	Peter Mason
Chief Executive Off cer	Craig Dunn1
and Managing Director
Non-executive directors	Patricia Akopiantz
	Richard Allert
	Catherine Brenner
	Brian Clark
	Paul Fegan
	Simon McKeon2
	John Palmer
	Peter Shergold
	Nora Scheinkestel3
Executives	Craig Meller4	Managing Director, AMP Financial Services
	Stephen Dunne	Managing Director, AMP Capital
	Colin Storrie5	Chief Financial Off cer
	Brian Salter	General Counsel
	Lee Barnett	Chief Information Off cer
	Paul Sainsbury	Integration Director and Managing Director AMP SMSF
	Matthew Percival	General Manager, Public Affairs
	Fiona Wardlaw	General Manager, Human Resources
	Jonathan Deane	General Manager, Group Strategy

1 Craig Dunn retired on 31 December 2013.

2 Simon McKeon was appointed to the AMP Limited Board on 27 March 2013.

3 Nora Scheinkestel retired from the AMP Limited Board on 9 May 2013.

4 Craig Meller was appointed Chief Executive Offi cer and Managing Director, effective from 1 January 2014.

5 Colin Storrie resigned as Chief Financial Offi cer, effective 28 February 2014.

(b) Performance rights and options holdings of key management personnel

The following table summarises the holdings of performance rights and options granted to the executive key management personnel.

						Vested and
	Holding at				Holding at	exercisable at
Name	1 Jan 13	Granted	Exercised	Lapsed	31 Dec 13	31 Dec 13
Performance rights
Craig Dunn	2,537,248	756,474	–	697,675	2,596,047	–
Craig Meller	1,248,294	368,317	–	307,309	1,309,302	–
Stephen Dunne	1,248,294	368,317	–	307,309	1,309,302	–
Colin Storrie	485,086	279,266	–	–	764,352	–
Brian Salter	810,845	226,356	–	232,559	804,642	–
Lee Barnett	804,764	224,886	–	230,233	799,417	–
Paul Sainsbury	621,054	293,944	–	132,891	782,107	–
Matthew Percival	594,759	166,097	–	170,432	590,424	–
Fiona Wardlaw	673,346	188,143	–	192,692	668,797	–
Jonathan Deane	552,094	154,339	–	157,808	548,625	–

130

34. Related-party disclosures continued

(c) Shareholdings of key management personnel

The following table summarises the movements in holdings of shares in AMP Limited held by the key management personnel and their related parties.

their related parties.
			Received on
		Granted as	exercise of	Purchased
		remuneration	performance	through
	Holding at	during the	rights or	AMP NEDs	Other	Holding at
Name	1 Jan 13	period	options	Share Plan	changes2	31 Dec 131
Non-executive directors
Patricia Akopiantz	21,286	–	–	9,086	10,500	40,872
Richard Allert	82,338	–	–	9,086	2,532	93,956
Catherine Brenner	50,487	–	–	9,085	664	60,236
Brian Clark3	57,522	–	–	9,086	2,978	69,586
Paul Fegan	33,927	–	–	9,086	–	43,013
Peter Mason5	542,549	–	–	31,263	27,024	600,836
John Palmer	77,012	–	–	9,086	3,927	90,025
Nora Scheinkestel3,6	130,292	–	–	3,484	3,077	136,853
Simon McKeon7	50,000	–	–	6,379	1,314	57,693
Peter Shergold	45,635	–	–	9,086	2,400	57,121
Executives
Craig Dunn3,4	558,497	–	–	–	–	558,497
Craig Meller	96,207	–	–	–	–	96,207
Stephen Dunne5	209,396	–	–	–	–	209,396
Colin Storrie	39,416	–	–	–	–	39,416
Brian Salter	22,760	–	–	–	1,106	23,866
Lee Barnett	53,078	–	–	–	–	53,078
Paul Sainsbury	–	–	–	–	–	–
Matthew Percival	45,000	–	–	–	(15,000)	30,000
Fiona Wardlaw	63,681	–	–	–	3,100	66,781
Jonathan Deane	93,735	–	–	–	–	93,735

1 The holdings in this note may differ from the directors’ report, as the disclosure requirements of this note are established by Australian Accounting Standards which differ from the disclosure requirements of the directors’ report as required by the Corporations Act.
2 Other changes include the purchases and sales of shares on market by key management personnel, their related parties, participation in the dividend reinvestment plan and any addition of related parties.

3 AMP Notes 1 are debentures issued by AMP Group Finance Services Limited, a subsidiary of AMP Limited. In addition to their AMP Limited shareholdings above, Brian Clark and Nora Scheinkestel hold 980 and 150 AMP Notes 1 respectively, and Craig Dunn’s related parties held 1,000 AMP Notes 1. Between 1 January 2013 and 31 December 2013 Craig Dunn’s related parties’ AMP Notes 1 holding reduced to nil. Between 1 January 2013 and 31 December 2013, there were no changes to Brian Clark’s and Nora Scheinkestel’s AMP Notes 1 holdings.

4 AMP Notes 2 are debentures issued by AMP Limited. In addition to his AMP Limited shareholdings above, Craig Dunn’s related parties hold 1,000 AMP Notes 2.
5 The AMP Capital China Growth Fund invests in China A shares, which are shares in companies listed on China’s Shanghai or Shenzhen stock exchanges. Peter Mason indirectly holds 63,374 units in the fund. Between 1 January 2013 and 31 December 2013 this holding increased by 1,204 units. Stephen Dunne indirectly holds 62,375 units in the fund. Between 1 January 2013 and 31 December 2013 this holding increased by 2,179 units.

6 Nora Scheinkestel retired from the AMP Limited Board on 9 May 2013. The closing holding is at 10 May 2013 and includes 663 AMP Limited shares acquired under the non-executive director share purchase plan relating to April 2013 director’s fees.

7 The opening holding for Simon McKeon is as at 27 March 2013, the date he was appointed to the AMP Limited Board.

(d) Share rights holdings of key management personnel

The following table summarises the movements in holdings of share rights held by the key management personnel.

		Granted as
		remuneration
	Holding at	during the			Holding at
Name	1 Jan 2013	period1	Exercised	Lapsed	31 Dec 2013
Executives
Craig Dunn	247,513	196,646	–	–	444,159
Craig Meller	146,961	119,078	–	–	266,039
Stephen Dunne	158,867	149,267	–	–	308,134
Colin Storrie	116,680	75,053	–	–	191,733
Brian Salter	82,872	62,474	–	–	145,346
Lee Barnett	85,635	69,602	–	–	155,237
Paul Sainsbury	78,453	85,535	–	–	163,988
Matthew Percival	63,535	44,864	–	–	108,399
Fiona Wardlaw	71,823	54,088	–	–	125,911
Jonathan Deane	60,773	44,026	–	–	104,799

1 Granted as remuneration during the period includes STI deferral plan share rights. Information regarding the STI deferral plan can be found in note 28 Share-based payments.

131

AMP 2013 annual report

for the year ended 31 December 2013 continued

34. Related-party disclosures continued

Remuneration of key management personnel

The following table provides a total of the remuneration received by the key management personnel. For further details regarding remuneration of key management personnel see the remuneration report which forms part of the directors’ report.

		Post		Other
	Short-term	employment	Share-based	long-term	Termination
	benefits	benefits	payments	benefits	benefits	Total
	$’000	$’000	$’000	$’000	$’000	$’000
Non-executive directors1
2013	2,963	233	–	–	–	3,196
2012	2,952	230	–	–	–	3,182
Key management personnel
excluding non-executive directors
2013	13,877	265	9,927	–	–	24,069
20122	14,874	315	8,328	–	–	23,517
All key management personnel
20133	16,840	498	9,927	–	–	27,265
20122,3	17,826	545	8,328	–	–	26,699

1 Non-executive directors are not entitled to short-term incentive payments. Short-term benefi ts only include fees and allowances.

2 This represents the amount paid to those individuals considered key management personnel and disclosed as such in the 2012 fi nancial report. 3 These amounts represent the total remuneration paid to the key management personnel listed in note 34(a) for 2013 and 2012.

(e) Transactions with key management personnel

During the year, key management personnel and their related parties have entered into transactions with the parent entity or its subsidiaries. All such transactions have occurred within a normal employee, customer or supplier relationship on terms and conditions no more favourable than those that it is reasonable to expect AMP would have adopted if dealing at arm’s length with an unrelated individual. These transactions include:

normal personal banking with AMP Bank Limited including the provision of credit cards
the purchase of AMP insurance and investment products

Information about such transactions does not have the potential to affect adversely decisions about the allocation of scarce resources made by users of this fi nancial report, or the discharge of accountability by the specifi ed executives or specifi ed directors.

The following tables provide details of loans made to key management personnel and their related parties by AMP or any of its subsidiaries.

its subsidiaries.
	Balance at		Net advances	Balance at	Interest	Interest not
	1 Jan 13	Written off	(repayments)	31 Dec 13	charged	charged	Number in
	$’000	$’000	$’000	$’000	$’000	$’000	group
Key management personnel
and their related parties1	3,357	–	724	4,081	198	–	4

Individuals and their related parties with loans above $100,000 during the reporting period.

	Balance at		Net advances	Balance at	Interest	Interest not	Highest
	1 Jan 13	Written off	(repayments)	31 Dec 13	charged	charged	indebtedness
	$’000	$’000	$’000	$’000	$’000	$’000	in period
Craig Dunn	548	–	17	565	31	–	566
Jonathan Deane	336	–	562	898	33	–	1,036
Craig Meller	1,814	–	(101)	1,713	100	–	1,906
Paul Sainsbury	659	–	246	905	34	–	1,512

1 All loans to key management personnel and their related parties are provided by AMP Bank and are on similar terms and conditions generally available to other employees within the group. No guarantees are given or received in relation to these loans.

132

35. Auditors’ remuneration

Consolidated
Parent
2013
2012
2013
2012
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Amounts received or due and receivable by auditors of AMP Limited for:
Audit services
Audit or review of f nancial statements
11,712
11,372
140
140
Other audit services1
2,150
2,383
–
–
Total audit service fees
13,862
13,755
140
140
Total non-audit services2
3,872
2,822
–
–
~~Total amounts received or due and receivable by auditors of AMP Limited3,4~~
~~17,734~~
~~16,577~~
~~140~~
~~140~~

1 Other audit services includes fees for reviews of the full year and half year investor reports, compliance audits and other audit procedures performed for vehicles controlled by AMP life insurance entities’ statutory funds and those managed by AMP Capital.
2 Non-audit services include tax and compliance advice, AMP Bank securitisation opinions, business project advice, services in relation to a target operating model and other procedures performed for investment vehicles owned by AMP Life insurance entities’ statutory funds.
3 Includes fees paid to Ernst & Young affi liates overseas.
4 Periodically, the AMP group gains control of entities whose incumbent auditor is an audit fi rm other than Ernst & Young. In addition to the audit fees paid to Ernst & Young for auditing the AMP group, immaterial audit fees are also paid to these non-Ernst & Young audit fi rms in relation to the audit of those periodically controlled entities. The non-Ernst & Young audit fi rms are also independently contracted to provide other services to other controlled entities of the AMP group, unrelated to their audit work.

36. Events occurring after reporting date

On 20 February 2014, AMP announced a fi nal dividend on ordinary shares of 11.5 cents per share. Details of the announced dividend and dividends paid and declared during the year are disclosed in note 18 of the fi nancial report.

133

AMP 2013 annual report

Directors’ declaration

for the year ended 31 December 2013

In accordance with a resolution of the directors of AMP Limited, for the purposes of section 295(4) of the Corporations Act 2001 , the directors declare that:

(a) in the opinion of the directors there are reasonable grounds to believe that AMP Limited will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable
(b) in the opinion of the directors the fi nancial statements and the notes of AMP Limited and the consolidated entity for the fi nancial year ended 31 December 2013 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 , including section 296 (compliance with accounting standards) and section 297 (true and fair view)
(c) the notes to the fi nancial statements of AMP Limited and the consolidated entity for the fi nancial year ended 31 December 2013 include an explicit and unreserved statement of compliance with the International Financial Reporting Standards, as set out in note 1(a) to the fi nancial statements
(d) the declarations required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 have been given to the directors.

Peter Mason Chairman

Craig Meller Chief Executive Offi cer and Managing Director Sydney, 20 February 2014

134

Ernst & Young 680 George Street Sydney NSW 2000 Australia GPO Box 2646 Sydney NSW 2001

Tel: +61 2 9248 5555 Fax: +61 2 9248 5959 ey.com/au

Independent auditor’s report to the members of AMP Limited

Report on the fi nancial report

We have audited the accompanying fi nancial report of AMP Limited, which comprises the statements of fi nancial position as at 31 December 2013, the statements of comprehensive income, the statements of changes in equity and the statements of cash fl ows for the year then ended, notes comprising a summary of signifi cant accounting policies and other explanatory information, and the directors’ declaration of the company and the consolidated entity comprising the company and the entities it controlled at the year’s end or from time to time during the fi nancial year.

Directors’ responsibility for the fi nancial report

The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation of the fi nancial report that gives a true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for such internal controls as the directors determine are necessary to enable the preparation of the fi nancial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In Note 1, the directors also state, in accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements, that the fi nancial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards .

Auditor’s responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the fi nancial report based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Those standards require that we comply with relevant ethical requirements relating to audit engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the fi nancial report is free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the fi nancial report. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the fi nancial report, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal controls relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the fi nancial report in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal controls. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the fi nancial report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is suffi cient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Independence

In conducting our audit we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 . We have given to the directors of the company a written Auditor’s Independence Declaration, a copy of which is included in the directors’ report.

Opinion

In our opinion:

a. the fi nancial report of AMP Limited is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 , including:
i giving a true and fair view of the company’s and consolidated entity’s fi nancial positions as at 31 December 2013 and of their performance for the year ended on that date; and
ii complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001 ; and
b. the fi nancial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in Note 1.

Report on the remuneration report

We have audited the remuneration report included in the directors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2013. The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the remuneration report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001 . Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the remuneration report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.

Opinion

In our opinion, the remuneration report of AMP Limited for the year ended 31 December 2013 complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001 .

==> picture [111 x 33] intentionally omitted <==

Ernst & Young

Tony Johnson Partner 20 February 2014

A member fi rm of Ernst & Young Global Limited Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation

AMP 2013 annual report 135

Shareholder information

Distribution of shareholdings as at 21 February 2014

	Range Number of holders Ordinary shares held % of issued capital 1–1,000 593,482 262,300,964 8.87 1,001–5,000 223,644 459,265,042 15.53 5,001–10,000 23,995 170,938,190 5.78 10,001–200,000 13,252 294,680,777 9.96 200,001 and over 166 1,770,552,991 59.86 ~~Total~~ ~~854,539~~ ~~2,957,737,964~~ ~~100.00~~

As at 21 February 2014, the total number of shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel of 100 shares is 8,032.

Twenty largest shareholdings as at 21 February 2014

Rank
Name
Ordinary shares held
% of issued capital
1
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
681,585,039
23.04
2
JP Morgan Nominees Australia Limited
337,132,142
11.40
3
National Nominees Limited
290,640,520
9.83
4
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited
99,573,429
3.37
5
JP Morgan Nominees Australia Limited
60,789,996
2.06
6
BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd
45,224,106
1.53
7
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
30,170,879
1.02
8
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited
21,897,279
0.74
9
Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited
20,100,422
0.68
10
AMP Life Limited
17,263,332
0.58
11
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited – GSCO ECA
13,924,460
0.47
12
Argo Investments Limited
12,381,674
0.42
13
BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd
7,610,482
0.26
14
UBS Wealth Management Australia Nominees Pty Ltd
7,534,043
0.25
15
Navigator Australia Ltd
6,860,473
0.23
16
Share Direct Nominees Pty Ltd <10026 A/C>
6,074,664
0.21
17
RBC Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited
5,746,023
0.19
18
QIC Limited
5,249,263
0.18
19
Djerriwarrh Investments Limited
4,747,115
0.16
20
RBC Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited
4,557,418
0.15
~~Total~~
~~1,679,062,759~~
~~56.77~~

Substantial shareholders

The company has received no substantial shareholding notices.

Total number of holders of ordinary shares and their voting rights

As at 21 February 2014, the share capital of AMP Limited consisted of 2,957,737,964 ordinary shares held by 854,539 shareholders. The voting rights attached to the shares are that each registered holder of shares present in person (or by proxy, attorney or representative) at a meeting of shareholders has one vote on a vote taken by a show of hands, and one vote for each fully paid share held on a vote taken at a poll.

Total number of options over unissued shares and option holders

As at 21 February 2014, AMP Limited had no options on issue over unissued ordinary shares in AMP Limited.

Stock exchange listings

AMP Limited is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange and on the New Zealand Stock Exchange.

Restricted securities

There are no restricted securities on issue.

Buy-back

There is no current on market buy-back.

136

Glossary

Closed products

Products within AMP’s Mature business that are not open to new customers.

Contingent liabilities

A situation existing at reporting date, where past events have led to a possible obligation, the outcome of which depends on uncertain future events, or an obligation where the outcome is not suffi ciently probable or reliably measurable to warrant recognising the liability at this reporting date.

Controllable costs

Costs that AMP incurs in running its business. Controllable costs include operational and project costs and exclude variable costs, provision for bad and doubtful debts and interest on corporate debt.

Demerger

AMP’s demerger on 23 December 2003 created separate businesses; AMP in Australasia and Henderson Group in the United Kingdom.

Earnings per share

Each earnings per share (EPS) calculation represents the relevant profi t amount divided by the weighted average number of shares on issue during the year.

Embedded value

A calculation relating to the AMP Financial Services business, other than AMP Bank, of the economic value of the shareholder capital in the business and the future shareholder profi ts expected to emerge from the business currently in-force (expressed in today’s dollars).

Franked dividends

Dividends paid which have franking credits attached. The franking credits represent the income tax paid by the company paying the dividend, which can be used as a tax credit by Australian resident shareholders receiving the dividend.

Investment performance

A measure of how well we manage funds on behalf of our customers. The percentage of assets managed by AMP which met or exceeded their respective client goals.

Long-term incentive

A long-term incentive (LTI) is an award primarily provided in the form of performance rights or share rights, to align an executive’s interest with the interests of shareholders. LTIs at AMP are subject to a performance hurdle and/or a service requirement.

Operating earnings

Total operating earnings are the shareholder profi ts that relate to the performance of AMP’s operating units (AMP Financial Services, AMP Capital and group offi ce). Operating earnings exclude investment earnings on shareholder capital and certain one-off items.

Performance right

A form of executive remuneration designed to reward long-term performance. Selected executives are granted performance rights. Each performance right is a right to acquire one AMP share after a threeyear performance period, as long as a specifi c performance hurdle is met.

Share right

A form of remuneration designed to recognise senior leaders who contribute signifi cantly to AMP’s overall business success. A share right is a right to acquire one AMP share after a three-year vesting period, as long as a service condition is met.

Short-term incentive (STI)

A cash payment based on performance during the year against pre-defi ned business objectives aligned to company strategy.

Underlying investment income

Underlying investment income is based on long-term expected rates of return. Actual investment income can be higher or lower than the long-term rate from year to year.

Underlying profi t

Underlying profi t (which removes integration and business effi ciency related costs and some of the effect of investment market volatility) is calculated by aggregating operating earnings, interest expense on corporate debt, recognition of tax losses and underlying investment income.

Underlying return on equity

A measure of the return a company makes on shareholder equity. Return on equity (RoE) for the year is calculated as underlying profi t divided by the average of the monthly average shareholder equity during the year.

Vesting

Remuneration term defi ning the point at which the required performance hurdles and/or service requirements have been met, and a fi nancial benefi t may be realised by the recipient.

AMP is committed to actively reducing its impact on the environment and has printed this document on paper derived from certifi ed well managed forests and manufactured by an ISO 14001 certifi ed mill. The document has also been printed at an FSC accredited printer.

==> picture [231 x 245] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [34 x 837] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [231 x 245] intentionally omitted <==

Need help?

Contact the AMP share registry

web amp.com.au/shareholdercentre email [email protected]

Registered offi ce of AMP Limited 33 Alfred Street Sydney NSW 2000 Australia T 1800 245 500 (Australia) T +612 9257 9009 (other countries) F +612 9257 7178

Australia New Zealand AMP share registry AMP share registry Reply paid 2980 PO Box 91543 Melbourne VIC 8060 Victoria Street West T 1300 654 442 Auckland 1142 F 1300 301 721 T 0800 448 062 F 09 448 8787

Other countries

AMP share registry GPO Box 2980 Melbourne VIC 3001 Australia T +613 9415 4051 F +612 8234 5002

AMP Limited is incorporated and domiciled in Australia. Company Secretary: David Cullen

AI assistant

AMP LIMITED — Annual Report 2013

64379_rns_2014-03-26_38aae93e-a32f-4681-94e5-b360114ced5c.pdf

Part 1: Annual Report 2013

2013 annual report

Contents

AMP was founded on a simple yet bold idea

Welcome to AMP’s 2013 annual report

Dividend

Dividends

Profit

Underlying profi t

Directors’ report

Directors’ details

Peter Mason AM

Experience

Listed directorships

Other directorships/appointments

Craig Meller

Experience

Other directorships/appointments

Patricia (Patty) Akopiantz

Director BA, MBA. Age 50

Experience

Listed directorships

Other directorships/appointments

Richard (Rick) Allert AO

Experience

Listed directorships

Other directorships/appointments

Catherine Brenner

Experience

Listed directorships

Other directorships/appointments

Brian Clark

Experience

Listed directorships

Paul Fegan

Experience

Simon McKeon AO

Experience

Other directorships/appointments

John Palmer ONZM

Experience

Listed directorships

Other directorships/appointments

Professor Peter Shergold AC

Experience

Listed directorships

Other directorships/appointments

Attendance at board and committee meetings

Company secretaries’ details

Brian Salter

David Cullen

Head of Secretariat and Company Secretary

Vicki Vordis

Operating and fi nancial review Principal activities

Review of operations and results

AMP’s key performance measures were as follows:

Strategies and prospects[1,2]

1. Prioritise investments in the $2.2 trillion[3] Australian wealth management market.

2. Transform the core Australian business to be more relevant

to customers.

3. Reduce costs by investing in initiatives that matter most to customers and will deliver profi table growth.

4. Invest selectively in Asia and internationally through AMP Capital.

Strategies and prospects by business segment[1]

Wealth Management

AMP Bank

Wealth Protection

Mature

New Zealand

AMP Capital

Key risks

Capital management

Political donations

Signifi cant changes to the state of affairs

Events occurring after the reporting date

The environment

Rounding

Auditor’s independence declaration to the directors of AMP Limited

AMP LIMITED Annual Report 2013